Home   |   Resources   |  9-11   |   Events  



Archives of Activist Update
From January 2002 through August 2007
Or "Carol Brouillet's Blog"

August 23, 2007

I've been working so hard on finalizing the publishing details for the Dollars, barely finding strength for my Listening Project and the Impeachment Rally/March yesterday (which was really organized by the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition- a small rally, but much needed- unfortunately Annie, from Annie and the Vets took a serious fall and badly injured her knee- necessitating a trip to the hospital).

I posted a new page for the Conception Dollar.

Of greater significance, the CIA inspecter general's Report released on Tuesday, August 21, 2007, is really a damning look at the CIA's role in the September 11th attacks- obscured as much as possible by gobbledygook language. Read the Executive Summary of the Report and a damning review by Kurt Nimmo entitled 9/11 Blame Game: CIA Falls on Its Sword Again. Of course NBC can't just come right out and say "The CIA did it!!!"... They need to sanitize and spin it, so that the report supports the innocent, incompetent, bumbling idiot, less daming image of a well intentioned tool of the benign American Empire bringing Democracy and Freedom to the world, so they just say- Report Faults CIA For Pre-9/11 Failures Finds Tenet, Agency Did Not Adequately Confront Terror Threat.

August 20, 2007

I was up very late last night and early this morning working with Blaine on the new bills and figuring out who is going to speak when on tonight's radio show. Michel Chossudovsky just posted an excellent article on the topic- Montebello SPP Summit: Canada's Sovereignty in Jeopardy: the Militarization of North America.

I've updated and added images to yesterday's entry to make it easier for people to see what the new bills look like and figure out how many they want of which variety- so that I will know how many, in which proportion to print. Blaine will upload the art files this evening and we are still making changes and working on these.

August 19, 2007

I'm feeling better, but not quite well, yet and have been working all day on the latest Deception Dollar and Conception Dollar, the art is due tomorrow- if we are going to have these printed and shipped in time for September 11th Anniversary events. Blaine hasn't finished all the details and changes, but here are some of the latest drafts-

New Conception Dollar-Front

New Conception Dollar- Back

New Deception Dollar-Front

New Deception Dollar-Back

New Billion Deception Dollar-Front

New Billion Deception Dollar-Back

If anyone wants these in quantity- now is the time to let me know. I still have to figure out how many to print of each issue. John wants to keep Bush on the Billion Dollar Note, but it will have some other changes on it- bumping and adding a few different websites.

While I was sick, I didn't manage to get out the usual PSA's and calendar listings and press advisories, calendar listings for our September 11th events. I also missed last Thursday's meeting and someone failed to pick up the 5000 beautiful cards that Cam designed to promote the Film Festival and Richard's talk on September 11th at the Grand Lake Theater- so those didn't get out to everyone. Fortunately Dana picked them up plus the beautiful 250 color posters we had made on Saturday and took them to the Asby Flea Market where Brian, Bill and others were tabling. Cam put up posters in the area around the Grand Lake Theater. Mickey has volunteered to be the distributor of cards and posters at Berkeley City College. [Email him Mickey Huff at mickeyhuff(at)mac.com to arrange a pick-up]. With 250 we should try to get all the colleges/Universities- downtown Berkeley and strategic places in San Francisco and the rest of the Bay Area- like libraries, bookstores.

It is so hard to coordinate and do everything. I just can't. I'm just so grateful to people with skills, talents, time and energy who do come forward and volunteer- or nothing would get done.

August 14, 2007

Sadly, no one from Portland called in last night on the radio show to speak about the upcoming Terrorist Drill planned for Portland, but there is a new website devoted to the issue- Oregon Truth Alliance.

I am still finalizing guests for next week's show which will look at the opposition to the North American Union- and the mobilization taking place in Montebello, Quebec where the leaders of Mexico, Canada, and the US will be having their summit.

George Bush is coming to Canada - the Trailer (2007)

(click to see video- "unwelcoming Bush")

I also stumbled upon an article written back in June, but highly significant, given the current situaton and the importance of controlling the public mind- particularly in targeted areas.

Sentient world: war games on the grandest scale
by Mark Baard
Published Saturday 23rd June 2007

An excerpt:

    "The DOD is developing a parallel to Planet Earth, with billions of individual "nodes" to reflect every man, woman, and child this side of the dividing line between reality and AR.

    Called the Sentient World Simulation (SWS), it will be a "synthetic mirror of the real world with automated continuous calibration with respect to current real-world information", according to a concept paper for the project.

    "SWS provides an environment for testing Psychological Operations (PSYOP)," the paper reads, so that military leaders can "develop and test multiple courses of action to anticipate and shape behaviors of adversaries, neutrals, and partners".

    SWS also replicates financial institutions, utilities, media outlets, and street corner shops. By applying theories of economics and human psychology, its developers believe they can predict how individuals and mobs will respond to various stressors.

    Yank a country's water supply. Stage a military coup. SWS will tell you what happens next.

    "The idea is to generate alternative futures with outcomes based on interactions between multiple sides," said Purdue University professor Alok Chaturvedi, co-author of the SWS concept paper...

    The US government appears to be Simulex's number one customer, however. And Chaturvedi has received millions of dollars in grants from the military and the National Science Foundation to develop SEAS.

    Chaturvedi is now pitching SWS to DARPA (www.darpa.mil) and discussing it with officials at the US Department of Homeland Security (www.dhs.gov), where he said the idea has been well received, despite the thorny privacy issues for US citizens.

    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In fact, Homeland Security and the Defense Department are already using SEAS to simulate crises on the US mainland.

    The Joint Innovation and Experimentation Directorate of the US Joint Forces Command (JFCOM-J9) in April began working with Homeland Security and multinational forces over "Noble Resolve 07", (www.jfcom.mil/about/experiments/nobleresolve.html) a homeland defense experiment."

The movie- The Matrix, in light of what the government is up to, is seeming less far out, and more like a frightening prediction of where we are going.

August 13, 2007

I have a sore throat and am afraid I'm coming down with something. I've been hacking away at the computer all day, working on the upcoming radio shows, and putting Webster Tarpley's latest missive into html which I posted here-

Fed Attempts to Bail Out Bankrupt Wall Street Speculators;
Cheney Demands Staged Terror Attacks, War with Iran

Helicopter Ben Unleashes Hyperinflation

August 12, 2007
Webster G. Tarpley

    Highlights-
      By deciding to ante up $38 billion for a hopeless bailout of predatory Wall Street hedge funds and the banks that stand behind them, Federal Reserve Chairman Helicopter Ben Bernanke has placed the bankrupt US dollar on a direct course towards the precipice of hyperinflation. In so doing, he has given new momentum to the backers and controllers of Dick Cheney, who favor an insane flight forward into general war with Iran, deluding themselves that they can thus escape from both military defeat in Iraq and Afghanistan, and from the death agony of the dollar...

      Back in September 1998, at the time of the Russian state bankruptcy around bonds called GKOs, Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a Connecticut hedge fund, went bankrupt, blowing a hole of several hundred billion dollars in the world banking system. LTCM used high leverage and the Black-Scholes model to place gigantic bets on currency movements. If Greenspan had not rushed in with billions of Fed money to carry out a back-door crony bailout, the interbank clearing systems of the US, UK, and perhaps Japan – known as CHIPS, CHAPS, and BoJ Net, would have jammed up, and the hearts of the financier universe would have ceased to beat, leading swiftly to world economic chaos and depression. But this time it is not one LTCM, but two dozen highly-leveraged hedge funds which have blown up or are about to. Prominent among them are the so-called quant funds, which bet $10 billion and up on financial fluctuations using computerized predictive models. Prominent among these is Renaissance. The quants complain that their models, which are supposed to incorporate 45 years of market history and experience, are now failing to forecast what will happen next, and losses are mounting. The reason is that we have now encountered a cataclysmic singularity which has not been seen in more than half a century – the beginning of the end of the US dollar. To find a financial earthquake comparable to the present one touching the leading currency of the world, we must in fact go back to the disintegration of the British pound in September, 1931.

      In recent days, reality has filtered through, even on CNBC. Commentators have warned of “systemic risk if a big bank blows,” “the end of the world,” “depression,” “Armageddon,” “panic,” “the Hindenburg” (the dirigible, not the signal), “a return to 1990” (when Citibank was bankrupt and secretly seized by the Controller of the Currency), the crash of 1987, the hedge fund crisis of 1998, and a “credit crunch.” “Bond traders are afraid.” “Wall Street is afraid.” Led by Jim Cramer with his celebrated on-air psychotic episode on the afternoon of Friday, August 3, Wall Street has been heaping insults on Helicopter Ben and demanding that he open the cash spigots, cut the fed funds and discount rates drastically and quickly, and reassure the stockjobbers that back door crony bailouts will be available for all, starting with the too big to fail, like JP Morgan Chase and Citibank.

On top of this, the folks in Portland are quite worried about a nuclear 9/11 targeting them. They have the only indymedia site with a section devoted to 9/11 truth, hence I usually post articles there and on our local indymedia site. These are just a few articles concerned with a drill taking place in Portland August 20th-24th which they are afraid might go "live" such as the drill taking place on 9/11/2001 and 7/7 in London.

I sent these links to my historian guests and hopefully we will get some callers from Portland to discuss what is going on now, the historical parallels, how we can prevent history from repeating itself by casting light on the current situation.

Today's good news is that Karl Rove is leaving his position at the end of the month- like rats leaving a sinking ship, let us hope that more and more of these characters desert the Bush/Cheney cabal, and that others will be afraid to carry out their more treasonous, murderous orders.

I also got a couple of very sweet emails from Dylan Avery, of Loose Change, in response to my concern about Korey Rowe (and other people's concern as well). he wrote:

    "He'll be ok. Just gotta take care of things. Are you coming to NYC on 9/11 or are you going to DC?"

    and

    "It's funny...this morning I re-watched your confrontation with Phillip Zelikow. That man is guilty as sin and he knows it. You really put him in his place. Congratulations. If you don't mind I'm going to find a spot for that somewhere in the movie..."

    and

    "LC3 is being wrapped up, we plan on having a test screening in NYC and Norway (David Ray Griffin's going to be there, and he requested to screen the Final Cut, as opposed to the Second Edition, so we obliged) for the anniversary, and it should be released shortly thereafter. I believe Alex is planning on premiering his new film on the 10th in NYC with us, but that's still being planned..."

It's great how each of us can do something and inspire others, and the movement gathers strength.

Over the weekend I reviewed two books-

Bearer of Light- A Catalyst for Global Change

by Paul DesLauriers

and The American Truth- a novel

by Nick Shelton

Both books try to get out basic information about 9/11, in order raise consciousness, mobilize people and prevent those responsible from continuing on their global domination project, but they each take a very different approach.

Bearer of Light pulls people into a mystical, spiritual, romantic contemporary story, plunging them into a near death experience, reliving past lives. Combining ancient spiritual truths with modern physics and organizational development, the main character takes on a Herculean task of transforming modern corporations and governments, miraculously escaping death from the clutches of his evil nemesis who tortured and killed him in past lives... Unfortunately, if you are not a devout believer in the Holy Bible, the storyline is awfully hard to swallow. The insights, however, which apply to spiritual truths, or the Jesus Code, as the author calls them, and to organizational development, are practically very useful for groups, and personal development. They are explained, along with a handy self survey for groups and individuals to use at http://www.beareroflight.com/bulk.html.

The American Truth begins with 20 pages of facts (very well laid out for those unfamiliar with them) before plunging into a murder/mystery/suspense/action novel revolving around a Pentagon PR man who lost his wife in the attacks, but somehow finally realized that something was seriously wrong with the official story, and begins digging for the truth. Unfortunately, these military characters who worked at the Pentagon on 9/11/2001 are very expendable beings in the new 9/11 Truth films and novels. The government just doesn't want them to talk and is out to get them. They suffer grim fates.

When I was reviewing the Severe Visibility film, with a similar plotline, my son said, "Well I think he probably meant to get people to take action and do something, but this is probably going to have the opposite effect."

I wonder what it is that makes some people do something brave and others shrink and remain silent.

In the first book the parable of the seeds is told- how some take root and grow and others don't survive rocky, unhospitable conditions. I suppose 9/11 Truth seeds are that way, too. Some people are utterly closed and don't want to know anything about it, then there are those who are open and hungry to learn the truth about all things and incorporate whatever they learn into their existence. We just don't know - who, what, when, where, how- our words, actions, and 9/11 Truth materials/seeds will fall upon or have some effect- we just keep trying to get those seeds out there, and the more there are, the better the chances of them taking root.

There is a great story about Eugene Debs traveling for hours in a snowstorm to give a lecture, but only one person showed up. He gave his lecture. That one person was Susan B. Anthony- who was apparently very moved, and became a powerful leader in the suffrage movement which gained women the right to vote.

They say that when the student is ready- the teacher will appear (probably because the teacher has been there all along, but the student finally notices and starts to pay attention- raise questions- open himself up). The principles of open space, the conference that I will be going to this month are very Zenlike in that sense. They are:

    1) Whoever comes is the right people.
    2) Whatever happens is the only thing that could have.
    3) Whenever it starts is the right time.
    4) When it is over it is over.

August 10, 2007

My body hurts from working at this computer way too long- and I still haven't done 50% of the work that needs to be done- especially with deadlines coming up for the newsletter, the Deception Dollar, and the press/publicity work for our big events next month and the last minute August 22nd Impeachment Rally in Palo Alto. Again, I feel like an awful bottleneck with more coming to me than I can disseminate in a timely fashion.

I did post a short article on August 6th -

Speaking for 9/11 Truth- August 6, 2007, Before Arrest at Livermore Labs

I also posted -


Interview with Jarek Kupsc, Writer, Director, Actor in The Reflecting Pool

I also received two books to review, and a great article -Air Defense Response- September 11, 2001- which looks at Robin Hordon's contribution plus other key points to make a compelling case for how September 11th was engineered from within the US government- and things that no Al Qaeda operatives could possibly have done to thwart a response from NORAD on 9/11/2001.

Back to work...

August 6, 2007

I've been so busy. I was up at 5 am to get to Livermore Labs in time for the speeches, remembrances, civil disobedience. I picked up Tian Harter on my way. It was extraordinarily cold for August (I was shaking with cold) and perhaps the smallest gathering that I have seen. We grabbed one banner and one 9/11 Was an Inside Job sign and hurried to the West Gate. Ed Rippy was getting sound for radio. Gordon Wright helped me pass out Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Cards. There were lots of police and press, great speeches and songs. People layed down in the road and their outlines were chalked in memory of those incinerated 63 years ago. A air raid siren sounded to mark the event, followed by a long minute of silence. In addition to the main speakers, there was an open mike and many who wished to say something. I had planned to write a 3 minute speech- and I even worked on it and an article that I had hoped to have printed and to pass out today, but neither were finished with all the other stuff that I have had to do. So, I just spoke from my heart. Here's a paraphrase of the gist of it:

    "I speak for truth. Sun Tzu wrote thousands of years ago that "War is based on deception." The largest deception being the self-decption of rulers that they are superior to everyone else and have the right to kill and control others. We entered World War II on the basis of a deception. Hiroshima and Nagasaki were deceptions, too. They didn't drop the bombs to end a war, but to launch a new war of terror against all people- the Cold War.

    The war on terror is a fraud. It is a war of terror against all of us, the entire planet. It has never been criminally investigated. The director of the 9/11 Commission was Philip Zelikow who co-authored a book with Condoleeza Rice and wrote the "Pre-Emptive War Doctrine." As Pearl Harbor was used to create the National Security State; 9/11 is being used to create a Global Police State. Now they are promising us a nuclear 9/11, if it happens it will be by the hands of those who did 9/11. We need a real investigation.

    Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it."

    The global elite are afraid of us, the world's people, and afraid of the truth. They use terror and fear to try to control us. The only antidote to fear is courage. I hope that the peace and justice movements will join with the truth movement. War relies on deception. Truth can stop war. We need the truth and courage.

I then went to the side of the road where people were laying down to block traffic, in anticipation of being arrested. I lay down and someone chalked my outline on the pavement. Eventually when everyone had laid down and been chalked we gathered in front of the gate and held one another and began singing "We will not be moved." The police warned us several times that if we did not disperse we would be arrested. With all their fancy riot gear, they surrounded us. Then in three groups they marched in taking us one at a time into Livermore. They placed our stuff in plastic bags, frisked us, handcuffed us, put us on buses, took us into pens, then took off the handcuffs, then wrote out tickets for each of us. They goofed on the tickets. Some had court appearance dates and some didn't. Eventually, they crossed out all the dates, and we all knew that we would not be compelled to go to court ("Don't call us- we'll call you" kinda message...)

I can't imagine being arrested with a nicer group of people, Daniel Ellsberg was the most famous one with us. Usually, I have too much stuff and am too busy to get arrested, but today I had time. Tian didn't mind waiting for me and the whole arrest probably took less than an hour.

I'm trying to finalize the program for our upcoming -


Click for details and film schedule

I hope also to find time to buy groceries and feed the family before tonight's radio show with John Perkins and Jarek Kupsc- writer/director of The Reflecting Pool, both Jarek Kupsc and Joseph Culp will be coming for Special Preview Screenings of their new 9/11 Truth feature Film in September-


July 30, 2007

I ended up hosting our Northern California Truth Alliance Retreat at my house on Sunday, which meant I spent more time baking fresh fruit pies, and meals than facilitating, but we had some great people at the gathering and did get through of most of our agenda. I'm still in the midst of organizing- making phone calls, answering the phone, updating my websites, scheduling my radio show guests and figuring out the program for September 11th. I wish there were more hours in the day. Paul DesLauriers also called me today, regarding organizing and will send me his new book- Bearer of Light; we had a great conversation discussing organizing and I will probably get him on my radio show, after I read his book. It's just hard to keep up with all the good books that are coming out and the articles/speeches I need to write, in addition to pulling together events and the next Deception Dollar.

I did enjoy and was inspired by last night's radio show with Tom Atlee, Founder of the Co-Intelligence Institute, author of The Tao of Democracy and Peggy Holman, author of The Change Handbook,
both are organizers of this August's Story Field Conference.

July 25, 2007

The sun shone today, and many people came to help me at the Listening Project. There is so much organizing going on, at so many different levels. I've been struggling with pulling people together for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Retreat. We were going to do a 2 day retreat this weekend in Mendocino, but for technical and logistical reasons, we changed our plans, and will just do a one day retreat at my house (at least I don't have to drive). Hopefully, we'll be able to work up a plan, enthusiasm for the next couple of months activities, and do some serious long term thinking, as well.

I got blasted for an email that I sent out which included my recent letter to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo (on the East Bay Impeachment list for being too vague about my sources). For those who think I am too vague about the current political climate and want sobering facts/analysis. Here are links to three articles which, I feel, back up the concerns that I hinted at in the latest letter to Eshoo:

Fascist America, in 10 easy steps
From Hitler to Pinochet and beyond, history shows there are certain steps
that any would-be dictator must take to destroy constitutional freedoms.
And, argues Naomi Wolf, George Bush and his administration seem to be taking them all
Tuesday April 24, 2007
The Guardian

Operation Falcon and the Looming Police State
By Mike Whitney
02/26/07

De Fazio asks, but he's denied access
Classified info - The congressman wanted to see government plans for after a terror attack
Friday, July 20, 2007

The producer of the popular 9/11 Truth film Loose Change, Korey Rowe, was arrested today by the US Military for Desertion. We should make as much noise as possible to protest his arrest and demand his release. Alex Jones covered the arrest at prisonplanet.com, and includes an interview he did last year with Korey, and useful phone numbers for activists to call in support of Korey and to show that we want the military to let him go.

July 23, 2007

With all the work I have to do, I must admit that I did flake out over the weekend to spend time with family and friends. (Unbelievably, my 18 and 16 year old sons even asked me to wake them up at 6 am on Sunday to join me on a 10 mile hike in the hills, after complaining that they would have gone with me on the same hike Saturday had I just woken them up.) I'd hoped to organize a last minute Impeachment Rally/Action for today while I was at my friend's birthday party yesterday (She is an activist, and on the Board of Veteran's for Peace). Most of the people at the party were activists- including the Raging Grannies, and Annie and the Vets, but we were having such a great time- and celebrating Sharon Kufeldt's 60th Birthday- which seemed more important, at the time, than just bringing down the current criminal regime.

Today in DC, Cindy Sheehan and others will be rallying, marching, taking action on John Conyers' office, which they plan to occupy, until he moves forward with impeachment. I still have a stack of impeachment petitions to deliver to Eshoo's Office, but I haven't organized an action for today- I just have been too busy, to do everything, and I still have so much work to do, taxes to get done, the calendar to update, a radio show to produce (Tonight's show will include a report form DC on the Impeachment events from Matthew Sullivan). I wish there were more hours in the day.

Congresswoman Eshoo knows how I feel about Impeachment, so I think that I'm the last person that she will listen to, but a groundswell of other voices, besides mine- might have an effect. She is close to Pelosi, who has balked on the issue, as well. They will only cave in to massive public and media pressure.

July 20, 2007

A rare "summer storm" doused the Listening Project on Wednesday. I had baked cookies, bread rolls, loaded the car, and just was amazed that the sky "spitted" or "sweated" (you couldn't really call it rain- it was so feeble and light) for 20 minutes, I finally gave up and went home and back to work...Thursday, I went to Oakland for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, and to discuss our upcoming retreat- where we can hopefully strategize and plan in greater detail our upcoming events, and figure out a schedule for September 11th at the Grand Lake Theater. Richard Gage wants to present and Ken wants to premiere his new film (which he hasn't made, yet- of David Ray Griffin Debunking 9/11 Debunking.) I'd like to share the new feature films with the group and see if we could premiere them, or choose the best of the 9/11 Truth ones that have been made, and intersperse the films with good speakers.

I refused to be scared at this point; I am so tired of the "looming terrorist attack" that we are continually threatened with, but I did get a particularly grim email today, regarding plans to crush domestic dissent with the US military, and the latest Bush seizure of power to quell opposition to the Iraq Folly/Occupation.

    Baghdad, 13 July 07: “Yesterday, one of my good friends from another office was telling me they were going to start issuing armored vests to us office types because of the growing danger from mortars. We are being shelled daily and, like everything else, casualties are way underreported . But more important than the flak vests was a file he had copied out and which he gave to me to smuggle out of the country. As I have said, we have strict censorship here on all incoming and outgoing snail mail, email, phone calls and so on. This report is so serious I am making a précis of it and am even now sending it around to various news outlets, both Stateside and elsewhere. I have my sources and believe me, the CIC people here are so stupid they couldn’t pour piss out of a boot if the directions were on the bottom.

    It states that because of “growing popular unrest in the United States, caused by the prolonged war in Iraq .coupled with obvious Congressional inaction,” the U.S. military has drawn up plans for combating domestic U.S. civil insurrections. This is not a theoretical study but a very specific one. Units to be used domestically are listed in detail as are detention centers, etc.

    As a result of this, plans are now in train to segregate, retrain and reequip certain anti-insurgent U.S. military units now serving in Iraq and to prepare them for quick transfer back to the United States for use "as needed" The Pentagon command believes that such civil insurrections are not only a possibility but a very real probability in the event that the President and his advisors maintain their present course vis a vis the Iraqi war.

    It is interesting to note that "foreign intelligence representatives, now active in the United States” (read Mossad) are to be subject to “arrest, confinement and eventual deportation to their country of origin."

    The report and several attached ones, run to almost 900 pages and cannot be put up in their current form. However, I will list some of the more important data here:

    Classification: Top Secret-Noforn as of 1 June 2007

    Distribution Restriction: Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only to maintain operations security. This determination was made on 1 June 2007. Other requests for this document must be referred to (redacted)

    Destruction Notice: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. ….

    This publication uses the term insurgent to describe those taking part in any activity designed to undermine or to overthrow the established authorities……

    Counterinsurgency is those military, paramilitary, political, economic, psychological, and civic actions taken by a government to defeat insurgency (JP 1-02). It is an offensive approach involving all elements of national power; it can take place across the range of operations and spectrum of conflict …

    In dealing with the local populace, the primary aims must be to:

      •Protect the population.
      •Establish local political institutions.
      •Reinforce local governments.
      •Eliminate insurgent capabilities.
      •Exploit information from local sources.

    …

    An insurgency is organized movement aimed at the overthrow of a constituted government through use of subversion and armed conflict (JP 1-02). It is a protracted politico-military struggle designed to weaken government control and legitimacy while increasing insurgent control. Political power is the central issue in an insurgency.

    An insurgent organization normally consists of four elements:

      Leadership.
      Combatants (main forces, regional forces, local forces).
      Cadre (local political leaders that are also called the militants).
      Mass base (the bulk of the membership).

      …

      A perceived serious potential of dissident American groups rising up against constituted authority has been clearly identified by counter-intelligence agencies.. The stated cause for such an uprising appear to be growing dissatisfaction with the course and conduct of the war in Iraq, the chronic inability of Congress to deal with various pressing issues and the perception of widespread corruption and indifference to public needs.

      The support of the people, passive or active then, is the center of gravity. It must be gained in whatever proportion is necessary to sustain the insurgent movement (or, contrariwise, to defeat it). As in any political campaign, all levels of support are relative.

      Insurgent movements begin as “fire in the minds of men.” Insurgent leaders commit themselves to building a new world. They construct the organization to carry through this desire. Generally, popular grievances become insurgent causes when interpreted and shaped by the insurgent leadership. The insurgency grows if the cadre that is local insurgent leaders and representatives can establish a link between the insurgent movement and the desire for solutions to grievances sought by the local population

      Insurgent leaders will exploit opportunities created by government security force actions. The behavior of security forces is critical. Lack of security force discipline leads to alienation, and security force abuse of the populace is a very effective insurgent recruiting tool. Consequently, specific insurgent tactical actions are often planned to frequently elicit overreaction from security force individuals and units.

      Insurgencies are dynamic political movements, resulting from real or perceived grievance or neglect that leads to alienation from an established government.

      A successful counterinsurgency will result in the neutralization by the state of the insurgency and its effort to form a counterstate. While many abortive insurgencies are defeated by military and police actions alone, if an insurgency has tapped into serious grievances and has mobilized a significant portion of the population, simply returning to the status quo may not be an option. Reform may be necessary, but reform is a matter for the state, using all of its human and material resources. Security forces are only one such resource. The response must be multifaceted and coordinated, yet states typically charge their security forces with “waging counterinsurgency.” This the security forces cannot do alone.

      These imperatives are—

        · Facilitate establishment or reestablishment of a ‘legitimate government’.
        · Counterinsurgency requires perseverance.
        · Foster popular support for the incumbent US government.
        · Prepare to perform functions and conduct operations that are outside normal scope of training.
        · Coordinate with US governmental departments and agencies, and with vital non-governmental, agencies.

      Urban operations.

        · Protection of government facilities.
        · Protection of infrastructure.
        · Protection of commercial enterprises vital to the HN economy.
        · Protection of cultural facilities.
        · Prevention of looting.
        · Military police functions.
        · Close interaction with civilians.
        · Assistance with reconstruction projects.
        · Securing the national borders.
        · Training or retraining a national military police and security force.

      Establishing and maintaining local government credibility.

        · Contributing local government is both tangible and psychological. Local security forces must reinforce and be integrated into the plan at every stage.
        · Facilitate and use information and intelligence obtained from local sources to gain access to the insurgent’s economic and social base of support, order of battle, tactics, techniques, and procedures.

      Army forces help local pro-government police, paramilitary, and military forces perform counterinsurgency, area security, or local security operations. They advise and assist in finding, dispersing, capturing, and destroying the insurgent force.

      US forces may conduct offensive operations to disrupt and destroy insurgent combat formations. These operations prevent the insurgents from attacking government-controlled areas.

      There are many organizations and extensive resources available to aid counterinsurgent forces.

      Commanders should not overlook the aid these organizations may provide. All forces assigned an AO or function should determine which departments and agencies are assisting in that AO and coordinate actions so that there is no duplication of effort. Such departments, councils and agencies include—

        · National Security Council.
        · Department of Defense.
        · Department of State.
        · Department of Justice.
        · Department of the Treasury.
        · Department of Homeland Security.
        · Department of Agriculture.
        · Department of Commerce.
        · Central Intelligence Agency.
        · Department of Transportation

      Various governmental departments directly administer or support other governmental agencies. Examples of these US agencies are—

        · The US Coast Guard (under Department of Homeland Security).
        · The Federal Bureau of Investigation (under Department of Justice).
        · Immigration Customs Enforcement (under Department of Homeland Security).
        · Federal Communications Commission

    The proper application of force is a critical component to any successful counterinsurgency operation. In a counterinsurgency, the center of gravity is public support. In order to defeat an insurgent force, US forces must be able to separate insurgents from the population. At the same time, US forces must conduct themselves in a manner that enables them to maintain popular domestic support. Excessive or indiscriminant use of force is likely to alienate the local populace, thereby increasing support for insurgent forces. Insufficient use of force results in increased risks to US forces and perceived weaknesses that can jeopardize the mission by emboldening insurgents and undermining domestic popular support. Achieving the appropriate balance requires a thorough understanding of the nature and causes of the insurgency, the end state, and the military’s role in a counterinsurgency operation. Nevertheless, US forces always retain the right to use necessary and proportional force for individual and unit self-defense in response to a hostile act or demonstrated hostile intent.

    The media, print and broadcast (radio, television and the Internet), play a vital role in societies involved in a counterinsurgency. Members of the media have a significant influence and shaping impact on political direction, national security objectives, and policy and national will. The media is a factor in military operations. It is their right and obligation to report to their respective audiences on the use of military force. They demand logistic support and access to military operations while refusing to be controlled. Their desire for immediate footage and on-the-spot coverage of events, and the increasing contact with units and Soldiers (for example, with embedded reporters) require commanders and public affairs officers to provide guidance to leaders and Soldiers on media relations. However, military planners must provide and enforce ground rules to the media to ensure operations security. Public affairs offices plan for daily briefings and a special briefing after each significant event because the media affect and influence each potential target audience external and internal to the AO. Speaking with the media in a forward-deployed area is an opportunity to explain what our organizations and efforts have accomplished.

    Continuous PSYOP are mounted to—

      · Counter the effects of insurgent propaganda.
      · Relate controls to the security and well-being of the population.
      · Portray a favorable governmental image.

    Control measures must—

      · Be authorized by national laws and regulations (counterparts should be trained not to improvise unauthorized measures).
      · Be tailored to fit the situation (apply the minimum force required to achieve the de-sired result).
      · Be supported by effective local intelligence.
      · Be instituted in as wide an area as possible to prevent bypass or evasion.
      · Be supported by good communications.
      · Be enforceable.
      · Be lifted as the need diminishes.
      · Be compatible, where possible, with local customs and traditions.
      · Establish and maintain credibility of local government.

A control program may be developed in five phases:

    · Securing and defending the area internally and externally.
    · Organizing for law enforcement.
    · Executing cordon and search operations.
    · Screening and documenting the population (performing a detailed census).
    · Performing public administration, to include resource control.

Support to the judiciary may be limited to providing security to the existing courts or may lead to more comprehensive actions to build local, regional, and national courts and the required support apparatus. To avoid overcrowding in police jails, the courts must have an efficient and timely magistrate capability, ideally co-located with police stations and police jails, to review cases for trial.

Cordon and search is a technique used by military and police forces in both urban and rural environments. It is frequently used by counterinsurgency forces conducting a population and resource control mission against small centers of population or subdivisions of a larger community. To be effective, cordon and search operations must have sufficient forces to effectively cordon off and thoroughly search target areas, to include subsurface areas.

PSYOP, civil affairs, and specialist interrogation teams should augment cordon and search orces to increase the effectiveness of operations. Consider the following when conducting cordon and search operations:

    Cordon and search operations may be conducted as follows:

      Disposition of troops should—

        · Facilitate visual contact between posts within the cordon.
        · Provide for adequate patrolling and immediate deployment of an effective re-serve force.

      Priority should be given to—

        · Sealing the administrative center of the community.
        · Occupying all critical facilities.
        · Detaining personnel in place.
        · Preserving and securing all records, files, and other archives.

      Key facilities include—

        · Administrative buildings.
        · Police stations.
        · News media facilities.
        · Post offices.
        · Communications centers.
        · Transportation offices and motor pools.
        · Prisons and other places of detention.
        · Schools.
        · Medical facilities.

      Search Techniques include—

        · Search teams of squad size organized in assault, support, and security elements. One target is assigned per team.
        · Room searches are conducted by two-person teams.
        · Room search teams are armed with pistols, assault weapons, and automatic weapons.
        · Providing security for search teams screening operations and facilities.

      Pre-search coordination includes—

        · Between control personnel and screening team leaders.
        · Study of layout plans.
        · Communications, that is, radio, whistle, and hand signals.
        · Disposition of suspects.
        · On-site security.
        · Guard entrances, exits (to include the roof), halls, corridors, and tunnels.
        · Assign contingency tasks for reserve.
        · Room searches conducted by two- or three-person teams.
        · Immobilize occupants with one team member.
        · Search room with other team member.
        · Search all occupants. When available, a third team member should be the re-corder.
        · Place documents in a numbered envelope and tag the associated individual with a corresponding number.

      SCREENING AND DOCUMENTING THE POPULATION

      Screening and documentation include following:

        · Systematic identification and registration.
        · Issuance of individual identification cards containing—

          A unique number.
          Picture of individual.
          Personal identification data.
          Fingerprints.
          An official stamp (use different colors for each administration region).
          Family group census cards, an official copy of which is retained at the local po-lice agency. These must include a picture and appropriate personal data.
          Frequent use of mobile and fixed checkpoints for inspection, identification, and reg-istration of documents.
          Preventing counterfeiting of identification and registration documents by laminat-ing and embossing.
          Programs to inform the population of the need for identification and registration.

        Covert surveillance is a collection effort with the responsibility fixed at the intelligence/security division or detective division of the police department. Covert techniques, ranging from application of sophisticated electronics systems to informants, should include—

          Informant nets. Reliability of informants should be verified. Protection of identity is a must.
          Block control. Dividing a community or populated area into zones where a trusted resident reports on the activities of the population. If the loyalty of block leaders is questionable, an informant net can be established to verify questionable areas.

          Units designated for counterinsurgency operations

            · 115th MIB, Schofield, HI
            · 704th MIB, Fort Made, MD, Collaboration with NSA
            · 513st MIB, Fort Gordon, GA in Collaboration with NSA
            · Arlington Hall Station, VA
            · Aberdeen Proving Ground (Maryland)
            · US Army Intelligence and Security Command – INSCOM- Huachuca ( Arizona )
            · INTELLIGENCE THREAT and ANALYSIS CENTER ( Center Analysis for threat and Intelligence )
            · 501st Military Intelligence Brigade EAC
            · 3rd Military Intelligence Battalion Exploitation Area

Michel Chossudovsky has also been writing about this. In his latest posting:

Bush Executive Order: Criminalizing the Antiwar Movement
by Prof. Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, July 20, 2007

Excerpts:

    A presidential Executive Order issued on July 17th, repeals with the stroke of a pen the right to dissent and to oppose the Pentagon's military agenda in Iraq.

    In substance, the Executive Order entitled "Blocking Property of Certain Persons Who Threaten Stabilization Efforts in Iraq" provides the President with the authority to confiscate the assets of "certain persons" who oppose the US led war in Iraq...

    Broader implications

    The criminalization of the State is when the sitting President and Vice President use and abuse their authority through executive orders, presidential directives or otherwise to define "who are the criminals" when in fact they they are the criminals.

    This latest executive order criminalizes the peace movement. It must be viewed in relation to various pieces of "anti-terrorist" legislation, the gamut of presidential and national security directives, etc., which are ultimately geared towards repealing constitutional government in the case of an impending "national emergency".

    The war criminals in high office are intent upon repressing all forms of dissent which question the legitimacy of the war in Iraq. The executive order combined with the existing anti terrorist legislation is eventually intended to be used against the anti-war and civil rights movements. It can be used to seize the assets of antiwar groups in America as well as block the property and activities of non-governmental humanitarian organizations providing relief in Iraq, seizing the assets of alternative media involved in a critique of the US-led war, etc.

    In May 2007, Bush issued a major presidential National Security Directive (National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive NSPD 51/HSPD 20), which would suspend constitutional government and instate broad dictatorial powers under martial law in the case of a "Catastrophic Emergency" (Second 9/11 terrorist attack.

    On July 11, 2007 the CIA published its National Intelligence Estimate which pointed to an imminent Al Qaeda attack on America, a second 9/11 which would according to NSPD 51 immediately be followed by the suspension of constitutional government.

    NSPD 51 grants unprecedented powers to the Presidency and the Department of Homeland Security, overriding the foundations of Constitutional government. It allows the sitting president to declare a “national emergency” without Congressional approval The adoption of NSPD 51 would lead to the de facto closing down of the Legislature and the militarization of justice and law enforcement.

I am going to make copies of these articles and bring them with me when I meet with city officials and the police to complain about their threat to arrest me when I was gathering signatures on my "Impeach Cheney First Petition" at my local park. I want to know where local officials stand in regard to these Federal Decrees- on the side of the Constitution and the American people, or on the side of a criminal government, hoping to cling to power through violence, terror, and fear, through war, and the "criminalization of dissent."

I do think that many people are afraid of another False Flag operation to persuade Americans to fall in line with the Bush Agenda. People are also afraid of dividing the country and civil war. Our best hope, I believe, is non-violent, widespread opposition to the threats to the constitution and our civil rights, and the world, and for Congress to begin Impeachment proceedings to halt these guys and reverse the policies of the past several years.

July 17, 2007

I don't think that I will ever catch up with my life, my mail, my e-mail, all the things that I have started and hope to finish someday. The past week, I've been just trying to catch up with the basic houshold demands, the radio show schedule, and working with the organizers of the upcoming Story Field Conference. I have been amazed at the emails, news, of the past week- what has come out, and what has "not been said." Google has been holding a series of forums at their Mountain View office, where my husband works, for all the presidential candidates, including Ron Paul who also spoke last Sunday at the Mountain View Charleston Park. I attended the rally with 4-500 other people) and was very impressed with some of the things he said (which I agreed with) and awed at the silence on my issues- "9/11 Truth and Impeachment" which were not mentioned at all, although I had great success passing out Deception Dollars and gathering signatures on my impeachment petitions at the rally.

Last week two articles were sent to me-

Chinese Secret Society Challenges Illuminati

By Henry Makow, June 29, 2007

And a lengthy transcript of an interview with Benjamin Fulford on Jeff Rense's radio show.

Here's what I learned about Fulford:

    His great grandfather was George Taylor Fulford, one of the richest men in the world, was the largest single shareholder in General Electric. He was going to finance free-energy wizard Nikola Tesla, but was murdered by the Rockefellers in 1905 in a fake car accident. Fulford claims the family fortune was stolen by the Rockefeller Cabal.

    Benjamin Fulford, former Asia Pacific Bureau chief at Forbes

From Y. Yamamoto's posting on TokyoFreePress

    "I first got to know of Benjamin Fulford when I somehow came across his book titled Say Good-bye to Zombies (Kobunsha, March 2006). I found the main part of this work so truthful and revealing that I asked the author for a sit-together. He complied with my request on the condition that I read his most recent book 9.11 Tero Netsuzo, or 9-11 Hoax Terror in my tentative translation of the title (Tokuma Shoten, July 2006), in advance of our meeting. That's how we met on August 21 to talk over the issues Fulford took up in these controversial books.

    "Fulford's Bio

    "Benjamin Fulford was born in Canada in 1961. He majored in comparative literature in Tokyo's Sophia University, and then went on to attend the University of British Columbia, Vancouver. He came back to Japan in the late-1970s to settle down here and joined Forbes magazine. When he was Asia Pacific Bureau chief of the publisher, a deadly virus epidemic broke out and quickly spread all over the world. The Asia Pacific Bureau chief somehow got wise to the fact that the one who had created the particular computer virus was working for an anti-virus software company. But that software company happened to be one of the major advertising clients for Forbes. His big scoop was aborted when the headquarters in New York City turned it down. He made up his mind to submit his resignation. This is how he became a freelance journalist several years ago.

    "Two important books on Japan published to date this year

    "In Say Good-bye to Zombies, he calls Japan a kleptocracy hijacked by a host of zombies. Although he isn't very clear about who are zombies and who are not, his merciless revelation of the truth about the "Iron Square" formed among politicians, bureaucracy, business, and yakuza is compellingly convincing. That's what made me think he is a person to watch, despite the fact that the solution part of the book is not quite impressive.

    "9-11 Hoax Terror is a 409-page book written based on a substantial amount of research. Fulford theorizes here that 9-11 was a hoax plotted by the military-industrial complex and Christian fundamentalists in the U.S. According to the author, the American conspiracy can be traced back as far as to 1898 when America launched an attack on the Spanish colonies in Latin America on the pretext of the sinking of the battleship USS Maine, which later proved a fake as late as in 1975. In the concluding chapters of the book, he expresses his hope that the Japanese will be among the first to wake up to the reality of the conspiracy. Furthermore he speculates that they will then act like the Japanese cartoon superhero Ultraman to thwart the evil ambitions of the American imperialism. So, the questions I wanted to ask the author in person all came down to this: "What exactly makes you think the zombies will be among the first to wake up to the crisis of mankind, and act accordingly, i.e., emerge as a savior of the world?"...

    "Throughout 9-11 Hoax Terror, he repeatedly refers to the serial movie, Matrix. According to him, this near-future film series depicts people who are forced to choose between the red pill and the blue pill, in the face of the devastation caused by a nuclear warfare (or an environmental destruction?). If one takes a dose of the blue pill, he remains unaware of the devastation, and thus sits on his ass just awaiting the doomsday, whereas one who picks the red pill wakes up to what has actually happened while he was in a hypnotic state caused by the political sandmen, and gets on his feet to prevent the ruin of mankind, if ever he is strong enough to face up to the reality."

A friend of mine made these comments on the Fulford interview:

    Well, we listened to the whole interview when it came out, and it was definitely.... interesting.

    If I didn't know what I do, I think it would have been a struggle to take what he said at face value. After all, one must always consider the possibility that any type of unusual public statement is an attempt at 'muddying the waters'. This is particularly true of many websites related to the so-called 'Illuminati' - e.g. garbage like http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/hardtruth/the_satanic_bloodlines.htm or http://www.illuminati-news.com/illuminati_organization_chart.htm.

    Yet while I may not agree with every point of his analysis of the 'big picture' or of the 'attitude' prevailing 'in Japan', I deem that he believes he is telling the truth as he sees it. As such, if there IS any attempt to muddy the waters here, my guess is that he is not privy to that attempt. Moreover, my take is that that interview was not really aimed at 'convincing' anyone anyway. It was what he stated - a public warning to those who already know what he was talking about. Sort of like a modern personal ad, you know the kind which was in former times used to anonymously transmit messages to others.

    Notes:

      - His credentials stack up. He was in a position to know the people he claims he knows.
      - His information about the history of the Qinghongbang (the Chinese secret society that he refers to) is accurate as far as I can assess.
      - I personally see no strong evidence for a Rockefeller-Rothschild split, but then again, I am no expert. I certainly would guess that the Rockefellers are ultimately first row front boys for the Rothschilds.
      - I suspect that the numbers of nips who are 'in the know' are considerably lower than he implies, but I certainly could not supply even estimates.
      - It would have been swell if he could have cited some evidence for the manufactured nature of SARS, but then again, I don't think he was talking to the 'uninitiated' in the interview.
      - If he is not being fooled here into a large-scale water-muddying excursion, then I would have to say that this is the first serious challenge they have had in a long long while.... being cowards at heart, what will they do??? OK, Putin is a minor threat, but he's only one guy and an open target. It's all he can do to avoid being assassinated - much less threaten others. They rule by intimidation of the Bush-level public elites and are very unused to anyone having the nerve to actually attack THEM. I look forward to searching field reports for signs of a reaction....

I certainly hope there is a split within the ruling factions, simply to give those at the grassroots the opportunity to come together and seriously challenge them.

Impeachment also broke through the mainstream media barrier on local television in Los Angeles and San Francisco, as well as nationally on Bill Moyer's Journal. I actually watched the broadcast live (a rare occurence, believe me!) It was shocking to me how they could ignore and not mention the articles of impeachment introduced by Cynthia McKinney and Dennis Kucinich, as if those Congresspeople never walked the face of the Earth and didn't exist. They also gave veracity to the bogus "war on terrorism" in an offhand manner. That's what drives me nuts- the acceptance of the "Big Lie" to win incremental progress in raising public awareness, ever so gradually...

People keep talking to me about "strategy" and the reason for not speaking the "truth" and alienating those who haven't quite figured out what is going on, but it still irks me. I know my job is to create the giant sea of support, so that leaders feel "safe enough" to speak the "truth" someday...

I had Blaine Machan, John Parulis and Paul Cross on the radio show last night, all artists, really, trying to raise consciousness on 9/11 Truth. We also sought input for the new Deception Dollar which Blaine is working on now- and we hope to get out before the next anniversary of the attacks. There is a convergence of movements going on and next week's show will look at the Impeachment/9/11 Truth activities taking place in DC (There is a big Impeachment Rally/Action planned for July 23rd) with Rock Island Free Press Editor Matthew Sullivan. I'll also be interviewing an old CIA op, Robert David Steele, who I ran across amongst the participants in the Story Field Conference, but also is starting up a weekly radio show on We The People Radio Network.

Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is also working on a newsletter, for our members, and to pass out at the upcoming September 11th events. We will be having a meeting Thursday and are hoping to have a weekend retreat July 28th/29th up in Mendocino to make our plans and strategize our short and long term activities/goals.

July 11, 2007

I got up early to load my car and set up for the Listening Project and the Impeachment Rally. Brian helped me and brought the large Deception Dollar banner which he and Joni used when they held the Listening Project, in my absence. University Avenue had finallly opened (after the fire/crime investigation had shut it down) and there were people about. Unfortunately, only a few activists, my regular supporters, came for the rally. Chuck brought his I-pod so we were able to play our excellent collection of 9/11 Truth and Impeachment songs- but we didn't bother with speeches. The table was more or less swamped with interested people and we had some very good conversations throughout the day. I hadn't made any great impeachment fliers, and it seemed like we could be more effective staying at Lytton plaza than marching up and down University without relavant handouts. "Next time we'll be perfect." said Brian, again... Next time, however, we will have to post the rally on the calendars, do some outreach, publicity, get out press releases and have some decent fliers. The size of a turnout doesn't really depend on the strength of the issue, but the time and effort that goes into organizing it. I still feel passionately about the importance of Impeachment and 9/11 Truth, but must admit, that I am human and do need a vacation- and summers are generally earmarked for the kids and family activities. They will put up with me being away one day a week, but It is harder on the family when I also have "more" to do like the radio show and monthly rallies and other events...

I do love some of the conversations I get to have with people visiting Palo Alto who come from all over the world. We share what we know and they share their nuggets of insight, wisdom, experiences and the dialogues are often very rich. Although I have a dozen books to read and essays/articles to write, one guy recomended the "best book he has ever read to us entitled- "The Paradigm Conspiracy: Why Our Social Systems Violate Human Potential -- And How We Can Change Them " which I just ordered and looks like a very useful book when You are in the midst of challenging the dominant institutions that are trying desperately to control the public mind.

July 10, 2007

I had a mini-vacation over the weekend and still haven't had a chance to catch up, let alone do the organizing/outreach/publicity for tomorrow's Impeachment Rally- it is not even listed in my events calendar or on Indymedia.org. However, I did bake cookies, start the dough for the bread rolls and intend to be at Lytton Plaza tomorrow with the ingredients necessary for the Listening Project and a Rally/March. One other major hindrance has been the fire that occurred downtown, while I was away. Streets have been closed; the papers report that it looks like arson; the downtown businesses are suffering, and our usual march route has been cut off by the "crime scene." So tomorrow may bring very few people to Lytton Plaza.

On the other hand the national movement for Impeachment is growing. New Yrk has finally got a NYC 9/11 Ballot Initiative for an honest, independent investigation of 9/11 to create a new Commission chosen by independent researchers, not the government. The work really has to be done by New York City residents, but I support their effort.

A music video of our June 13th Impeachment Rally was posted by Brain Phreak. I like the song (Impeach Cheney First by Bill Oliver), but I think we have better photos and video to draw from than the ones that he used. I just don't have the technical know how- and I haven't had the time to start doing video editing, but I think I have enough raw material...

I registered for the Story Field Conference and am looking forward to it. There are so many dots to be connected in shaping a better narrative to serve life rather than a corporate elite clinging to power through the use of fear, terror, and war. I want to be sure than 9/11 Truth is included... I invited dear Steve Bhaerman (Swami Beyondananda) to be a guest on my radio show the other day, and he was to busy finishing up a new book he is writing, but might also come to the conference- I hope so, as he is one of the Truth Movement's best allies.

The radio show is taking up such a huge amount of my time and energy. I have a stack of books to read to prepare for future shows. There is so much I don't know. There are so many issues- and all inextricably connected.

New documents have come to light on the North American Union through the Freedom of Information Act and the Corbett Report. Here is an excerpt from Corbett:

    The most startling passage of the document concerns the North American Competitiveness Council (NACC), which the minutes themselves note was a "body created by Leaders in 2006 to give the private sector a formal role in providing advice on how to enhance competitiveness in North America." The idea that business interests are really in control of the process is suggested in the following passage:

      Exchanges following a formal presentation of the [NACC's] report uncovered frustration relating to the private sector's seeming inability to influence the pace of regulatory change "from the bottom up."[...]The subtext was clear: in the absence of ministerial endorsement, bureaucracies are unlikely to act on the more challenging recommendations.[...]The complex and far-reaching nature of the recommendations suggest that governments will need ample time to review and consult internally — and trilaterally — but it seems clear that the NACC will be looking for an early commitment to moving forward quickly.

    This shockingly candid passage makes it clear that the business interests are actually in charge of the process, giving the politicians marching orders and demanding that these orders are followed, and followed quickly. Perhaps this is not surprising when one discovers that the SPP in fact did not start life as a governmental "dialogue" at all, but rather as an initiative launched by the Canadian Council of Chief Executives (CCOCE) in January 2003. According to the CCOCE's own documents Council members comprise the CEOs of 150 leading Canadian businesses which "administer in excess of C$2.1 trillion in assets, have annual revenues of more than $500 billion" and, it seems, have a number of ranking governmental officials from all three North American nations in their back pocket.

    The other worrying news to come out of the meeting minutes is the revelation that Canadian Public Safety Minister Stockwell Day proposed at the meeting "the establishment of a coordinating body on Emergency Management" which like all other SPP initiatives will drastically curtail democracy in each of the three countries by leaving vital matters of national security in the hands of unelected foreign nationals and bureaucrats...

July 6, 2007

I have been on vacation with the kids the past couple of weeks, and it is wonderful to learn that much has happened to advance the movements for truth, peace, justice, impeachment while I was away. The Vancouver 9/11 Truth Conference was a success; at the US Social Forum resolutions for Impeachment and 9/11 Truth were passed; in Philadelphia and Los Angeles on July 4th, the emergency anti-war/9/11 Truth gathering was well attended and the Los Angeles National Impeachment Center launched. More and more people, even some of the press, are supporting impeachment, even Move-On is beginning to Wake-Up.

Last night I went to San Francisco for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting and we voted to budget $2500 towards edition #10 of the Deception Dollar (we're almost completely out of them), and still trying to decide what changes/improvements to make. We also want to have a strategy/planning retreat to figure out what we'll be doing in August/September and beyond. Kris Milligan (Publisher of Trine Day Books) called to let me know Wayne Madsen will be in California in August, and William Rodriguez is planning a tour as well- and we need to decide which events/films/speakers we want to put our time/energy/efforts into showcasing.

Jeremy Begin's book is finally in print:

Although it is not exclusive to 9/11 Truth, it does a good job of painting an overview of where we are now historically. It doesn't have much humor, but the illustrations are very good, although I can't say that I'm all that wild about the cover.

I have a lot of catching up to do and although "refreshed" by the vacation, I still feel overwhelmed at all the tasks on my plate.

June 19, 2007

Last weekend, I went river rafting with the kids and the scouts. It was Father's Day on Sunday, so after the river trip, I chauffeured everyone home, did four loads of laundry, cooked dinner, baked a fresh peach pie, discovered the phone answering machine had died- destroying all phone messages, and that my friends had no clue on how to post articles on Indymedia. I was so tired that after I botched a couple of postings (forgetting to click on the html box), I gave up on work and went to bed. On Monday, I tried to catch up on work and couldn't resist checking out a highly recommended online video called- Zeitgeist which was an excellent deconstruction of the major myths of our times- Religion, 9/11 and the Monetary system. The problem with it- is that it is 2 hours long, and the first 3 minutes are just sound- no images. I didn't have the patience for it the first time that I tried to see it.

In 1984, I was in London doing research on a metaphysical movie project, and I learned that big chunks of the Bible were lifted out of ancient Egyptian teaching texts. Zeitgeist clearly shows how the Bible and other myths are really descriptions of the voyage of the sun through the zodiac, and not based upon physical people or actual events. It is very well done and convincing. An online source which hints at what is expressed very well in the film is at

USBIBLE.com

I know many people believe in the literal interpretation of the Bible and could be upset by this film, which challenges not just Christianity, but an array of religions that have similar central myths. What I liked most about the film was the conclusion which presented the "Fear or Love" choice that lies before us, at this moment in time, and perhaps with everyone, at every moment in time. To me the choice is clear- let us fearlessly love the moment, our families, our friends, humanity, our freedoms, and champion truth, justice for all, and not cower in fear from those who seek to own and control the material world for themselves, regardless of the cost to others.

It was a pleasure last night speaking with Michel Chossudovsky and Maria Gilardin (on Questioning War- Organizing Resistance) both of whom I could spend hours on the phone with- so the time flew by. A caller asked Michel if he agreed with an article posted on globalresearch.ca that stated the US was entering into a Depression. Chossudovsky answered that "Yes the American economy had already collapsed." He pointed out that at the time of the Depression, the rhetoric was much like today's, and that it was not acknowledged publicly for several years well into the Deppression/crisis. However the current Depression is not confined to the US, but is a global one. Maria provided her own keen insights, as well, particularly the history of Fast Track and the expiration of Bush's authority to hang onto it beyond this month, and how 9/11 was used to push "Free Trade" in the WTO Doha Round in November 2001.

This month there is so much going on, in terms of protests, conferences, and activism, but I feel ready for a real vacation and plan on visiting family. Jean-Luc has less of an option and less vacation time, now that he is working at Google. I am going to try to return in time for the 4th of July and Boy Scout Camp, but much will depend on the kids and whether I can help Daniel get over the cold he acquired on the river trip.

One of the more profound insights I learned from the scouts, is that one of the hardest things for a "leader" to do is keep his hands in his pockets, and allow others to learn to do things on their own- without direct assistance. It's good to see so many people taking leadership positions, and taking on various important work within the 9/11 Truth Movement. I'm so glad that I can take a break, and know that the movement will continue to grow and flourish without me.

June 15, 2007, 5:27 pm

In the process of posting this- I got a bunch of photos of our-


Impeachment Rally on June 13th

June 15, 2007

I'm embarrassed to admit that with all the fantastic photo opportunities that we had at Wednesday's rally; I forgot my camera and don't have a single photo. I did write a report about it, including a couple of great speeches, but I am hoping to get some photos soon- and then I will post the report.

It has been a very demanding week for me, with very little sleep, and lots to do. The other "things I forgot on Wednesday" were a case of Deception Dollars, sunscreen and it was a very hot day. I got sunburned, and either heatstroke/sunstroke/dehydrated or a combination of those and yesterday I was simply in recovery mode. When we arrived to set up at Lytton plaza early Wednesday morning (for the Listening Project, as well as the rally), and evironmental group was posing with pinwheels planted around all the trees. A photographer from the Palo Alto Weekly warned me that our event conflicted with numerable graduation ceremonies. My sons both celebrated their last day of school June 14th (Daniel graduated from Terman Middle School)- which is one reason I put so much effort into the rally. With the kids home this summer- we will be doing a lot of family trips and i won't be able to do as much organizing/activism during summer break.

Many friends came to the rally, which, I think, was a success. There was some press there- the largest Chinese newspaper in the US covered it, and the local Foothill College, but none of the television networks or local papers. We, however, took lots of video footage and there were lots of photographers and hopefully some good synergies, music videos will come out of it- with new collaborations between activists, singers, video producers, photographers...

This week I also learned that the 9/11 and the Media Conference will probably be postponed to January. I also was invited to another conference whose intention is this:

    We believe that changing the stories of the defining culture is a key to the social transformation of humanity now at hand. Our intention is to gather a diverse group of creative artists, media people, thinkers, and doers engaged in story-work to share our stories of what we are doing and learning in our own work, to deepen our collective insights into the story change process, and to grow the relationships of new alliances.

I agree and I think changing breaking the "myth" of 9/11 has to be included in that story, so I am hoping to go to-

The First Annual Story Field Conference

"Invoking a New World through Story"

a pioneering interdisciplinary gathering

of storytellers, artists and experts

August 26-31, 2007
Shambhala Mountain Center, Colorado

I told my husband about it. When I turned 40, I had a party which involved a circle, lots of dialogue, a talking stick, facilitated by Tom Atlee (one of the organizers of this conference) a good friend who taught me a lot about process and facilitated the first Gathering to Transform the Global Economy. At that birthday party, my husband spent at least 6 hours washing dishes. This year, I will turn 50 and I was thinking of having another birthday party with a similar theme and structure... but Jean-Luc (perhaps in hopes of avoiding another 6 hours of dish-washing suggested that the conference might be a good gift to me from him...) I just got the green light from my son, too (who shares me birthday). So I think I will try to go.

I received this from friends today which is actually one of the most hopeful articles that I've seen:

"What happens if the president of the EU tells US citizens to go sign the Kyoto treaty for themselves and 20m Americans do? It would have no legal standing - but what does the president of the US do?"

Internet spells end for political spin, says US web guru

Tania Branigan, political correspondent
Wednesday June 13, 2007

Guardian Unlimited http://politics.guardian.co.uk/print/0,,330018750-110779,00.html

    Internet activism is spelling the end for the age of spin, the online campaign guru Joe Trippi will warn British politicians today, suggesting that the rules for dealing with "old media" no longer apply.

    "The game has changed in a way the top needs to understand," he told the Guardian.

    "It may take a disaster: a leader saying something ridiculous in an unregulated moment, thinking no press are there, and then realising a person in the UK with a video cellphone could destroy you, [with the clip] getting passed through social networks.

    "Before TV, what mattered was how your voice sounded. Then with TV it matters what your candidate looks like ... Anybody can fake it on TV: all the Joe Trippis and Alastair Campbells get really good at making sure our guy looks great for the eight seconds that are actually going on the news.

    "We are now moving to a medium where authenticity is king, from what things look like to what's real ... You have to be 'on' 24 hours a day, seven days a week."

    Tony Blair yesterday attacked the mainstream media as a "feral beast" which requires new regulation and lamented his lack of success in bypassing it through websites and press conferences.

    But Mr Trippi believes the influence of the established media is waning and argues that politicians must allow activists to build their own online communities, not simply use the net to disseminate information.

    He argues that, in an age of declining deference and empowered individuals, most voters will trust the opinion of peers who endorse a politician much more than a "top-down" message.

    Rather than encouraging politicians to say one thing in public and another in private, this shift makes it pointless for them to try.

    Platitudes will simply bore people, but the public will learn to filter out trivial gaffes: voters are unlikely to tolerate evidence of racism, but may learn to accept that senators occasionally drop off in hearings, for example.

    But the switch will be particularly hard for incumbents, he suggested, who have to abandon the tactics which have made them successful.

    "Parties that have had iron-clad message discipline - in the US, the Republican party and in the UK, Labour - have a tougher time," he warned.

    "Command and control ... [is] a disaster in the peer-to-peer social network world."

    Mr Trippi will today address MPs and other campaigners on the changing face of politics at a meeting in Westminster organised by the social networking group Bebo.

    He was hailed as the man who reinvented campaigning after using the net to build an unprecedented grassroots movement around Howard Dean's bid for the 2004 presidential nomination: creating an official blog, raising huge amounts in small donations and using Meetup and other social networks to allow volunteers to organise themselves.

    "The candidate lost, but the campaign won," argued Mr Trippi, who has now joined the John Edwards campaign.

    "Most people think: 'My £10, or my four hours in my neighbourhood, can't make a hill of beans in this big mess of politics.'

    "They come to realise that if 300,000 people put in £10 [or their time] we can change the whole country."

    Labour's deputy leadership candidates have begun to learn his lessons - Jon Cruddas has posted videos on YouTube; Alan Johnson is updating supporters on his whereabouts via Twitter - but Mr Trippi suggested that the UK faces particular challenges.

    Set election dates in the US make it easier to build momentum in the run-up to polling day.

    "What I see happening [here] is people saying, 'Let's try this on the net,' when the election is going to be in 60 days.

    "Then [they just assume] it doesn't work like it does in the States. The party that pushes through that and understands that the future is bottom-up and that continues through false starts will be the party that destroys other parties over the long haul.

    "The parties are also stronger here organizationally; they're top-down [from the leader] ... There's almost a feeling that 'we don't need riff-raff telling us what to do'."

    Mr Trippi argued that the parties had to learn to utilise the networks created by supporters, rather than corralling activists into party structures.

    "Social networking is building an army of Davids. You don't want to be Goliath. So how does Labour or the Conservatives provide slingshots for the armies out there who want to do something on climate change?" he asked.

    "What happens if the president of the EU tells US citizens to go sign the Kyoto treaty for themselves and 20m Americans do? It would have no legal standing - but what does the president of the US do?"

The big question is determining what is true and what is authentic. In an era where images can be manipulated, voice can be simulated, where those who control the technology can control access to information, there is an enormous struggle being waged over the multiple ways that people can communicate directly, as well as via the larger commercial megaphones, which shape peoples' worldviews, and their confidance in public and private institutions. Who will the majority of people believe is telling the truth?

June 10, 2007

The good news is that Congresswomen Lynne Woolsey, Barbara Lee, and Yvonne Clarke have co-sponsored House Resolution 333. This is significant because Woolsey and Lee are co-chairs of the Progressive Caucus. The bad news is that in my home state of California a horrendous prison expansion plan was passed- the largest prison expansion in the history of the United States. This is one reason, I am reluctant to recite the pledge of allegiance with its "liberty and justice for all" line when I know how enormous the human and environmental toll is from the war-mongering, dissent crushing apparatus that is expanding.

I got an email this morning alerting me to Project 28 and the Arivaca Tower a militarization of the border project under the "Real ID Act" which is a further erosion of our rights and a threat to everyone.

Saturday, Brian and I donned our superhero costumes, again to flyer in Downtown Palo Alto and were very successful, passing out ALL of the hundreds of fliers Brian printed. I had to take a few hour break in the middle of the afternoon to attend a double Eagle Scout graduaton ceremony. It was a wonderful ceremony- the kids and speeches were great and I think Brian's idea of a giant sign with an eagle clutching an Impeach banner in his claws is a great idea. Since my husband hates politics, and is very active in the scouts with my 3 sons; I didn't bring my fliers to the event. However, I had some good conversations with parents and leaders who were very open to and interestd in my impeachment and 9/11 Truth work and loved my T shirt which bore the Orwell quote- "To Tell the Truth in a Time of Universal Deceit is a Revolutionary Act."

I just wish there were more hours in the day to do all the work, and find time to play, eat, sleep, and all those other delightfully human activities. I found a new impeachment song- "Impeach Cheney First by Bill Oliver, and worked on lyrics for the one we began at the last rally.

June 9, 2007

On Thursday night at the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting which was well attended by "old faces"- everyone knew one another - we actually got a lot accomplished and voted $700 to subsidize John Wright, Cosmos, Ken Jenkins, hummux's expenses/conference fees for the upcoming Vancouver 9/11 Truth Conference, and will help get Peter Dale Scott to and from the San Francisco airport- so that he can speak there. We voted $100 for the rental of Humanist Hall, to sponsor the Bob Bowman event this Sunday at 7 pm. We voted an additional $4-500 for awards/honorariums/lunch for Aaron Dames, Dennis Bernstein, Jim Hoffman for our upcoming Impeachment Rally, plus $200 to retroactively pay for the mailing that Brian and I did for those events. Bernie volunteered to film on Wednesday. Cosmos spoke about the action at the press outlets on Monday morning, June 11th- which many of us will attend and Brian agreed to get the replica there.

We also discussed the new film Severe visibility which will premiere at the Grand Lake Theater in August, and all the events this summer/September and the need for a real newsletter/mailing in mid-August. Aaron is organizing lots of library showings of 9/11 films this summer, and I've been too busy to update all the events of July on my calendar. Ken and John gave an update on the David Ray Griffin tour in the Northwest which went very well, but complimented us on having a more functional group dynamic than other groups. When the meeting ended at 10 pm, people went into lively socializing mode and were merrily conversing when I had to play "mom" and kick everyone out of the room at 10:45 pm- because I had to get some sleep to get my kids out of bed for school on Friday morning. I gave Scott abunch of stuff to table for the group at the Oakland Bowman event. (Thursday we also got out press advisories to our list. Friday I posted articles.)

Friday, Brian and I, in costume, leafletted the downtown Mountain View area before joining everyone for the regular Impeachment vigil at Castro and El Camino. Afterwards we went to downtown Palo Alto, which was "the happening place"- we quickly drew lots of attention, including from a Marine in full dress uniform who argued at length with Brian attracting a large crowd. Most people approved of our action, complimented us, took photos, and occaisionally signed my impeachment petition (I was given a new pen when my pen ran out of ink...) We're thinking of doing more leafletting there today- since mayor and councilmen are having a rally at Lytton Plaza today and the evening scene should be even more lively.

The imperative for impeachment looms greater than ever. I just got this aricle:

Was Pace Fired Because He Balked at Iran?
by leveymg
DAILY KOS

    This isn't good news.

    THIS IS EXTREMELY OMINOUS

    I’ve been writing for over a year now that the Joint Chiefs have been blocking the White House’s efforts to expand the war to Iran. No matter what you might think of Gen. Pete Pace, this really is TERRIFYING news, unless you crave a wider war in the Persian Gulf and South Asia.

    Pace has been the most visible symbol of the push-back within the military against the Long War.

    George W. Bush, in effect, just fired the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Peter Pace, USMC. This is unprecedented, as it is the first time the JCS Chair has not been reappointed.

    Pace's replacement will be Chief of Naval Operations Admiral Michael Mullen, if the Senate approves his nomination.

    The Admiral appears to be a much more convinced true-believer than Pace. Mullen was quoted in an address earlier this month to naval personnel: http://starbulletin.com/...

    "The enemy now is basically evil and fundamentally hates everything we are -- the democratic principles for which we stand ... This war is going to go on for a long time. It's a generational war."

    Read that again. Mullen says he thinks we're in a Long War with Evil. Who does that sound like? Click the link above and take a look at Admiral Mullen. That man, if confirmed by the Senate, will have all of our lives in his hands. Is he the man you want to have that responsibility? You do have a say in that - let your Senator know what you think.

    When Pace goes, there may be a further shake-out of the Joint Chiefs to remove the other top brass who have reportedly opposed the Surge into Iran. I am afraid that may leave it all in the laps of Congress.

    Either the Senate Democrats get their act together, block this appointment, AND get on with the overdue job of Impeachment, or we should be ready to start losing more American cities.

    If you liked the preventable losses of the WTC and NOLA, you're going to love the impact of the next act of malign incompetence of the Bush-Cheney Administration. If you liked the optional war in Iraq, now appearing on Central Stage, global war with Iran and Shi'a Islam.

    By the way - a war with Iran still doesn't make any military sense. Least of all for the troops on the ground in Iraq, who will be facing an uprising by at least 60 percent of the Iraqi population, which is Shi'a. Maybe, just maybe, Congress understands that. Our Senators can show their understanding of this issue by denying the Admiral's confirmation.

    Blocking Mullen and Impeaching Bush may be the most important things we ever do.

    FYI: The term of the next Chair starts October 1.

    That doesn't give us much time.

I don't think we should operate in "panic mode" and hate to use fear to propel people to action, but I do think it is up to "we the people" to rein in this criminal government which seems hell bent on expanding an unpopular war into an unprecedented catastrophic war. There's a short damning video on who controls the media which focuses on the Council on Foreign Relations. Until people realize who the mainstream media is serving and how it actually threatens humanity's interests in favor of the corporate elite interests, and we (ordinary people who oppose corporate control over every aspect of our lives) are able to organize effective communications and mobilize opposition to thwart their plans, the future looks rocky at best.

We are, however, part of the global majority and the struggle is going on throughout the world. In Germany at the G8 summit, police provacteurs are trying to make opposition to corporate rule look bad, but more and more people are waking up to who the real problem is:

June 6, 2007

Yesterday, Brian and I worked on producing and mailing 500 postcards on the upcoming events for Bob Bowman and our Impeachment Rally. Today, we tabled in Downtown Palo Alto, and I'm still trying to catch up on phone calls and the website.

Cosmos is back from his whirlwind three week travels and trying to organize his show, the Bowman event in Oakland on the 10th, a press conference (sort-of) on the 11th of June. He also will be at the regular meeting tomorrow night and will accept a Heroic Citizen's for 9/11 Truth award on Wednesday, June 13th, at our rally. There are just a zillion logistical details that I need to take care of, in addition to the press work, and getting up posters... Mike Baldwin sent me some very nice photos of our last rally-


Raging Grannies, August Bullock(Superman), Spiderman, Cynthia Papermaster, Brad Newsham, Jacob Clapsaddle, Don Spark, Yoda

I added his photos to the "Impeachment" page.

Today I received a couple of articles which make chilling reading and clarify our dire global situation-

Financing the Imperial Armed Forces
A Trillion Dollars and Nowhere to Go but Up
By Robert Dreyfuss

    "Democratic criticism of administration policy in Iraq looks muscle-bound when compared with the Party's readiness to go along with the President's massive military buildup, domestically and globally. Nothing underlines the tacit alliance between so-called foreign-policy realists and hard-line exponents of neoconservative-style empire-building more than the Washington consensus that the United States needs to expand the budget of the Defense Department without end, while increasing the size of the U.S. Armed Forces. In addition, spending on the 16 agencies and other organizations that make up the official U.S. "intelligence community" or IC -- including the CIA -- and on homeland security is going through the roof."

Iraqi Lawmakers Pass Resolution That May Force End to Occupation
By Raed Jarrar and Joshua Holland

    Without the cover of the U.N. mandate, the continued presence of coalition troops in Iraq would become, in law as in fact, an armed occupation, at which point it would no longer be politically tenable to support it. While polls show that most Iraqis consider U.S. forces to be occupiers rather than liberators or peacekeepers -- 92 percent of respondents said as much in a 2004 survey by the Independent Institute for Administration and Civil Society Studies -- the U.N. mandate confers an aura of legitimacy on the continuing presence of foreign troops on Iraq's streets, even four years after the fall of Saddam Hussein.

It's heartbreaking to see the false choices we are given- between Democratic or Republican warmongers- between a U.N. or U.S. occupation that both serve transnational oil interests.

The veil is getting thinner. A reporter was arrested for trying to raise a 9/11 question to the Guiliani camp in New Hampshire. Try as they might to shut us up and keep us from asking questions, people are waking up.

June 4, 2007

On Friday I posted my blurb on the Interview with Paul Cross which generated lots of interest and responses, and my essay on Impeachment Not Appeasement. Brian and I donned our costumes to join the folks in Mountain View for their weekly Impeachment Vigil. We had the big Impeach the Terrorists! banner. 101 was closed and the traffic was very heavy on El Camino (where we were, at the intersection with Castro). Unfortunately there was a 3 car pile-up. I hope it wasn't our fault- but the costumes, banners and signs sure drew attention off the road.

Over the weekend, I couldn't resist going with my kids and the boy scouts on a 25 mile and a 50 mile bike ride (even though I should have been putting up posters and doing the mailing). I knew the kids only need one 50 mile ride to get their bike merit badges and it was a spectacular ride across Dumbarton Bridge, all the way to the hills on the other side of the valley. (I didn't want to miss it!) The back of my T-shirt has my favorite Orwell quote

"To Tell the Truth in a Time of Universal Deceit is a Revolutionary Act."


And the bumper stickers on my bike seat say-

Bush is LYING
about 9/11 and the War

Impeach the Terrorists!

IMPEACH THE SON OF A BUSH

At least, I got the message out, even if I was, just, having a good time.

I had another long talk with Paul Cross and watched Severe Visibility again last night to clarify some issues and concerns about him, the film and the website that had come up. He did grow up in a Republican family and did undergo a dramatic transformation when he figured out 9/11.

It's strange how people's names sometimes effect or mirror their roles in life. His film "Follow the Leader" was a naive, idealistic look at the office of the presidency and he did win an award and travel and speak about the film, even at a Bush/Cheny 2004 Republican fundraiser in 2004 in L.A.- although he says his speech was restricted to his film. However he is now passionate about getting out the truth and exposing the criminality of the regime- and he has "his cross" to bear- his karma to deal with, after making "Follow the Leader." His webmaster should get the Severe Visibility website functional tonight- it couldn't deal with the surge of traffic that came his way when my article hit the front page of 911Blogger.com.

It's great to see 9/11 Truth news breaking in Canada! Barrie Zwicker won A Gold Award in the Current Events category of the 2007 Independent Publisher Book Awards.

And the folks putting on the upcoming 9/11 Truth Conference in Vancouver have posted a short and sweet Promotional video for the event.

I have a ton of work for the radio show and to get out word of all of our upcoming events today.

May 30, 2007

I have been struggling to balance life and work- even with a holiday and the kids gone for a couple of days, I'm still having a hard time catching up- with the radio show organizing and the next Impeachment Rally.

I really did enjoy my conversations on Monday's show with Wayne, Bev and Paul speaking about the upcoming 9/11 Truth Conference in Vancouver and Paul's new film- I'd like to write up that interview with Paul or the transcript, because I think it is a powerful story.

A migraine, unfortunately took the wind out of my sails yesterday, but I did get to call Dennis Bernstein and persuade him to be Master of Ceremonies for our June 13th rally!

I also got to a Peace Picnic on Monday- which was great (we also had lots of 9/11 truth activists, banners, and tables), and gathered lots of signatures on my Impeachment petitions. Today, there was a respectable rendez-vous of activsists at the Listening Project and we had good conversations with the public and one another.

I haven't had a chance to add all the upcoming events to this website, nor publicize all the ones I'm still trying to organize. What is hopeful is how much mobilizing is going on- so many events/gatherings happening simultaneously all over the world. In addition to the evil G-8 Gathering in Germany, the Bilderbergers gathering in Turkey, their opposition (us) are coming together for the first US Social Forum, and all sorts of "Peace Convergences" are happening.

I'm resisting committments to going to them, and organizing things this summer, because the kids want to visit family, but I'm so glad that others are picking up the slack. In fact, a friend said this to me about Cindy Sheehan's announcement of her retirement-

    I am looking at Cindy's change in status within the peace movement as a WONDERFUL OPPORTUNITY for:

    ...the peace movement to decentralize and become more focused upon local "peace presences" all across the country...

    ...change from being a "one trick pony", that of HUGE MARCHES which have been easily made useless by warmongers...

    ...the peace movement to "get underground" using the internet to "meet-up and coordinate" local-national-international actions...like the 9/11TM...

    ...putting more POWER into the PEOPLE's hands...

    ...and pardon my stuttering below...but...its PEACE PRESENCE BABY...here, there, and everywhere...[in high traffic areas on routine basis]

    ...PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE-PEACEPRESENCE- PEACEPRESENCE...

    ...and some more stuttering...

    ...BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUILDING-BRIDGEBUIL DING-BRIDGEBUILDING...

    So, THIS is the opportunity that we can really, really turn on its ear and do what Billy Bragg croons in song by making a..."GREAT LEAP FORWARD"...

    Carol, I write you because of your central position and I'm hoping that we can avoid the usual "knee-jerk" reactions so intrinsically connected to overreactionary liberals by appealling to how FULL the glass still is...in fact, its more full now than it was yesterday...IF, we want to see it that way...

    Love, Peace and Progress...and PAPER BALLOTS ONLY

    R.

I've been working on an essay on Impeachment to raise issues and get out some basic information that never was published or menioned in the press. Of course with every day that goes by, I have to edit out the old stuff and add the new. So here is this evening's version- which could be improved and plagarized tomorrow with my blessings (The title a gift from Jon Olsen who was at the rally in Maine the other day and told me what a great rally they had delivering over 11,000 signature to their State Senate and Congressional Representatives. It's inspiring to know folks are doing this all over the country and not just in Palo Alto.)

    Impeachment Not Appeasement

    Opposition to the current regime has steadily grown over the years, as one scandal after another has exposed the lies used to sell illegal, immoral wars to the American people, the institutionalization of torture, unlawful spying on vast numbers of U.S. citizens, and serious assaults upon our Constitution and Bill of Rights. After opposition to the war in Iraq enabled Democrats to take over the House of Representatives, anger smoldered when impeachment was pushed off the table and Congress voted to continue funding the war effort.

    Activists wrote books, staged demonstrations and rallies, and spelled out IMPEACH upon beach after beach to pressure the media into covering the issue and members of Congress into upholding their oaths to defend the Constitution against all enemies- foreign and domestic. Representative Cynthia McKinney, who courageously introduced the first articles of impeachment before leaving office last year, was crucified by the press and by her own Democratic Party for daring to champion truth and justice and failing to toe the "party line."

    Last month Representative Dennis Kucinich introduced HR 333 (http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/z?c110:H.RES.333:) to launch impeachment proceedings against Vice President Richard Cheney on these grounds: 1) fabricating a threat of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction, undermining the genuine security interests of the United States, 2) manipulating public opinion about the relationship between al Qaeda and Iraq in order to gain support for a war, 3) threatening aggression against Iran in violation of international law, in a manner that destabilizes the region and harms the genuine national security interests of the United States.

    Kucinich's resolution reflects the concern that there might be another false flag event or fabricated incident or manipulation of intelligence to justify an expansion of the war into Iran. Kucinich has only three co-sponsors at the moment. Just in the past week, large Impeachment Rallies were held when Bush spoke at the Coast Guard Academy in Connecticut, hundreds representing an array of impeachment and anti-war groups rallied to protest Cheney’s address at West Point last Saturday, in Maine a hundred citizens rallied to present over 11,000 signatures to Maine's Senate and their Congressmen to urge them to impeach Bush and Cheney.

    Resolutions for impeachment have already been passed by the Green Party, but are now being passed by the Democratic Parties in various States- California and Massachusetts, as well as by numerous cities, most recently Detroit, the mayor of which is married to Rep. John Conyers, chair of the U.S. House Judiciary Committee.

    In Palo Alto, we demanded pre-emptive impeachment of Bush in January 2003 (as well as investigations back in 2002), in hopes of exposing the fraudulent (and irrationally named) War on Terror, preventing the Iraq War, and reversing the disastrous policies bulldozed through Congress. Public awareness of these issues is much elevated since then, the ripening fruit of the grassroots efforts to demand justice and accountability from our government. We will continue our monthly impeachment rallies and marches in downtown Palo Alto until Bush and Cheney are impeached.

May 25, 2007

Wednesday, some great folks stopped by the Listening Project, and we had some wonderful conversations. Chuck was late, and announced that it was his birthday- and I took him out to lunch. If we can't celebrate our lives and our friendships, then Life isn't worth all the effort we pour into it...

Although, I must say, it seems to be one interruption after another. Condi Rice came to town yesterday, and I hate it when Bush, Cheney, Rice, or other assorted war criminals show up, because I do feel a moral obligation to protest them- when there are so many other things that I would rather be doing. However, we did have fun putting up signs, positioning the replica on Los Robles Avenue in Barron Park, almost across the street from the house she usually stays in on her visits here. Here's a photo:


Message to Condi- May 24, 2007

I also got to see a review copy of the new film-

It is a very sobering, dark, film. Amazing how life mirrors art, and art mirrors life. Just this month, Bush, in an Orwellian power-grab signed a new National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive (See- Bush To Be Dictator In A Catastrophic Emergency) basically destroying the Constitution under the guise of protecting it. At the same time, he has been caught in the act of using covert action to topple Iran. Congress ignores the impeachment option offered by Kucinich to give Bush more money than he asked for to continue the war against Iraq.

I wrote an op-ed on Impeachment for the Palo Alto Weekly, but they have ignored it. I'll have to post it elsewhere, before the desperadoes in the White House decide to nuke an American City and declare Martial Law and void the Constitution forever. After all, the only ones to benefit from a major terrorist attack at this point, would be the ones clinging to power, hiding their crimes under the cloak of National Security, making out like bandits from their war profiteering.

I posted a Call for 9/11 Truth Heroes for our upcoming Impeachment Rally, and still have a ton of PR, reading, outreach, organizing to do. So many worthwhile projects, so little time...

May 22, 2007

Today... there is a call for meditation by indigenous people buried somewhere in my IN box. I was advised by a dynamic 84 year old dancer to meditate half an hour a day- and for an hour a day when I'm super-busy. I'm beginning to think it is a good idea. I'm trying to do too much, and never have time to do everything- catch up with email, respond to phone calls, give my kid a haircut... I want to write an impeachment piece for the local paper, maybe I'll be able to do it, if I take time to meditate (maybe when I take a break and go for my hike.)

May 21, 2007

I was nearly arrested yesterday, believe it or not, trying to gather signatures on my Impeach Cheney petition in the local park! After repeated warnings on the illegality of doing anything "political" at a permitted park event, I thought that the First Amendment allowed me to ask people to sign petitions- and believed that it was my duty to exercise those rights- or lose them to the intimidating tactics of the local heavies. I finally did stop- but was tempted to continue- just to challenge an ordinance which I felt was "unconstitutional." However, yesterday my son returned from college, I had to pick up friends from the airport- and I didn't have time nor inclination to deal with jail- even for a just cause.

Nafeez posted an excellent write up on the Strategy of Tension at his blog- exposing the State Sponsored Terrorism of the last several decades, and I found a link to an excellent number of videos on cover-ups, including the three parts in the expose on Operation Gladio.

I also just got a call from the guy organizing the Truth Burn Art Project at Burning Man, which strikes me as a very worthwhile project. I agreed to help funnel donations through Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance (And our 501c3 sponsor- Agape Foundation), and hope to do a radio show with him, and architect Richard Gage in June (which is good- I've got guests lined up now for the next 5 shows, so can worry less about coming up with a new show at the last moment each week.)

May 18, 2007

I have tried, to some degree, to catch up with my life this past week, although just keeping up with the radio show, the Listening Project and our monthly Oakland/San Francisco No. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance meetings (the paperwork-bookkeeping/shipping/ordering)- is a full-time job in itself. I've been trying to learn how to say "no," to new endeavors, but it is a challenge. It is hard to resist opportunitities, great ideas, actions that would be fun and help further the movements along. With the New York Times and the Senate raising the big 9/11 questions, it seems like we need to keep pushing forward loudly.

On Wednesday, we had some interesting people come by the Listening Project, and I received a 9/11 Truth screenplay to review, which prompted me to follow up on the two Hollywood 9/11 Truth feature films that are supposed to come out. I phoned the Executive Producers of The Reflecting Pool and Severe Visibility to find out the status of their films, when they hoped to premiere them, and to talk about strategy and the larger 9/11 Truth movement. The films should come out this summer, and I will have the producers/directors/writers on my radio show, when they are ready to go public.

At last night's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, Janette reported that Steven Jones would be willing to come out for an event/benefit to help raise money for the $20,000 lost at the Arizona 9/11 Accountability Conference. Richard Gage reported on the phenomenal success of his presentations to architects. We discussed at length the fire that collapsed the freeway and understanding how that collapse could not be rationally used to support the official "collapse theory" of the WTC buildings- so that we could debunk those who are trying to use the incident to "sell the Big Lie."

Bernie brought photos of an enormous 7' by 9' painting he did of the WTC buildings on September 11th- showing multiple scenes of the stages of the attacks and the disintegration of the towers. Chuck Thurston brought a couple of well mounted informational posters for our use tabling and at educational events.

I finally remembered to bring the clippings from the last several impeachment rallies and report on our recent success- and the inclusion of our group under the "Impeach for Peace" umbrella, and suggested that we use the superhero theme for a 9/11 Truth Action. Mary Ann suggested that we use it again for the June Rally, and I thought of giving out awards to 9/11 Truth heroes. The impeachment rally was voted another $400, and I'm starting to work on it.

We also got a couple of volunteers to work on producing a newsletter, and to feed in the latest data and print out a local 9/11 Truth Activist Directory- to help with organizing efforts outside of meetings.

I am also seeking ideas and nominations for a book title for issue #10 of the Deception Dollar, which will also probably come out in June.

May 15, 2007

Larry Chin wrote an excellent article entitled -

US government fans homeland terrorism fear
Washington consensus plans for martial law, nuclear terror holocaust, behind closed doors

It seems so obvious to me that these guys are desperately trying to fabricate enemies to prevent rational thought, keep the population frightened and under control. Their artificial "victories" disrupting wild terrorist plots are so transparent. I just can't believe the mainstream press can believe they can get away with parroting the bogus terrorism lies without people seeing through it and laughing at them. I guess they hope that fear will overcome common sense and people's ability to add two and two together. I think we've reached a tipping point and that these guys should be ridiculed, as well as whoever helps promote the "fear mongering myths and ramping up the preparedness for terrorist nuclear holocaust."

Last night I enjoyed talking with John Leonard, Hal Sisson, and Manuel Valenzuela about 9/11 Truth books, and basically all means to get our message out to the general population (on my radio show Questioning War- Organizing Resistance), although I feel a bit embarrassed that I tripped over my tongue and criticized Manuel Valenzuela's novel Echoes in the Wind without praising its good points- like I couldn't put it down and read it in just two days (although I must admit that I couldn't read the violent sections and when some of the characters went on political rants). I'm a harsh critic and I do believe that almost all writing can be improved- especially with a good editor.

I've been wanting to publish something I wrote in the summer of 2004, that I still haven't "finished" because I feel so strongly about it, and it could be better- and still needs editing.

I'm wondering what book title to put on the next version of the Deception Dollar. We've been trying to put our strongest book titles on them, but now there are so many books- it is hard to choose.

May 12, 2007

Yesterday I was brainstorming about creating a new impeachment music video with all the great footage and images that we have now, and stumbled across an impeach video contest on YouTube by Free Soul Jah, which is now finished (The resulting video is posted at- Impeach Bush Now! Liberty Depends on it. I also received a link to Tom Chelston's new video from his new CD- Brick. The video includes some great images from the National Impeachment Day- several of the Beach Impeach, a cameo of me. Here is a link to it:

Another Great Impeachment Song/Video by Tom Chelston

Brick

At our last No. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, there was a slight reluctance to fund the recent impeachment rally because it wasn't directly "9/11 Truth" related. I think impeachment and 9/11 Truth need to be combined, and I'm glad to see 9/11 Truth entering more into the discussion of the need for impeachment. The article I wrote about our Wednesday rally quotes Don Spark, World Can't Wait, saying "9/11 was an inside job." Tom Chelston's video shows the demolition of WTC building 7, and adds 9/11 Truth to challenge Bush. I think we need to build these important bridges between movements, so I'm very glad we are now recognized as a new chapter of

Yesterday, Brian took the relica of the Commission Report to the 11th Day Truth Action in San Jose. There were a dozen people; they had a great time, and they think they had some impact. I was sorry I missed it, but I had so much work to do. I still have bookkeeping, helping with the resource pages for the new book, organizing for my upcoming radio shows, worrying about our next issue of the Deception Dollar. I was going to send 911truth.org a large case of them yesterday, when I realized that I was out of the plain version and only have 16,000 of the graffiti version left. Blaine also needs to get a new computer before he can resume work on it, so there are obstacles to overcome to keep the Deception Dollars flowing.

May 11, 2007

This appeared in the local paper today:


Caption: Supergroup
Anti-war demonstrators in superhero garb sang and marched on University Avenue Wednesday,
ending up at Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office calling for the impeachment of President George W. Bush.
Carol Brouillet (left) dressed as Wonder Woman and singer-songwriter August Bullock played guitar in a Superman costume.
Palo Alto Weekly photo [page 3] May 11, 2007

I've been very busy just trying to catch up with all the work that has been piling up, and working on a 9/11 Truth Comic Book that is going to the printer's Monday.

May 10, 2007, 11 pm

I just posted an article - 2007 Heroic Citizens for Impeachment Awards; Heroes Rally, Sing, and March for Impeachment on the local indymedia (and I tried to post it on 911blogger.com, too- but I have trouble posting to that site.

I also finally sent out a letter to those who came, thanking them for coming and helping, and said:

    I included a rather bad scan (better than none) of a 5 1/2" x 4 1/2" photo plus 1" x 2" caption that read- One with the force that appeared on page 5 of The Palo Alto Daily News today. While they neglected to mention who else we wanted impeached besides "w" at least they mentioned that there was a rally for impeachment and hinted with the visuals- our opposition to the Evil EMPIRE. I will email you all again, when the Palo Alto Weekly does their "photo." I can't tell you how hard it is to get stories in the paper, but sometimes the photos are more powerful. In the original photo (not my lousy scanned one)- you can just make out the word Impeach on the flier.

    Palo Alto Daily News, Thursday, May 10, 2007

    I think the public responded well though to the music, the message, our theme- and I hope activists elsewhere will be inspired to do similar local actions. I hope that the event was a positive one for all of you and that you did get to meet and know one another a bit better, and had a good time. I loved the song/chant we started to jam together, and kept thinking of the verses I should have thought of, yesterday. I think we need more practice. Let's do it again, and we'll come up with a great song! I did have a lot of fun, and I hope our actions encourage others to join in the fun and help us defeat the EMPIRE.

I think we should use the superhero costumes and theme for a 9/11 Truth Action, though precisely when and where- I don't know- oh yes I do! Fremont and other places on the 4th of July!!! (My only problem is that I'm usually gone then... but it would work well with that holiday, I think.)

May 10, 2007

We had a great rally/march yesterday and both Palo Alto papers sent photographers, at least. So impeachment was mentioned in the Palo Alto Daily, today, beneath a photo of Wonder Woman and Yoda passing out fliers at Lytton Plaza and a large caption that says: "One with the force" although it says the rally was "for the impeachment of President Bush" omitting our multiple mentioning of impeaching Cheney, too- and the articles of impeachment submitted by Kucinich to impeach Cheney. Oh well, we'll have to try again. I am working on an article to submit to indybay, but I'm hoping for some help with the editing. Here are a couple of photos from yesterday:


2007 Heroic Citizens for Impeachment Award Recipients Surrounded by Super-Heroes
Cynthia Papermaster (Code Pink), Brad Newsham (Beach Impeach), Carol Wolman's son- Jacob Clapsaddle, producer of High Crimes (both impeachbush-cheney.com- he accepted on behalf of his mom), Don Spark (World Can't Wait)


Risking parking tickets, these heroes stayed til the very end to pressure Eshoo at her office.

May 8, 2007

A busy day, just catching up on the website, doing the press work for the Impeachment Rally. Brian, Tian and I had a great time as Spiderman, Wonder Woman, and Yoda passing out flyers at White Plaza at Stanford University. There was a great band playing, lots of people and we easily passed out a ton of flyers, before heading downtown, where we got a warm reception flyering up and down University Avenue. My computer still is unable to do faxes, so Brian helped me fax out all the releases, and bake cookies, brownies for tomorrow. I just hope people bring lots of their own Impeachment signs- we have our two big banners, but not much else.

An article appeared in the local online High School paper with this photo:


Anti-war protestors rally near Paly
Photo and article by Venna Tran

I was mentioned and interviewed in the article (and obviously that is me and my Impeach the Terrororists! banner in the photo) speaking about the rally:

    Though many protesters were affiliated with MoveOn or PPJC, activist Carol Brouillet doesn't agree with their purpose.

    "MoveOn has been really bad. I think the bill was weak anyway. This is a charade, a fake battle between Congress and Bush."

    Her Web site clears any confusion over her intent.

    "I was furious at Move-On, as well as Eshoo and Congress for the lousy bill [H.R. 1591], which gives tons of money to the military, doesn't prohibit Bush from launching a new war on Iran, and seems like a PR stunt to sell a distant deadline for ending the war, which can be easily changed," she wrote March 25.

    "I'm worried that those rallies might allow the media to pretend that Congress is standing up to Bush, when they are doing so very little in that regard… We should have been rallying support for Impeachment (not appeasement!)," she continued on May 3.

    Brouillet brought a large sign saying "Impeach the Terrorists" and passed out fliers and Deception Dollars. Deception Dollars are fliers made to looks like dollars, good for "one deception" from the government. Printed on the Deception Dollars are websites that Brouillet has found to be the " the best information…found on 9-11," according to deceptiondollar.com. Brouillet, who holds weekly rallies in Lytton Plaza, estimates that over 6 million Deception Dollars have been distributed.

Before the radio show yesterday, I sent Griffin and Hordon a significant article that appeared in the NYT regarding the co-option of the "Anti-War Movement by the Democratic Party.

http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/06/washington/06left.html?ref=us
Antiwar Groups Use New Clout to Influence Democrats on Iraq
By MICHAEL LUO
Published: May 6, 2007

Here's just an excerpt:

    WASHINGTON, May 4 — Every morning, representatives from a cluster of antiwar groups gather for a conference call with Democratic leadership staff members in the House and the Senate... Shortly after, in a cramped meeting room here, they convene for a call with organizers across the country. They hash out plans for rallies. They sketch out talking points for “rapid response” news conferences. They discuss polls they have conducted in several dozen crucial Congressional districts and states across the country.

    Over the last four months, the Iraq deliberations in Congress have lurched from a purely symbolic resolution rebuking the president’s strategy to timetables for the withdrawal of American troops. Behind the scenes, an elaborate political operation, organized by a coalition of antiwar groups and fine-tuned to wrestle members of Congress into place one by one, has helped nudge the debate forward.

    But there are tensions in the relationship between the groups, which banded together earlier this year under the umbrella of Americans Against Escalation in Iraq, and the Democratic leadership. The fissures could be magnified in coming weeks as the House speaker, Nancy Pelosi of California, and the Senate majority leader, Harry Reid of Nevada, struggle to cobble together a strategy after President Bush’s veto of the $124 billion Iraq spending bill that tied the money to a timetable for withdrawal.

    On Thursday, leaders of the liberal group MoveOn.org, including Tom Matzzie, the group’s Washington director who also serves as the campaign manager for the coalition, sent a harshly worded warning to the Democratic leadership.

    “In the past few days, we have seen what appear to be trial balloons signaling a significant weakening of the Democratic position,” the letter read. “On this, we want to be perfectly clear: if Democrats appear to capitulate to Bush — passing a bill without measures to end the war — the unity Democrats have enjoyed and Democratic leadership has so expertly built, will immediately disappear.”

    The letter went on to say that if Democrats passed a bill “without a timeline and with all five months of funding,” they would essentially be endorsing a “war without end.” MoveOn, it said, “will move to a position of opposition.”

    The antiwar coalition combines the online mobilization capabilities of MoveOn with the old-school political muscle of organized labor. They have been working in tandem with Democratic leadership in both the House and the Senate on a systematic strategy to unify Democrats, divide Republicans and isolate the president.

    The alliance, including MoveOn, chose to stick with Ms. Pelosi as she ushered through a war financing bill that included a timeline for withdrawal, but many peace advocates called the measure too timid. Some critics accused the alliance of becoming too cozy with the Democratic leadership and selling out the cause.

    “There’s a dividing line between those groups who feel the most important thing is to be clear on bringing the troops home as soon as possible, and the groups that feel that unity within the Democratic Party is most important and the most important thing is for the Democrats to win the White House,” said Medea Benjamin, a co-founder of Code Pink, an antiwar group that is not part of the alliance. “So the groups who feel the most important thing is to win the White House would naturally be more inclined to listening to Speaker Nancy Pelosi when she says the only way we can get a vote through is if we water it down.”...

There is such a huge difference between the watered down "realistic lobbying efforts activists are "instructed" to do in DC by the major organizations and the desires at the grassroots, far from the DC corruption. In DC shaving off a million here and there is a win, even if the billions for Israel's illegal nuclear weapons never get challenged- at least that was my experience years ago.

I need to send out the events announcements, get some sleep- tomorrow is going to be very demanding.

May 7, 2007

I played hookey last weekend and went camping at the beach with the boy scouts (and my husband and the younger kids). I worked on my tan and finished reading David Griffin's new book Debunking 9/11 Debunking- An Answer to Popular Mechanics and the Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory. I think it is the best intro to 9/11 Truth for anyone who has never looked at the subject before and am very glad Robin Hordon urged me to read it. Both Griffin and Hordon were on my radio show tonight. I'm still drowning trying to catch up with all the website work, updating the press release, and info for Wednesday's Impeachment Rally. During the show- I was lucky to get confirmation from three people that I asked to be on next week's show- John Leonard, Manuel Valenzuela, and Hal Sisson, speaking on 9-11 Truth and publishing fiction and non-fiction on 9/11 from the publishers', activists' and authors' points of view.

I did take time off today- to get outside and get fresh air (at noon- no lunch!) and go with Brian in our costumes to Stanford University to pass out flyers for the Impeachment Rally. In less than half an hour, we passed out 300 of them- I guess Spiderman and Wonder Woman are better at passing out flyers than "ordinary citizens." We'll do it again tomorrow- with more flyers and Yoda, maybe even get there earlier with a table, banner, and get signaures on our impeachment petitions. One person can do a helluva lot, two can do even more, three can change the world!!!! The Raging Grannies will sing at the rally Wednesday, and I think we might have a good turn-out- despite the last minute flurry of effort. Good weather should help, too!!! I think the threat of rain greatly diminished the turnout in April.

May 4, 2007

I'm afraid my back won't permit me to work too much at the computer anymore and I'm going to have to figure out how to do "less" or the impossible... I forgot to mail out reminders to last night's meeting which drew lots of new faces. We had a number of report backs and discussion, but little business- although we voted $400 for "Citizen Hero Awards" to pass out at the Impeachment Rally (Theme- Be a Hero!) next Wednesday. We also want to move forward with a Sacramento rally/action in June, but I am still in triage mode- and just doing the most urgent stuff first. The big action items now on 9/11 is to vote for Kevin Barrett to get reinstated as a teacher at http://www.channel3000.com/news/13255407/detail.html#, and to urge the morons at move-on to try to impeach, already at http://pol.moveon.org/bushsurvey/a.html?id=10229-4599041-uA6iZW&t=1. I'm still angry with Move-On for urging people to support that awful legislation which gave Bush more money than he wanted for the war, plus a weak "timetable to withdraw"- the one Bush vetoed...

May 3, 2007

Paul Hawken has come out with a new book entitled- Blessed Unrest: How the Largest Movement in the World Came into Being, and Why No One Saw It Coming

I have a lot of respect for Paul, although we have had our disagreements from time to time and I have not yet had time to read his book, but the idea of it is "I believe" echoed in the enormity and diversity and breadth of what I see as a rising global movement in opposition to corporate faciscm, military dominance, the police state, a contempt for life, liberty, and planet on behalf of the ruling class. I think one reason why it is hard to get people to demonstrations- is because there are so many of them, so many fronts that we are working on- and one just can't possibly be everywhere, all the time.

Maybe I'm feeling just a bit guilty for missing out on the May 1st marches and demonstrations, and the Global Warming one, and my own "Listening Project," yesterday, as I struggled with my most recent opportunity/dilemma organizing next week's radio show (with Robin Hordon, David Ray Griffin on 9/11 Truth, and Griffin's latest book- Debunking 9/11 Debunking An Answer to Popular Mechanics and the Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory, as well as doing the publicity, outreach, organizing for next week's Impeachment Rally.

I did manage to get to the emergency rally last night- against the Bush veto of that awful legislation authoring more money for war than he asked for, and a dubious timetable for withdrawal which could easily be changed. I'm worried that those rallies might allow the media to pretend that Congress is standing up to Bush, when they are doing so very little in that regard, with the rare exception of Kucinich, and the three other co-sponsors of the Resolution to Impeach Cheney. We should have been rallying support for Impeachment (not appeasement!). So I took the big Impeach the Terrorists! banner to the demo, along with flyers for next week's impeachment rally, in solidarity with the Peace and Justice community.

When I was ill, and recovering, I also couldn't resist reading a novel by Manuel Valenzuela called Echoes in the Wind which reflects the ideas and realizations behind the environmental and social justice movements in a dramatic, violent, romantic, adventurous, fictional story.

So here is an excerpt from Paul Hawken's Blessed Unrest: How the Largest Movement in the World Came into Being, and Why No One Saw It Coming

    The environmental movement discovered that to protect the environment, it had to confront power, corruption, and mendacity in the world of commerce, a struggle that extended back through history and across the world. From the beginning, an environmental movement had to be an environmental justice movement, and an environmental justice movement was de facto a social justice movement. Two seemingly unrelated elements of history had become reengaged in the public mind because of Carson’s work. The question that continues to reverberate to this day is whether human rights trump the rights of business, or vice versa, a conflict that has been ongoing for more than three hundred years.

    Business justifies these rights because of its indisputable argument that it creates value, a position that nevertheless neatly evades the other side of the issue: How much value does it destroy in the process of carrying out its activities? Whether value is taken from the environment in the form of resources or despoliation, or from people in terms of wages, conditions, or worker health, it is largely unaccounted for in the calculation of rights. Rachel Carson’s reluctant conclusion was that once -respected businesses were creating products that destroyed value. They were exceeding their license to operate, and creating a public health hazard that threatened the web of life. Business rights are illegitimate if they remove rights from others, if they are not reciprocal and mutual with the rights of citizens, and if they extirpate other forms of life. From an economic viewpoint, what citizens have been trying to do for two hundred years is to force business to pay full freight, to internalize their costs to society instead of externalizing them onto a river, a town, a single patient, or a whole generation.

    Just as ecology is the study of the relationship between living beings and their environment, human ecology examines the relationship between human systems and their environment. Concerns about worker health, living wages, equity, education, and basic human rights are inseparable from concerns about water, climate, soil, and biodiversity. The cri de coeur of environmentalists in Carson’s time was the same … as in the time of Emerson, the same as in the time of 2005 Nobel Peace Prize winner Wangari Maathai of Kenya. It can be summed up in a single word: life. Life is the most fundamental human right, and all of the movements within the movement are dedicated to creating the conditions for life, conditions that include livelihood, food, security, peace, a stable environment, and freedom from external tyranny. Whenever and wherever that right is violated, human beings rise up. Today, they are rising up in record numbers, and in a collective body that is as often as not more sophisticated than the corporate and governmental institutions they address.

    from Blessed Unrest by Paul Hawken. Copyright © Paul Hawken, 2007

I also got an email from Genevieve Vaughan who is the most passionate advocate of the Gift Economy. Gen wrote :

    Dear Friends
    As you know I have been working on the idea of a gift economy for years. Last year I went to the World Social Forum in Mali, where I ran into Bev Bell, an activist from the US who was visiting a group of Malian women who are doing an alternative school there. The women told us about the dama, their traditional gift economy.Of course I was totally enthusiastic to hear about that. Bev has started a new organization called Other Worlds, based in the US, and they have now made this little video.

    (click on image to view video)

    Other Worlds: Malian Gift Economy    .

    April 30, 2007

    It was wonderful tonight to do the "Impeachment Radio Show with Jacob Park, Amilie Coster, Carol Wolman, Elizabeth de la Vega, Anthony St. Martin, and Stephania Widger. So much happened, all over the country last week, and it was great to hear the reports, views, ideas, energy generated to grow and push the movement to the next level. After the show, Jacob sent out a fantastically long email with lots of photos and reports from www.a28.org plus links to many media reports which I'm afraid I can't replicate here, but am very inspired by.

    Because I was sick last week and yesterday was my husband's birthday, I didn't have time to make or follow all the news or organize our group's action and participation in the long Impeachment march to Pelosi's mansion last Saturday or, even, chase down more guests for the radio show. However, after having had conversations with Jacob and Amilie prior to the events- it was a real treat to hear about their successes. I just wish Brad Newsham had called in, but I think he was too tired from organizing the biggest, most impressive, fun, Impeachment event of all... At least I was there and had a chance to talk to him a little bit about it afterward, despite all the time, money, stress, energy that goes into organizing, I think people realize that it is worth the effort- that our time, attention, efforts, do have an impact and make our own lives richer and more meaningful in surprising, wonderful ways.

    This morning, between getting the taxes done, depositing donations in the bank, catching up on the accounting, organizing the radio show, I filled in one of those online petitions to "Impeach Cheney" http://www.usalone.com/cheney_impeachment.php and was surprised to get a phone call later in the afternoon from the Palo Alto Daily News, confirming that I had written to the local paper which were forwarded comments I had posted on the online petition. I would encourage everyone to fill out this particular petition- I think it really will make a difference- if all those letters and comments go to the representatives- and the papers.

    I also got together with Brian to plot our next Impeachment Rally- publicity, endorsements, posters, flyers, costumes, and an action plan- it was fun. I think he'll get a Spiderman costume to wear at the May Fete Parade this Saturday to pass out flyers. I'll probably get a Wonder Woman costume...

    Tomorrow is also May Day- a huge holiday- with all sorts of actions planned to support labor and immigrant rights- and "National Law Day" —this year, the Center for Constitutional Rights wants to make it Restore Habeas Corpus Day.

      On Tuesday, attorneys from the Center for Constitutional Rights and more than 75 influential lawyers and respected legal scholars representing Guantánamo Bay detainees are traveling from around the country to Washington D.C. to urge members of Congress to approve legislation that will restore habeas corpus.

      But members of Congress also need to hear a loud and clear message from you, their constituents, that the fundamental right of habeas corpus must be restored!

      The provision in the Military Commissions Act of 2006 that stripped habeas corpus is unconstitutional and sets a dangerous precedent. However, because of the political pressure and misinformation spread by the Bush administration, some members of Congress are reluctant to support habeas corpus restoration.

      We know that habeas corpus is a core principle of the western legal system and is one of the major checks on presidential power. We know that according to the government's own documents, 92 percent of the men held at Guantánamo Bay have no affiliation with al Qaeda and were simply in the wrong place at the wrong time. Many members of Congress seem to want to ignore these facts—it is up to us to remind them.

      Please visit our new action and resource center restorehabeascorpus.org and learn how you can take multiple types of action to support the restoration of habeas corpus.

    So many battles to fight on so many fronts- and all of them inextricably linked together. I wish I could do more, but I know that I have to recognize my human limitations- and get some sleep and take care of myself, so I have the health and strength to get me through the weeks/months/years of struggle ahead of us. Even if we win on Impeachment and Habeas Corpus, that will just be the beginning...

    April 28, 2007

    This week was one of the most demanding of my life, and I was feeling horrifically stressed trying to do "the impossible" on Tuesday, which simply meant organizing and preparing for the week's events...

    On Wednesday, however, when I went to Lytton Plaza for my Listening Project, I never felt so cold, and the hours never took so long to pass by. I had lots of errands to do- taking tax info to the accountant, mailing stuff at the Post Office, delivering 15 petitions filled with "Impeach Bush and Cheney" signatures to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office, in support of the articles of Impeachment filed by Kucinich against Cheney.

    I didn't have the strength, however, to buy groceries, and came home and went to bed. When my husband got home he popped the thermometer in my mouth and "surprise"- I had a fever (though no other symptoms- other than the pain and lack of strength).

    Thursday, I used medication to bring the fever down, and with the help of my husband and Brian, put powerpoint presentations together for the 9/11 Cover-up? Exposing the Official Story presentation at UC Berkeley. Half the audience was the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance who helped shlup the stuff in and out of the car. I think Ken, Joyce, and I did a fairly good job, and it was a beautiful venue with a good technical crew and an excellent screen, but it was a shame we had spent so much time, energy, into a presentation for such a small crowd (40-50, although it was videotaped as part of their Globalization Series, but few students came). I can organize, and do publicity, and give presentations, but I can't do everything, especially during a week with multiple events, so "nobody did any publicity" other than some emails and flyers around the International House and campus, but there wasn't even an announcement in the student paper or the East Bay papers- or in any calendar listings...

    On Friday, I was supposed to speak at the Impeachment Press Conference at Pelosi's office, but I woke up with a fever, and just knew- I couldn't do it. Brian kindly took my car (with the banners to San Francisco) and sent back this report:

      The event was attended by about 40 people, and that included the speakers. Speakers included:

        Carol Wolman (former Congressional candidate) www.votecarolwolmanforcongress.com

        Cynthia Papermaster, Code Pink

        Leah DiTullio, PDA and Kucinich for Pres.

        Don Spark, World Can't Wait

        Norma Harrison, Peace and Freedom

        Jim Dorcott, Veterans for Peace and pelosiwatch.org

        Evan, Impeach Bush Cheney

        Brad Newsham

        Jodie Paulson

      The Impeach Blimp was about 12 feet long and 6 feet in diameter.

      The police told me I couldn't hang the banner on any government property, but they let me drape it on the retaining wall.

      Curt Wechsler very kindly took the other post on the "Impeach the Terrorists" banner, and the blimp handlers floated the blimp over it and we were all photographed together.

      Jodie made a point of saying she had no group affiliations.

    It's awfully tough to get folks out on a weekday, but I think many people aimed for Saturday which was, of course, much more fun- how often do you get to enjoy lying in the warmth of the sun on the beach, while making a powerful political statement, in solidarity with 1500+ people?

    This morning I woke up without a fever. Brian drove the replica of the 9/11 Report to the Beach and Pelosi's house. I had meant to arrive earlier, but just arrived at Ocean Beach at 10:30 am, in time to fill in some vast blank spots on the "W" with my huge collection of banners and signs, plus all the bright colored cloth which makes lying on the sand more pleasant (and is easy to wash). There was also another call for 9/11 Truth activists to be the "H" so there were multiple 9/11 Truth organizations participating. Brian parked the replica between the cars and the sidewalk above the W- if you look closely in the photos you can spot it, but you have to try. Lots of people helped me set up, pass out posters, handouts, etc... and the table was very popular. We saw lots of friends, but the time flew by.

    I suddenly realized it was 11:00 am, and rushed to lay down with everyone else. Brad didn't try to get us to run to the wall and the sea, like last time, but there was a dramatic switch when we did the second spelling and I and M turned into a Peace sign and H morphed into an E... One news helicopter arrived too late, when the whole thing was breaking up... By noon, we were totally scattered.


    First Spelling


    Second Spelling

    Later we went, some by foot, others by bus, and others on their own, to converge on Nancy Pelosi's mansion where we held a rally for a couple of hours. Channel KNTVU (2) was there, and I suppose some other press was there, too. By far the greatest turnout, however, was at the beach- that was simply FUN.

    There is so much more I could add to this, but I know I need to rest. Tom Chelston sent me a great song I am a Brick from his new album. He is also coming to California and I hope I can persuade him to sing at our next Impeachment Rally on May 9th.

    Another friend, Bill Douglas, who really was a powerful force in the early days of the 9/11 Truth Movement, sent me one of his poems, which echoes the spirit of Tom's song, and, heck, all of our Impeachment actions, nationwide today- by challenging that force which seeks to dominate us all through terror and war-

      My old man was an Okie.
      Picked fruit all day and watched children starve around him.
      I love the stories of Vince Papali, and Jim Braddock.
      Little men that ripped the lungs out of the Dick Cheney’s of this world.
      Men who found the spark, Judas was shown by Jesus.

      I do not give a damn how big, how powerful, how ruthless men can be.
      There is something in the soul of humanity.
      There is something deep and profound.

      There is no name for it.
      It cannot be patented.
      It cannot be bottled or packaged.

      There is a spark that comes from the bowels of our creation.
      There is a need, an urge, a fever within,
      It cannot be diverted, subverted, or perverted by this CNN, FOX, Hollywood delusion they try to sell us.

      There is a POWER within.
      I can’t name it.
      But, Goddamn it, I can FEEL IT.

      YOU can FEEL IT!

      We will NOT allow oil companies to sell our children for their profits.
      We will NOT allow our father’s blood to spill for them.
      We will NOT allow the soul of our nation to be sold to the highest bidder in the sham we call elections.

      The streets are calling us.
      The streets are calling us.

      STAND UP!
      There is an electricity in the blood in our veins!

      The voltage within us cannot be suppressed.
      “We” are THE POWER.

    by Bill Douglas
    Son of an Okie farmer, a veteran in Patton's Army, a simple American.
    Author of “The Amateur Parent ­ A Book on Life, Death, War & Peace, and Everything Else in the Universe”

    April 23, 2007

    I just finished doing our first 9/11 Truth radio show with Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn, which was actually a rehearsal for our event on Thursday at Berkeley, minus the visuals and the big audience, Q & A and other participants. I still have more preparation work to do before Thursday (like editing a ten minute segment of 9/11 Press for Truth to cast more light on the 9/11 Commission. I still need to learn so many skills, in order to do the work I need to do.

    There is an excellent new documentary on Sibel Edmonds called Kill the Messenger, although I don't think that it has been released in its entirety in the US, yet. There was an event last February in DC - followed by a panel discussing "the current state of the U.S. Main media, unconstitutional government secrecy, and national security whistleblowers." A description and clips from Sibel and the panel are posted at http://sibeledmonds.blogspot.com/. There is also a pirated version of the movie in circulation (including one posted at http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/04/22/18403725.php.) I tried unsuccessfully to contact the producers to see if we could premiere it in the Bay Area without any luck. (Mike Berger also tried to do so in St. Louis without success). It's difficult devising distribution in this country with all sorts of new challenges because DVDs are so easy to replicate and post online.

    In the panel discussion they say we need more investigative journalism films, but Americans aren't making them. They are almost impossible to get on television or into the theaters, without a big bankroll, and of course those with the most money don't want those sort of films, or information to get any public attention.

    I wonder if Kucinich will introduce articles of impeachment against Cheney tomorrow or whether "some other incident" will upstage him and stay his hand.

    April 21, 2007

    There was a decent turnout in Berkeley for the 9/11 and the media event that Mickey Huff organized (although Peter Phillips played hookey to attend his grand-daughter's 2nd birthday party.) Half a dozen of us had dinner afterwards at a nice Thai Restaurant. There is a real "9/11 Truth Community" in Berkeley and it was good to see so many friends. I just got a phone message from Cosmos inviting me to be on his radio show this Wednesday. I think he just decided to do it and has very ambitiously agreed to host a one hour radio show 5 nights a week on the We The People Radio Network. His show is every night Monday through Friday from 9-10 pm PST and is called "Truth Revolution." Cosmos also did a community access television show with Abel Ashes, who also was at the Berkeley event tonight. Cosmos is the moving force behind the The Eleventh of Every Month 9/11 Truth Action. I have no idea how he could take on so much work and still expect to find time to eat, sleep or do anything else...

    I did agree to be on his show this Wednesday, even though my week is going to be very, very busy with all the events going on.

    I found another very useful 9/11 truth song, as I was checking out the We The People Radio Network hosts/shows, looking for Cosmos.Three Shoe Posse has a show, and a great song called "10 Second Freefall."

    I think the synergy of musicians, film-makers, researchers, activists, artists, creative, perceptive, passionate people who care about life will triumph over the fear-mongering and the lies that continue to prop up the failing empire.

    Next week, however, it looks like the climax of a long, drawn out game of "chicken" between the world and the Bush/Cheney cabal- two cars hurtling at breakneck speed at one another. Who will change course? Will the World destroy Cheney? Or will Cheney/Bush destroy the world? Will they collide and destroy one another? Will disaster be averted with someone blowing a whistle and applying the brakes to the next major False Flag Operation designed to expand the war into Iran and crush civil liberties in the US?

    I guess I won't be retiring in the near future.

    April 20, 2007

    Today my great-aunt, Lucille Swanson, celebrated her 100th birthday. I meant to call her, to wish her a "Happy Birthday!" but I got busy, as usual.

    I just want to post here for those who don't get 400 emails a day the news about the big exercises (drills) planned for next week. See Noble Resolve 07: Four days of “simulated” nuclear terrorist scenarios in the US & Europe or go directly to the source: www.falseflagnews.com. DL Abrahamson also has a show on We the People Radio Network. I also got an email telling me that the radio archives are finally up- although the shows aren't labled on it, yet.

    I'll be tabling at the Deconstructing Deceit: 9/11, the Media, and Misinformation at Berkeley City College tomorrow, and on Sunday I want to attend (and pass out flyers for all the upcoming impeachment events) at the 25th anniversary celebration dinner of the local Peninsula Peace and Justice Center. I haven't had time to catch up with all the work I need to do- like website, taxes, bookkeeping...

    April 19, 2007

    When I decided to do the radio show, my husband asked me what I was going to give up, knowing how stretched I already am with all my activism. I couldn't figure out what I would "let go," but I am afraid that in trying to do everything, I simply won't be able to do a very good job at publicizing anything properly. Fiske did a great job of filming our rally and march last Wednesday, and we weren't able to edit or post the footage in a timely fashion. I simply lack the skills. Yesterday, I went to downtown Palo Alto for the Listening Project, where I had some great assistance from a lot of activists, we filled up the Impeachment petitions and passed out all the cards on the National Shopping Boycott to Impeach for Peace and Justice. I also met with a great Stanford student/activist who had organized a 9/11 Film Festival on the East Coast and was enthusiastic about doing something at Stanford.

    In the evening Brian and I took a class on video-blogging which didn't actually teach me any useful technical skills, but pointed me to where I could find explicite tutorials and some other great online resources. The instructors had written books about the secrets of Videoblogging and are in David Mathison's book BE THE MEDIA.

    Also attending the class was Jay Thorwaldson of the Palo Alto Weekly, we spoke a bit after class and he encouraged me to give him more materials on 9/11, particularly looking into the collapses of the buildings. Since I have been trying to get them to break the story for only 6 1/2 years, I haven't been rushing to them each time a new book or DVD comes out with new information and they condemned and ignored me as a "Conspiracy Theorist" long ago. I still send them press releases, but haven't banged on their door since they last ignored the screening of 9/11 Press for Truth with Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott, just prior to the November election.

    The event and radio show with Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn hit some roadblocks in the student council, but I think we'll be going forward with it. It's very hard to say what motivates the extremely fearful reaction of journalists, academia when touching the subject.

    I wrote a "Thank-You letter" yesterday to the author of the Winnepeg Sun article:

    Scholars debate 9/11 findings who opened his piece with this observation-

      "An unbiased observer doesn't need to look beyond what's happening on the ground today in Iraq and Afghanistan to conclude the War on Terror has been a brutal, manipulative means to a transparently self-serving end."

    I suppose I will "let go" of my weekly "Listening Project" in Downtown Palo Alto when the country and the world recognizes that the "War on Terror" is a fraud and the dismantling of the war machine and the police state begins. Until then, I'll just keep up in triage mode, doing what I can to educate myself and the public with my limited time, energy, and resources. Today, I need to get to the Post Office, and Oakland for our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. The Stanford student, that I met with on Wednesday, will be graduating this summer and is looking to do something next fall, and I hope she might take on the administrative work of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance (banking, shipping, ordering, tabling, mailing, database, email list, calendar) to free me for other work.

    April 17, 2007, 3:00 pm

    Wooh, truth is busting out! It's heartening to see and well reported on 911blogger.com. Last night I received an email with a link in it from a friend. She wrote- "This song was written by a bankruptcy lawyer in Santa Cruz, August Bullock. He made the video himself. It's worth watching!"

    Heroes of America - an anti-war anthem

    (Click image to go to video-link)

    I think it's great and asked August if he would sing for us at our next Impeachment Rally on May 9th and he said he would. So- let's make "Be a Hero! Stand up and March for Impeachment, for Peace, for Justice the theme of our next rally. Costumes encouraged!!! August also has a website at- augustbullock.com.

    April 17, 2007

    I was so busy with the Impeachment Show yesterday that I couldn't follow or register the massacre which took place in Virginia, however I am very suspicious of the cover story that has come out in the press. Violent events can be manufactured to "manipulate the public emotions" and to push through legislation, or distract the public from other issues. The big message is "fear" and the general outcome means more power to "police forces" and fewer rights to ordinary people.

    I enjoyed doing the radio show last night and speaking to activists doing great work on Impeachment. I had scheduled 6 people to be on the show, and one of them, for I don't know what reason, was not available for her 20 minute slot, which meant a more meandering conversation than planned between 7:40 and 8:00 pm (Pacific Time), but I hope the show was informative and inspiring for whoever listened to it. My guests were:

      Jacob Park www.a28.org has done a great job creating a website for the National Day of Action on April 28th. The theme is "Spell It Out" and people are encouraged to spell it out publicly (or privately) and take photos, films- creatively show their support for Impeachment. Lots of groups are involved and participating. There is plenty of room for individuals and small groups to do something and meet like-minded people.

      Amilie Coster, a young woman who is organizing the Coney Island Impeach Beach event and I spoke the longest. She attended the National Conference on Media Reform last January which really inspired her to become more involved. I attended both the Conference and the San Francisco Impeach Beach event, so we basically spoke about organizing and our activism.

      Lew Brown, national coordinator for the National Shopping Boycott to Impeach for Peace and Justice talked about the campaign, their strategy, its educational/organizing function, and some of the background of his work with Peter Phillips of Project Censored which led him to become involved. They have done some pretty significant research into the next generation of weaponry, and are well aware of what a major threat the neo-cons are to Americans and the planet. It is sometimes a bit of a challenge to not overwhelm people with the magnitude of the challenges we face, since what we need, above all is an informed, activated, empowered public. Some truths scare people or shut them down, or make them flee, whereas others get angry, rise to action, become involved, and inspired. I mentioned to Lew the film A Force More Powerful which chronicles the history of non-violent social movements over the past couple centuries, including the Danish resistance to the Nazis who were occupying their country during World War II. It also has been made into an online game which is supposed to be useful in developing appropriate non-violent strategies under different oppressive conditions (but I haven't actually played it or gotten my kids to try it yet.) One of the hopes behind the boycott is to help educate people about the power of their purchases, and to draw energy from the worst corporations and to nurture the local economy. Another facet is simply building community by organizing locally. Doing the Impeachment, 9/11 Truth work, I know that I have helped to build community and the friendships born out of the work strengthen the movement and feed and nurture my soul. It's a lot of work to tap into a computer, but the love I feel for the world in general, and my friends in the struggle in particular give me the strength and energy to work (and make it fun and bearable when it is hard).

      Nancy Mancias, from Code Pink (which also does Pelosi Watch) including camping at Pelosi's SF mansion, protesting, and putting the pressure on Pelosi to move forward with impeachment and to end the war, also spoke about CodePink's lobbying and protest efforts in DC, and the local work. On the national day of action, they plan to go to Pelosi's house (after the Beach event) for a big impeachment rally. There are also plans to launch an "IMPEACH" blimp at the Federal Building on April 27th, being organized by Impeachbush-Cheney.com and others.

      Brad Newsham, beachimpeach.com who organized the wonderful Impeach Beach event last January (click on photo for a great musical film on the action) was the final guest on the show.

      Brad described his emotional, physical, logistical hurtles, trials, and tribulations pulling together the January event, and his plans for an even larger event on April 28th, and how he is also helping to launch similar events in Coney Island, Central Park, Washington DC and Coachella Valley. His work is certainly heroic and, at the same time, he provided a great opportunity for people to do something, get involved, form community, get together, make a powerful statement, overcome the media barriers. I could also empathize with his "sleepless nights and concerns." I know what it is like to risk all of my savings (even borrowed money) to put on an event, not knowing if people will come, if the weather will turn against you, whether all the time and effort poured into organizing will bear fruit. I had to admit to Brad that I haven't registered, yet, to come to the next event, and lots of people wait until the last minute to decide what they are going to do. So, to make life easier for Brad and the Impeachment Movement, I am urging whoever is local to plan on going, register as soon as possible. For those in the 9/11 Truth Movement, I'll try to be there earlier next time (I actually thought I had the flu last time- and barely made it there.) I'll bring banners, posters, signs, Deception Dollars, 9/11 Fact cards...Let's try for the "W " if Brad goes for "Impeach... NOW!") Otherwise- lets' do the "H" again...

      Register at- http://volunteerforchange.org/e/987?refcode=o547

    I was sorry Dennis Loo cancelled at the last moment. I loved what he had to say at Sunday's Impeachment event and his Show It Off! Wear Your Politics on Your Sleeve idea. Interviews with him can be found at his homepage- http://dennisloo.blogspot.com/ and I'll just have to have him on next time I do an impeachment show. Jacob mentioned the gathering in New York with mulitple groups working towards impeachment with convergent strategies...

    I just got an email from my friend saying that Kucinich is taking the lead and- Articles of Impeachment To Be Filed On Cheney. Let us pray. We might have the Impeachment Summer Jacob spoke of. Things are heating up.

    After the show last night, I spoke with Wes, the technical guru, the We The People Radio Network still needs sponsors to uplink on the satellite and reach a much larger audience (like $1100 a month). When I first became an activist, I helped co-found the National Radio Project, which produces Making Contact, now heard on over 200 stations. We had discussed the sorry state of media and decided that radio was the cheapest, best medium to reach lots of people for the least amount of money. I probably gave over $30,000 to get Making Contact up and running, and subsequently gave away all my money for social change work in the 90's. I have no regrets for the seed money that I gave away, and I still pour all my money into my work, but I just don't have a fat bank account. I do think, however, that the 9/11 Truth movement, or others who recognize how bad the media is and how vital it is for the truth to get out to put their resources into spreading the word at this point in time. So I would urge people to donate or help sponsor the fledgling network. Maybe the 9/11 Truth Movement can pool its funds, as this network is the only one to have a huge number of 9/11 Truth Activists as show hosts.

    Yesterday I spoke with John Leonard, publisher of Progressive Press. John published the first 9/11 Truth book in the US- The War on Freedom, which I helped promote, and he has been a big sponsor, help, distributor of the Deception Dollars. He also met Webster Tarpley at the SF Inquiry, which I organized, and became Webster's publisher, and is publishing Kevin Barrett's work, as well. Between the two of us, we have only about 150,000 Deception Dollars (version #9) left, maybe we can help the radio network with our next issue. I also thought of better graffiti for the back side. Instead of "Only 9/11 truth can stop endless war"- just "9/11 Truth Ends War" (plagarized from my dear friend, Cosmos, whose organizing the eleventh of every month 9/11 truth actions). It would be nice to get the radio network up on the satellite, however, as soon as possible...

    We also have to edit our video of the "411 on 911 event" and get that up as soon as possible. Another task on today's "do list." So much to do - and the time flies by.

    April 16, 2007

    Saturday night, a number of us attended Gordon's showing of 9/11 - The Myth and the Reality in Berkeley, there was a modest turn out. I think the event in San Diego- the Grand Jury went well. Sunday, we tabled at the Impeachment Round-Table Discussion in Berkeley. The speakers were good. The press failed to show up; the turn-out was modest. It was a gorgeous day and I don't think the outreach effort was enormous. Still, I remain optimistic on the Impeachment Movement. I spent most of today working on the roster for tonight's Impeachment Show. Brian is also trying to edit the 1 1/2 hour video of our 411 on 911 Rally/March for 9/11 Truth and Impeachment to post on the internet in a timely fashion- we want the message to go viral on the upcoming actions. I wish I had better technical skills. Luckily more people with those skills are joining the movement daily.

    We get info, DVDs, faster than we can process or disseminate it.

    Although this subversive 9/11 Truth Mailer produced by the Comic News might strike some people as grossly commercial, it includes a very good 9/11 Quiz that I think is a powerful way to raise awareness on key 9/11 facts and I wish the guy that came up with the subversive stamp/mailer idea all the best. Click on the stamp and cartoon to see the mailer, the quiz- and order some of these, if you think they might move "Uncle Vinnie"...

    April 14, 2007

    I've been in correspondence with a Green Party activist in Australia, who organized their Australian 9/11 Truth website and solidarity actions on the 11th of Australia, and is hoping that he can persuade the Australian Greens to add their voice to the call for a genuine investigation of 9/11. He had written an excellent letter to a politician in Australia and said this about the Greens in office:

      (I will paraphrase so as not to get anyone in trouble) "Two Green Senators embarrased Australia by questioning Dubya during his speech to parliament when he visited Australia in October of 2003. They were suspended for 24 hours by the speaker for their dissent. This has given me hope that they are prepared to take risks."

    I am going to send the Australians some Deception Dollars and 9/11 fact cards for their future actions.

    This morning I also received a link to an excellent video put together by Ann Arbor 9/11 Truth entitled:

    Open Complicty: Anatomy of the 9/11 Cover-Up

    It's an excellent, informative, provocative film looking at the bizarre, incriminating evidence of complicity within the event and the cover-up.

    I am so heartened by the excellent work being done at the grassroots level and how we can share information and support one another to a deeper understanding of the events, in our efforts to expose the crime and redirect humanity's path.

    Brian was burning the midnight oil working on cutting down the video of our Wednesday action into a video release for television and the internet.

    April 13, 2007

    I just got this graphic from Stephen whose helping to organize this event at the International House at UC Berkeley:

    Ken Jenkins and Joyce Lynn will also be my guests on the April 23rd Questioning War- Organizing Resistance radio show and we'll do a 9/11 Truth program.

    This weekend- I think I'll table at the Impeachment/9-11 Truth materials at the Global Warming event on Saturday in nearby Mitchell Park, and get to Berkeley to help with Gordon's event- the showing of David Ray Griffin's- 9/11 The Myth and the Rality, and stay in Berkeley for Sunday's big Impeachment event where we'll table 9/11 Truth materials- and our impeachment action cards. I'll miss out on the rock-climbing trip with the scouts (and the family) to Pinnacles (which is extremely beautiful- a great place to hike). It's impossible to do everything.

    April 12, 2007

    I just updated this website a bit and posted an article about our 411 on 911 Rally/March on Indymedia.org. The complete text of my letter to Eshoo and Janette's speech and the Impeachment handouts we made are posted on the Impeachment page.

    April 12, 2007

    More photos and a write-up by Tian Harter can be found here:

    411 on 911 - Rally/March for 9/11 Truth and Impeachment concludes at Congresswoman Eshoo's office in Palo Alto

    April 11, 2007

    Rain was forecasted last night, and it was raining this morning when Annie cancelled and George's vehicle wouldn't start. I was late to Lytton Plaza and it looked a bit iffy, but the sun showed up- as did all of our speakers, the replica, and more!!!! Although we missed the music for the first hour, we had some great speeches, Fiske filmed them, a phtographer from the Palo Alto Daily News was there (maybe we'll get another cover photo in the Palo Alto Daily tomorrow!). We managed to wheel the replica into the street, with 25 people accompanying it with banners, signs, hand-outs and MUSIC. Chuck rigged up his ipod to the speaker so -we had some great Impeachment and 9/11 Truth music as we marched up University to Cowper, and down Hamilton. We almost made it to Emerson (Eshoo's office) when the police stopped us, and we persuaded her that our destination was a short block away and she let us go. I'll post a write-up and photos ASAP, but gotta feed the family and attend a slide-show event of Jeremy's school trip to the Grand Tetons tonight.

    April 10, 2007

    Yesterday, I got an email informing me that-


    Women and the Gift Economy

    was released. It includes my speech- "Facing the Shadow of 9/11."

    I also had to go to San Francisco to meet with Ken Jenkins, Joyce, and Stephen to organize our 9/11 event in Berkeley on April 26th.

    Despite some minor technical glitches, (like not being able to get the first guest on the air for 5 minutes) we did produce my first Questioning War- Organizing Resistance radio show with Dr. Garth Nicolson, author of Project Day Lily on We The People Radio Network. It was a pleasure, and an eye-opener, to finally speak directly with Dr. Nicolson whose story is such a dramatic one that it rivals any work of fiction and also has dramatic repercussions for all of us. In the book, which details how they stumbled upon the Bioweapons program in the United States, multiple attempts on their lives, the deaths of many of their colleagues, it also describes how his wife was always treated in a very bizarre way, because she was an heiress to one of the largest trusts in the world. That trust, ironically was funding the very bioweapons programs that they were opposed to and she had no access to the levers of control over the trust. Apparently that is changing now, as are the political winds. The Nicolsons' work is still being suppressed, and not officially acknowledged in this country, but increasingly understood outside the US.

    Unfortunately, it does seem like there is a deliberate attempt going on to decrease the human population dramatically. Prison Planet posted an article today about the Bees Dying and alluding to yesterday's posting that in a Government Report: Bio-Weapons Could Be Used To Combat Overpopulation (MoD dossier outlines nightmare vision of new world order, ethnic cleansing, class warfare, brain chips by 2035) which links back to the Meeting Dr. Doom article about Dr. Eric R. Pianka's advocacy of eliminating 90% of the world population using a modified Ebola virus (and getting a standing ovation). I raised these issues with Dr. Nicolson yesterday and he quite bluntly stated that a modified Ebola virus wouldn't work and could be stopped via quarantine and other methods, whereas the bioweapons released upon him and his wife, the soldiers in the Gulf War, the prisoners in Texas, were slow, stealthy, and could not be stopped or identified easily, as they manifest themselves in countless ways ("much like the health effects of low level radiation which accelerate the aging process"- my words not his).

    I asked him about the repeated attempts on his life and how he found the courage to continue to speak out and he did say that "being a public persona" offered a certain measure of protection. I think he is right about that and that those who champion issues, do need to get some public attention that identifies them with their issue to protect themselves- and that can be a hard- chicken/egg sort of problem for whistleblowers, whose lives are in greatest danger when nobody knows what they know...

    The radio shows will all be archived at We The People Radio Network if anyone wants to hear the show.

    I need to work on tomorrow's rally and bake cookies, and get to the Post Office, and I'll probably never catch up on all the work that needs to be done.

    April 8, 2007, Easter Sunday, 11:30 pm

    I was up way too late last night with all sorts of technological problems. Today, my husband fixed the sound on the computer, so I can actually do the radio show from home. Nikolas volunteered to help rig up a sound system for Wednesday's rally/march, which can play the great new Impeachment, 9/11 Truth songs that I had hoped to play. I finally figured out how to make the small banner for the We The People Radio Network website, and edited two 60 second spots to promote the Deception Dollar and 911tv.org (My compensation for hosting the show). I didn't do all the work, that I still hope to do, but it was Easter - and a beautiful day. The whole family slept in. I made waffles, we went for bike rides, played tennis, and celebrated Jeremy's straight A report card at a great Thai Restaurant. It's the last day of Spring Break, the kids go back to school tomorrow, and I'll get back to work Monday morning.

    April 8, 2007, Easter

    I'm so frustrated by my lack of technological skills. I can't even make a 468 x 74 or 128 pixel wide Deception Dollar banner because I can't figure out the graphics program on this computer. I haven't done the publicity that I should have done for the upcoming rally/march this Wednesday, and the new radio show that begins tomorrow. I haven't figured out the technology that I need for the radio show, nor have I bought a portable sound system that we need/want for the march. I feel like a failure. On the other hand, I am glad that the 9/11 Truth movement really doesn't "need me" anymore, at this point. It has legs, is growing by leaps and bounds, and there are far more talented, creative, skilled, people out there doing important work.

    Last night, we went to see the Dixie Chicks in Shut Up and Sing and it was an inspiring, encouraging film. When their hit Not Ready to Make Nice won a grammy and started playing in Convenience Stores that was a sign that the Bush Days are numbered and Truth and Justice will overcome...

    I just feel like the least organized organizer in the world, but thank God that it's through the efforts of so many people that the tide has turned. There's a new campaign to put 9/11 Truth yard signs up on the eleventh day of every month... what a great idea!

    It's wonderful that the 9/11 Truth and Impeachment moving are growing faster than I or anyone can keep up with them.

    I was passing out our postcards about the rally at last night's screening and found a lot of enthusiasm, including for a local impeachment action on April 28th, the national day of action, so Wednesday will give Rainbow time to make flyers and pitch her idea to the local community (and I might not have to drive to San Francisco for the Impeach Beach II event, after all- if we reach critical mass here, locally). That is good. The more, the better. Then if I can't do it all- it's ok; it doesn't matter, other folks can pick up the slack.

    Even Canada (Vancouver, BC June 22-24th), and Texas and San Diego are putting on big 9/11 Truth events next weekend. There's a new Project for a New American Citizen Dedicated to Rebuilding America's Senses...

    Who knows, I might be able to take today off after all.

    April 6, 2007

    Last night the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance met in San Francisco, Kai actually did a great job taking notes and posting them on the list (a rare accomplishment). There were so many upcoming events and announcements; we also voted up to $400 for a sound system for next Wednesday's march- to play the new 9/11 and impeachment songs, from the Replica, which will also be useful at future actions/rallies/marches. I haven't been feeling well and mentioned an article that I saw about Cheney stating that he wanted to change the 22nd amendment, such an outrageous statement that I thought we could increase the movement for impeachment from 58 to 85% if people just heard about it, but when I got home I realized that the article was an April Fool's joke.

    Dennis Loo also sent me a link to his idea for a week prior to the National Day of Action for Impeachment, April 28th. His idea is Show it Off Now!!! to get a percentage of those supporting impeachment to visibly wear "Impeachment garb/colors" during the week leading up to April 28th to get the message to the public that we are the majority and make it easier for people to expess dissent and opposition to current regime.

    I agree that the more visible we are, the more we prompt public dialogue on these important issues and are able to disspell the big lies which have held sway these past several years (centuries...). A friend of mine is working on a book about how history is basically written by those who win the wars and the larger battle over the public mind.

    Another interesting article passed my way, by Mark H. Gaffney, who has also written a path-breaking book about Israel's nuclear program and about the gnostics and the early Christian religion (the heretical point of view). Mark posted an article about a mystery plane that appeared on Rense.com, as well as a wider ranging article on 9/11 Will America Face the Truth About 9/11? on Information Clearinghouse. I hadn't been aware of the mystery plane before, but it makes sense in light of all the wargames going on on September 11th, and the fact that the Pentagon has consistently lied about the events, timeline, their behaviour on 9/11. I must admit, that I like to be sure of the authenticity of "new evidence" that suddenly appears after many years. However, I remember trying to compile the original list of questions that we raised when we demanded an investigation of 9/11 in December 2001/January 2002- the questions were far from comprehensive- there was a lot we didn't know, and we didn't have half the pieces to the puzzle that we have now. It's not like a widespread grassroots movement without any funding can do comprehensive research. It's more of a hit or miss, cooperative enterprise, amongst a diverse growing number of individuals, each of whon have a unique perspective, an different access to the mulitple facets of a very complex event.

    April 4, 2007

    Yesterday, Brian and I finished painting about 160 posters for the upcoming rally. We saved a whole $200, but at a price- I forgot to drink water and didn't feel very well today. Brian was inspired to add the color ourselves by a poster in San Francisco that had been hand painted. "I could do better than that." he thought. We hope that our efforts will inspire more creativity and better technique in others.

    Cosmos sent me a link to a shortened version of the new 9/11 Truth Film, specifically calling people to action

    The Eleventh Day of Every Month: The Third Stage
    (about 3 minutes in length).

    [ I'm also in it- challenging Philip Zelikow at Stanford.]

    Today we were in Lytton Plaza at the weekly Listening Project and met some great people and passed out lots of postcards. We also got our press advisory into the mail (and I posted it yesterday at Indymedia.org.)

    Unfortunately, the press work never ends and I just can't do it all. Fortunately, new people are jumping in and helping all the time, and taking the load off my shoulders. The press advisory included suggestions and edits from Janice Matthews, Janette MacKinlay, Brian, and Chuck. The worse the Administration is- the more creative, inspired, generous and cooperative people become to challenge them.

    April 2, 2007

    Here is a very short and sweet new 9/11 Truth film (about 20 minutes), encouraging 9/11 Visibility actions on the 11th of every month entitled-

    The Third Phase

    (Photo from SF March 3/17/2007 by Steven Gray)

    Friday, Brian and I worked on a postcard and the poster for our upcoming rally, trying to get 1000 made in time to pass out at last weekend's events in Palo Alto when Kucinich and Chris Hedges spoke.

    Here's what we came up with:

    The text on the back reads:

                9/11 Truth

        The 21st century's defining event is the crime of 9/11, used by the
        Bush Administration to launch illegal wars and assaults on the
        Constitution, the Bill of Rights, and habeas corpus. The
        institutionalization of torture, and the Military Commissions Act's
        authorization of the use of martial law and military force against US
        citizens, were supported by Congress and unchallenged by the media.
        They have both failed to investigate and report the basic facts about
        9/11. 115 serious omissions and distortions in the 9/11 Report are listed
        by Dr. David Ray Griffin in his essay, “The 571 Page Lie.” The lies,
        the cover-up, and the conspiracy theory Bush and Cheney used to
        connect 9/11 to invasion of Iraq are high crimes meriting impeachment.
            communitycurrency.org, 911truth.org, 911review.com

            National Shopping Boycott – April 15-22nd
            Impeach for Peace and Justice

        To defend the U.S. Constitution against all enemies foreign and
        domestic, to hold accountable those who through fraud and
        malfeasance have sought endless war, demonstrated endemic
        corruption and heartless disregard for the weakest among us, for
        justice, we will begin a one-week shopping boycott, along with other
        civil disobediences, uniting citizens who agree we must do something
        NOW. Simultaneously withdrawing from the retail economy, millions
        of us can send a wake-up call to the corporations that back our national
        leaders. During this week, shop only at local independent stores.
        We can show the corporate powers and our elected representatives
        that we are determined, that the time for truth and justice has come, that
        “We're not buying it any more” and a full accounting is expected from
        Washington and Wall Street both.
            www.wearenotbuyingit.org
          The National Day of Action for Impeachment (April 28th)
            www.a28.org

    We could use help passing them out before the rally and during the march. Tomorrow I hope to get out the press advisory, and include the upcoming 9/11 Truth educational events- there are so many this month- and we still haven't worked out all the details for all of them.

    (I must admit, I took a vacation on Saturday- to celebrate our 17th wedding anniversary. My husband won a contest at Google and the prize was a night at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel [plus spending money], so we left the kids on Saturday and had a delightful, romantic weekend in San Francisco. I do feel refreshed now, though, and ready to get back to work. I think my happy marriage and kids actually give me the strength and energy to do my activism.)

    March 29, 2007

    One of the biggest challenges of the 9/11 Truth Movement has been to get the basic facts about 9/11 into the mainstream media or general consciousness. People who go to see documentaries are vastly fewer in number than those who seek entertainment and distraction. Since I became an activist, only after seeing a film which disturbed me (JFK) and doing some research on the CIA, I have always thought that films are one of the best tools to raise awareness, and we have continually tried to produce better and better films- mainly documentaries. Late last night, Chris Emery, who made a film about the Oklahoma City bombing, sent me a link to a trailer for a new 9/11 film, which is not a documentary-

    ALL GREAT TRUTHS BEGIN AS BLASPHEMIES
    G.B. Shaw


    THE REFLECTING POOL

    SYNOPSIS

    An investigation of the 9/11 events by a Russian-American journalist and a father of a 9/11 victim implicates the US government in the attacks.

    ALEX PROKOP (JK Baltazar), a successful journalist, receives a rare 9/11 video tape revealing missile-like bursts of light on the hijacked planes as they hit the Twin Towers. The footage was sent by PAUL COOPER (Joseph Culp), a driven researcher, whose daughter died on 9/11. Sensing a good story, Prokop travels with Cooper to New York and Washington, DC, where they uncover suppressed information implicating the US Government in the attacks. As Cooper introduces Prokop to key eye-witnesses, the façade of the "official story" begins to crumble. Prokop hears accounts of underground explosions in the Twin Towers moments before their collapse, and learns of mysterious "engineers” who rendered the WTC security systems inoperative the weekend before 9/11. To his astonishment, he discovers that the firm providing WTC security was run by immediate family members of the President.

    We follow Alex and Cooper as they investigate the inexplicable collapse of the 47-story WTC Building Seven, disprove the implausible airliner "attack" on the Pentagon, and uncover the illegal destruction of physical evidence from Ground Zero.

    The pressure builds as the FBI intimidates Alex's editor, McGUIRE, (Lisa Black) to reveal key sources – while the magazine's corporate investors threaten to kill the entire story. Plagued by the ghosts of his Communist childhood and trying to uphold the independence of American journalism, Alex's search for the truth leads to a dangerous and shocking realization! THE REFLECTING POOL is an intense, sobering investigation into the most controversial tragedy of our time. Drawn from established sources and based on verifiable facts, THE REFLECTING POOL is a thought-provoking study of a search for truth and the profound consequences of not looking for it any further than the nightly news.

    There's a trailer on the main website and on YouTube- http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2wqSf2AU9g.

    I hope the film gets wide distribution and think we all should do what we can to help promote it.

    Yesterday, at my Listening Project, I interviewed lots of people and I could tell that some of them really hoped that I was wrong, but that they had never been exposed to the facts, and were open to looking into it. The country is beginning to wake up, and I'm sure fifty years down the road the fact that 9/11 was a special operation, state sponsored terrorism, will be common knowledge. However, to prevent the next 9/11, to reverse this course of endless war and terror, we need people to wake up as soon as possible- film, art, music, truth, courage are our best tools. I'm delighted that these filmmakers, who don't even have any connection to the 9/11 Truth Movement that I know of, have come up with this powerful film. I hope we can help premiere it here in the Bay Area.

    March 28, 2007

    The blueprints for the World Trade Center were leaked to Steven Jones and have been posted on a few websites. Jim Hoffman has posted them on his comprehensive website. Victoria details this at 911blogger.com at Independent Investigators Release Suppressed Blueprints of Destroyed World Trade Center Tower. It's great that the researchers, bloggers, can work together so cooperatively.

    I got a nice email from Steven Jones asking on pointers for organizing protests against Dick Cheney who is scheduled to do a commencement speech at BYU.

    I also got word from We the People Radio Network that the network launch has been push back a week, so my first show Questioning War-Organizing Resistance will be on April 9, 2007, 7-9 pm (Pacific Time) with Garth Nicolson, co-author of Project Day Lily and Director of THE INSTITUTE FOR MOLECULAR MEDICINE.

    Our 411 on 911- 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally and March is beginning to coalesce, and my videographer friend, Fiske, will be able to film it, but I sure could use some help with both the rally/radio show/website, especially with graphics!!!! I called Blaine Machan, the Deception Dollar artist, and he is unavailable now, in the middle of moving (though he plans on visiting SF next month).

    With my son home now, on spring break (from Oberlin), I'm spending more time cooking and being with the family. Last night before and after the big family dinner celebration at a favorite Chinese Restaurant, I went to the Palo Alto Taser Task Force Meeting, where Aram James and the ACLU, and the public finally had an opportunity to voice opposition to tasers. Most of the local TV stations came, and I hope the public outcry against tasers will outweigh the stacked deck within the task force, in favor of tasers. I spoke out, particularly voicing my concerns about the militarization of the police force in the face of rising domestic dissent, and my opposition to a torture device to be used against non-violent protesters conducting civil disobedience and exercising their first amendment rights to oppose criminal policies by the Federal Government.

    This morning I need to get to Lytton Plaza for my weekly Listening Project; it's a gorgeous, sunny day.

    March 25, 2007

    The recent successes of 9/11 Truth breaking on a national level have been mirrored by our small local efforts, including a great photo (which I have yet to see in the front section of the SF Chronicle on March 24th). Today, an article appeared in Fremont's Argus about the Saturday screening of 9/11 Press for Truth entitled: Documentary questions response to 9/11. The choice quotes at the articles conclusion were:

      "The absolute failure (of officials) to address important issues is so apparent," said Brian Good, who was on hand to help promote the film. "They seem to be covering up."

      Paul Rea, author of the upcoming book

      "Still Seeking the Truth About 9/11," fielded questions with a liberal dose of his own perspective. He predicted the tide would turn in favor of the public's putting greater pressure on lawmakers to hold the administration accountable.

      "Things are really bubbling up in a lot of places," Rea said.

    On Saturday I also received a letter from Congresswoman Anna Eshoo ( I wonder if she saw the cover photo of our Impeachment rally in the Palo Alto Daily). She wrote:

      March 16, 2007

      Dear Ms Brouillet,

      Thank you for your letter about impeaching President Bush and Vice President Cheney. I have received numerous letters from you over the years and my office records demonstrate that I have responded to each and every one. We have discussed this issue at length before.

      I've lived through an impeachment process and witnessed firsthand how it tewars the country apart. The election in November was a resounding rejection of the Presidents's policies and the policies of his party. I think it's time to bring the country together and move forward. In my view, impeachment will heavily distract from the important work of reversing the disastrous course this Administration has set and will virtually bring to a halt progress on important issues including healthcare and global warming.

      As you know, the Bush Administration enjoyed virtually unfettered and unchecked power over the federal government under Republican Majorities in both the House and the Senate over the last six years. This has changed. In the first two and-a-half-months of the 110th Congress, Democrats have held more than 100 oversight hearings covering the war in Iraq, the response to Hurricane Katrina, the firing of United States Attorneys, and the treatment of our veterans at Walter Reed. The House has voted its disapproval of the President's plan to send 20,000 more troops to Iraq. In the coming weeks, the House of Representatives will be voting on legislation to set conditions and timelines for ending the war in Iraq. Congress will conduct rigorous oversight and investigations that will serve the interests of the American people.

      Sincerely,

      Anna G. Eshoo
      Member of Congress

    On March 23, 2007 Eshoo made a statement supporting H.R. 1591. Move-On had urged its members to support the bill and then thank legislators when the bill passed. I was furious at Move-On, as well as Eshoo and Congress for the lousy bill, which gives tons of money to the military, doesn't prohibit Bush from launching a new war on Iran, and seems like a PR stunt to sell a distant deadline for ending the war, which can be easily changed. It is simply Orwellian and perpetuates the bogus "War on Terrorism" which is the biggest scam this country has ever pulled on its own citizens.

    I continue to collect signatures on Impeachment Petitions and to plan our next "411 on 911" 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally. If Anna continues to serve the corporate/military interests, work collaboratively with a criminal regime, rather than hold them accountable, I am sure the Green Party will run a candidate against her in 2008.

    Today Webster Tarpley sent out this message:

    OPERATION BITE: APRIL 6 SNEAK ATTACK BY US FORCES AGAINST IRAN PLANNED,
    RUSSIAN MILITARY SOURCES WARN

    GENERAL IVASHOV CALLS FOR EMERGENCY SESSION OF UN SECURITY COUNCIL
    TO WARD OFF LOOMING US AGGRESSION

    By Webster G. Tarpley

      Washington DC, March 25 -- The long awaited US military attack on Iran is now on track for the first week of April, specifically for 4 AM on April 6, the Good Friday opening of Easter weekend, writes the well-known Russian journalist Andrei Uglanov in the Moscow weekly “Argumenty Nedeli.” Uglanov cites Russian military experts close to the Russian General Staff for his account.

      The attack is slated to last for twelve hours, according to Uglanov, lasting from 4 AM until 4 PM local time. Friday is a holiday in Iran. In the course of the attack, code named Operation Bite, about 20 targets are marked for bombing; the list includes uranium enrichment facilities, research centers, and laboratories.

      The first reactor at the Bushehr nuclear plant, where Russian engineers are working, is supposed to be spared from destruction. The US attack plan reportedly calls for the Iranian air defense system to be degraded, for numerous Iranian warships to be sunk in the Persian Gulf, and the for the most important headquarters of the Iranian armed forces to be wiped out.

      The attacks will be mounted from a number of bases, including the island of Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean. Diego Garcia is currently home to B-52 bombers equipped with standoff missiles. Also participating in the air strikes will be US naval aviation from aircraft carriers in the Persian Gulf, as well as from those of the Sixth Fleet in the Mediterranean. Additional cruise missiles will be fired from submarines in the Indian Ocean and off the coast of the Arabian peninsula. The goal is allegedly to set back Iran’s nuclear program by several years, writes Uglanov, whose article was re-issued by RIA-Novosti in various languages, but apparently not English, several days ago. The story is the top item on numerous Italian and German blogs, but so far appears to have been ignored by US websites.

      Observers comment that this dispatch represents a high-level orchestrated leak from the Kremlin, in effect a war warning, which draws on the formidable resources of the Russian intelligence services, and which deserves to be taken with the utmost seriousness by pro-peace forces around the world.

      Asked by RIA-Novosti to comment on the Uglanov report, retired Colonel General Leonid Ivashov confirmed its essential features in a March 21 interview: “I have no doubt that there will be an operation, or more precisely a violent action against Iran.” Ivashov, who has reportedly served at various times as an informal advisor to Putin, is currently the Vice President of the Moscow Academy for Geopolitical Sciences.

      Ivashov attributed decisive importance to the decision of the Democratic leadership of the US House of Representatives to remove language from the just-passed Iraq supplemental military appropriations bill which would have demanded that Bush come to Congress before launching an attack on Iran. Ivashov pointed out that the language was eliminated under pressure from AIPAC, the lobbing group representing the Israeli extreme right, and of Israeli Foreign Minister Tsipi Livni.

        “We have drawn the unmistakable conclusion that this operation will take place,” said Ivashov. In his opinion, the US planning does not include a land operation: “ Most probably there will be no ground attack, but rather massive air attacks with the goal of annihilating Iran’s capacity for military resistance, the centers of administration, the key economic assets, and quite possibly the Iranian political leadership, or at least part of it,” he continued.

      Ivashov noted that it was not to be excluded that the Pentagon would use smaller tactical nuclear weapons against targets of the Iranian nuclear industry. These attacks could paralyze everyday life, create panic in the population, and generally produce an atmosphere of chaos and uncertainty all over Iran, Ivashov told RIA-Novosti.

        “This will unleash a struggle for power inside Iran, and then there will be a peace delegation sent in to install a pro-American government in Teheran,”

      Ivashov continued. One of the US goals was, in his estimation, to burnish the image of the current Republican administration, who would now be able to boast that they had wiped out the Iranian nuclear program.

      Among the other outcomes, General Ivashov pointed to a partition of Iran along the same lines as Iraq, and a subsequent carving up of the Near and Middle East into smaller regions.

        “This concept worked well for them in the Balkans and will now be applied to the greater Middle East,” he commented.

        “Moscow must expert Russia’s influence by demanding an emergency session of the United Nations Security Council to deal with the current preparations for an illegal use of force against Iran and the destruction of the basis of the United Nations Charter,” said General Ivashov. “In this context Russia could cooperate with China, France and the non-permanent members of the Security Council. We need this kind of preventive action to ward off the use of force,” he concluded.

      Even Conservatives are talking now about impeachment to stop Bush, and most recently held a press conference pushing an American Freedom Agenda which reins in some of the worst excesses of the Executive branch.

      I don't think you have to be conservative or liberal to recognize the difference between self serving, evil, un constitutional power grabbing and that which protects the rights of ordinary people. Even the media people are beginning to wake up to this giant threat, although we have a long way to go before the media acknowledges 9/11 Truth and encourages power-holder and policy changes that we have been working towards these many years.

      March 23, 2007

      I still have to learn blog technology. I posted a new blog for my upcoming radio show at -

      questioningwar-organizingresistance.blogspot.com

      with some info on my first guest- Professor Garth Nicolson, co-author of Project Day Lily.

        Project Day Lily is based on the true story of two scientists in Texas that discovered the presence of one of the most insidious incapacitating biological agents ever developed in Gulf War veterans’ blood. This microbe hides inside cells and causes all sorts of chronic signs and symptoms, similar to what one would see with Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Fibromyalgia Syndrome, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Multiple Sclerosis and many other chronic illnesses. It also tells the story of the two scientists being thrust into a world of danger and intrigue as they unravel the mystery of how sinister university and government administrators plotted to keep what these scientists had discovered hidden from the American public, even attempting to murder the two whistleblowers to prevent the exposure of their hideous experiments from public scrutiny. The final irony is that the inheritance of one of these scientists was likely used to finance the development and testing of biological weapons of mass destruction by a rogue faction of government scientists, bureaucrats and intelligence operatives, and these same funds likely financed the diabolical campaign of sabotage against the two Texas scientists.

        Project Day Lily explains to the general public what happened to the veterans and their family members after the first Gulf War and what is happening to our Armed Forces to this day.

      I learned about Professor Nicolson and his book when someone sent me an e-mail stating that the Nicolsons had been warned about 9/11, and passed on the warning to the US government.

      Project Day Lily is a fictionalized version of the Nicolsons personal experiences that casts light on the science and politics behind the bioweapons program. It raises larger questions about who is funding the research, and for what purpose? After innumerable attempts on their lives, Professor Nicolson is still bravely speaking out, but is his story reaching the country or having any effect upon the policies of the Veteran's Administration or the medical profession or the people suffering directly from being exposed to the bioweapons created and tested upon American soldiers, prisoners, and ordinary citizens? What can we do to raise awareness on this issue and stop the development and testing of bioweapons upon more people? Recent legislation which removes liability from the pharmaceutical companies for their vaccines, does not bode well for the health of the public. Who is benefiting from this war on human health? And who is paying the price? These are some of the issues we will be discussing on April 2, 2007.

      Last night, I went to a house party where we watched highlights from the National Conference on Media Reform. It was hosted by David Mathison, who is working on a multi-media book/website project entitled: BE THE MEDIA. I was so impressed by David. He did a tremendous amount of work in the corporate world, was a Vice President at Reuters for five years, but radicalized by his firsthand observation of the stolen election and the failure of the press to tell the story. All his work is devoted to empowering people to raise their voices and champion truth, and their issues, and be heard above the din of the mainstream media. The way media technologies are developing and transforming society are so dramatic that he sees it as a "Renaissance" rather than a revolution, which is far more hopeful, promising, and undefeatable. I hope to get him on my radio show, too- if his schedule permits it.

      This morning I spoke with Gabriel Day and David Kubiak who will be able to join us at our "411 on 911" (April 11th) 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Rally. They are also brainstorming on a conference this summer with a special emphasis on "Media and 9/11." Certainly our struggle is to break through fear and denial, encourage understanding, create a movement strong enough to bring the responsible criminals to justice and eliminate governmental and corporate policies that enable criminal elements to commit such acts. By exposing the deceptive war game, hopefully we can break it once and for all.

      March 21, 2007, 10 pm

      Just found this image in the local paper:

      March 21, 2007

      On this beautiful warm first day of spring, I had quite a bit of help at the Listening Project, but hurried home to work on updating the calendar, and organizing upcoming events. It looks like Ken Jenkins, Joyce Lynn and I will be doing something together at Berkeley on April 26th, and we need to define it more precisely.

      Mickey Huff is organizing a "Deconstructing Deceit: 9/11, the Media, and Misinformation" on Saturday, April 21, 2007, 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm at Berkeley City College with Peter Phillips and Bonnie Faulkner in session one, and Richard Gage and Jim Hoffman in a subsequent session.

      I just got word that my radio program will begin on April 2nd, and I need to work on a website (with feedback options) or at least a webpage, so that I can list the guests and work out the schedule.

      I was touched by Rabbi Lerner's speech at the Federal Building the other day and contacted him and he invited me to submit an essay on the "Gift Economy" to Tikkun, which I hope to do soon.

      Some excellent articles have been surfacing lately on the concentration of wealth in the world (An excellent read is Global Ruling Class: Billionaires and How They “Made It” by James Petras, March 20, 2007 . A sobering analysis on Lula, the Left's darling in Brazil, who has sold out to the Bushes and serve elite needs now appeared in Narco-News:

      Out-Flanked: A New War on Terra Arrives with Bush-Lula Ethanol Deal
      Another Bush Family Energy Empire Now Forming in the Heart Of South America      , by Garrett St. James

      I guess us "fanatics" need to redouble our efforts in the face of "impossibilities." I remain optimistic despite the drooling malevolence and hutzpah of the ruling elite.

      March 19, 2007

      On Saturday, I set up our banners, the tables very early at the Palo Alto Civic Center. I was there before the main organizers and helped them unload. Fortunately a few activists came to help. Brian fixed the Replica so that it could be hauled vertically, but sadly the police said it was "illegal, too dangerous, exceeded height limitations and had to be hauled horizontally." I was so disappointed. We managed to pass out a fraction of the picket signs that I brought to the rally and I could only find people to cary one of the banners and had to leave the other two behind. Chuck leafletted, Bill watched the tables during the march. Still- we were visible and the table was popular (We took in $175 in donations- mainly bumper stickers, buttons, a few books and dvds. We passed out a lot of Deception Dollars.) I would guess that four hundred people were at the rally, and more than that participated in the march. The Palo Alto Daily News said:

        Marking the fourth year since United States forces invaded Iraq, millions across the country marched to protest the war, including about 350 people in downtown Palo Alto.

        Impeaching President George Bush, bringing the troops home, conspiracies about the 9/11 attacks and fear of an impending attack on Iran were common themes among the 40 and older crowd.

        And many, such as organizer Paul George, director of the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center, were frustrated that the newly-elected Democratic Congress isn't pushing the White House harder for a troop withdrawal. It was the center's fourth anniversary rally.

      ... I actually spoke with the reporter at the rally and gave him some of the 9/11 materials. He seemed genuinely open to looking into it, but said his editor wouldn't go for it. There was also a videographer from a Turkish television statement who was interested in the 9/11 materials.

      First to arrive, we were also the last to leave. Chuck and I went back to my house to finish stapling 50 picket signs for the big rally the next day.

      Sunday, we were up early to get a good spot in the Civic Center, and set up the large Deception Dollar banner and my Earth Banner and Not in our Name banner, we borrowed an awning from Veteran's for Peace and set it up for for Bonnie Faulkner (Guns and Butter) who tabled next to us. Eric, Chuck and I left Scott and Bill to table while we went to Justin Herman Plaza to help with the replica, banners, signs.

      We found John and Cosmos, who stapled together and passed out lots of picket signs. Brian was late, so it was hard for us to rally easily at the replica, but fortunately he unloaded it, and most of the signs, right at the beginning of where the march would travel- which was an ideal location to pass out signs, and I recruited five wonderful young people to help pull the replica and carry two banners, so all of our signs and banners made it into the march (We didn't get many back and I think people liked the message and will reuse the signs.)

      Our leaflets and dollars were so popular that we handed out almost all the sacks of them that we brought. There were at least 40,000 people who filled all of Market Street. My voice was horribly raw from chanting on Saturday and the sound system wasn't directed well and bounced inside the replica rather than towards the street, there was lots of music, drumming and sound coming from multiple groups all along the way, with an occaisional roar from the entire march. We felt the public was very supportive of our message. Kids would flash "9/11 was an inside job" t shirts at me and give me the thumbs up. We were glad to be there.

      We parked the replica behind our tables when we reached the fairly packed Civic Center and our table was, again, the most popular, and us, about the last to leave. We gave out lots of free literature and received about a thousand dollars in donations (running out of some of our books).

      Some people were quite upset that we didn't have a speaker at the podium. It's amazing the level of resistance there is still to 9/11 truth within the official "left," but we are getting more popular support and the evidence is becoming more evident and obvious to a critical mass.

      Today, Brian and I went to the rally at the Federal Building to cut off the war funding. I had only heard about the rally from George Johnson, who was one of the speakers last Wednesday when he spoke at our Impeachment Rally. I tried to see if we could endorse, speak and table at the event. They had a full slate of speakers, allowed no tabling, but did include us as endorsers on their website, and we felt warmly welcomed and easily found volunteers to hold two of our three large Deception Dollar banners and they left us tie up the big one in the trees behind the podium! (Hopefully the banners will find their way into the newscasts, as they are the perfect visuals to complement the message of the rally).

      I saw lots of friends, several Green Party folks including- Krissy Keefer, Supervisor Ross Mirkarimi, and Matt Gonzalez spoke. The Democrats have shown such horrific contempt for popular will and support for criminal policies that I have no idea if they will even begin to cave in, even cosmetically, to the stop the war funding efforts. I am more hopeful, though, that Cynthia McKinney, so vilified by the press and Democrats will consider to run as a Green in the next election to be a true champion of people, truth, peace and justice.

      With the shifting alliances in the power elite, the dumping of the dollar on the world stage, it looks like the elite are in full "damage control" mode.

      I'm sure Rabbi Lerner, today, was trying to offer them a carrot to help prevent "total meltdown" in his articulation of a Global Marshall Plan or Generosity Strategy to help us transition from the "Dominator culture" towards a "Cooperative culture." It's a good first move.

      Sadly our replica failed to make it into the photos of the rallies, and I forgot to bring my camera, again, but here is a nice one of the rally at the Civic Center March 18, 2007 with a prominent "9/11 Truth Now" banner beneath the "TRUTH" building:

      March 15, 2007

      Today we made the


      cover of the Palo Alto Daily News

      That was a nice surprise!

      Kucinich also made remarks on the floor-

        U.S. House - 15 March 2007 -- This House cannot avoid its Constitutionally authorized responsibility to restrain the abuse of Executive power. The Administration has been preparing for an aggressive war against Iran. There is no solid, direct evidence that Iran has the intention of attacking the United States or its allies.

        The US is a signatory to the UN Charter, a constituent treaty among the nations of the world. Article II, Section 4 of the UN Charter states, "all members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state. . ." Even the threat of a war of aggression is illegal.

        Article VI of the US Constitution makes such treaties the Supreme Law of the Land. This Administration, has openly threatened aggression against Iran in violation of the US Constitution and the UN Charter.

        This week the House Appropriations committee removed language from the Iraq war funding bill requiring the Administration, under Article 1, Section 8, Clause 11 of the Constitution, to seek permission before it launched an attack against Iran. Since war with Iran is an option of this Administration and since such war is patently illegal, then impeachment may well be the only remedy which remains to stop a war of aggression against Iran.

      Kevin Ryan also posted an excellent article entitled 9/11: Looking for Truth in Credentials: The Peculiar WTC “Experts”. The article also was posted at crimesofthestate.blogspot.com which has some very good articles on it.

      Global Research also posted an excellent piece on Propaganda and the Politics of Perception. We are in the midsts of an information war with violence looming over our very heads.

      Since Jean-Luc (my husband) works at Google and doesn't share my political views, we have some very interesting conversations about what is happening with the internet. Google just got sued bigtime- New Media challenging Old Media for copyright violations, but they are probably safe because they are "policing" YouTube and removing "copyrighted material" quickly. Well the copyrighted material- happens to be the most damning evidence of complicity in 9/11. A great new documentary entitled The Ultimate Con 911 Documentary Trailer I disappeared sooner than I could add a live link to it the other day, and who knows how many places it will be put up on and taken down from by those who don't want people to see it, not because it violates copyright laws, but because of its damning political nature.

      At least my husband no longer works at Inxight which he admitted was beginning to get more and more funding from the alphabet soup agencies that I oppose. He is hopeful that the guys at Google really do mean well; I'm more skeptical.

      March 14, 2007

      I've been so busy these past few days, but I am so moved and hopeful by my conversations, the latest news, the phenomenal work of other activists, our impeachment rally in Palo Alto, today, and our ideas for a major impeachment/9-11 visibility rally on 4/11 (Dial 411- for info) next month.

      On Monday night, it was a pleasure to speak with Samuel Ettaro on the Citizen's Advocate radio program (The show is archived there- if anyone wants to listen to it.) Tom Chelston was the first caller. He had written to me a little while ago and gave me a link to an excellent Impeach music video which Tom produced, and which Samuel managed to play on the air, at some point, during the show. Samuel is a wonderful resource, too, for learning multi-media skills, and he actually teaches people how to "be the media." I wish I could learn his skills!! Another caller mentioned that he felt isolated, and was losing his friends when he tried to get them to look at the 9/11 Truth materials. He did perk up when I mentioned the www.truthaction.org 9/11 Visibility Actions and the possibility of targeting state capitals on the eleventh of some month (maybe June) in a coordinated national campaign to demand a real investigation of 9/11. He said he'd drive the several hours to get to Olympia. I do think actions begin small and then have the potential to grow and be replicated in many places...

      Tuesday was actually a bit frustrating because I hadn't done much outreach for today's rally. Last February, I pulled together as many people as I could with less than 24 hours notice. Aside from some calendar listings, I had no speakers scheduled, one flyer that I had made on Monday, and I needed a new banner. So I sent out some e-mails, made a few phone calls, put up a few flyers, baked a lot of cookies, painted a banner, wrote a letter for Congresswoman Eshoo, and drafted a press release.

      Today, I got up very early, got some good editing suggestions from friends, posted a quick article on Indymedia, sent out a couple faxes to the local press, loaded up signs, banners, food, sound system and hoped for the best...

      Many of my dear friends showed up, plus a few people that I didn't know. It was a pretty small, but vocal group. George Johnson, from Veteran's for Peace and Annie and the Vets came and gave a great short little speech and sang "Connecticut Yankee." Tian and Drew both spoke on behalf of the Santa Clara Green Party and the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition. Galen also spoke on 9/11, and, with his booming voice, led most of the chants during our march (He also was in Snowshoe Films NYC Ground Zero 9/11/06 film, and will be featured on Kevin Barrett's show, soon). Julia Bernd represented the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center and spoke very briefly, encouraging everyone to come to the rally at the Civic Center on Saturday whose theme is Get Out of Iraq - Stay Out of Iran. Unfortunately, the Raging Grannies, Code Pink, and others were busy with other actions and couldn't make it to ours, too. There is just so much being done all over the Bay Area all this week and next week!

      I forgot to bring a camera and so did Tian, but a photographer did show up. Miraculously, he was from the Palo Alto Daily News which has ignored me consistently for over six years, and ignored over a hundred demonstrations, rallies, marches, and events that I have organized. The photographer stayed around for quite a while and took a few photos as we marched, spoke and chanted down the sidewalks on University Avenue encouraging people to support impeachment, and passing out our flyers about the upcoming rallies and the national campaign to boycott corporate America from Tax Day to Earth Day to send the "Impeach for Peace and Justice" message to the powers that be.

      We ran out of flyers, people were receptive to our message. We also went to Eshoo's office, I presented my latest letter ; we all signed in, then returned to Lytton Plaza to break bread and pow-wow a bit on further actions. Drew noted 4/11 also was "411" meaning info and we thought that would help with our publicity efforts to make next month's rally larger and more powerful. It just takes a lot of effort and more people, than just me, to pull off something "big."

      I was so tired when I returned home, but I was revitalized when I found a brilliant 9/11 music video posted at 911 blogger a larger screen version is also posted at www.911building7.co.uk which includes the lyrics with hyperlinks to relevant websites. It's so well done- a marvelous tool for the 9/11 Truth Movement.

      John Gold also posted an excellent interview with Bob McIlvaine, whom I was honored to meet in Arizona. Of all the victim's family members that I have heard speak, Bob's voice, story and understanding of 9/11 has touched me the most. He is probably the best spokesperson for 9/11 Truth, although it is heartbreaking to witness his emotion at the loss of his son, Bobby, who sounds like an exceptional, wonderful person.

      March 12, 2007

      Today, I need to catch up on all the organizing that I haven't been able to do since Thursday, including the usual accounting, post office runs, and I have to feed the kids early tonight because I'll be on the radio tonight from 6-8 pm, Pacific Time (if the East Coast is getting off Daylight Savings time, as we are).

      Today, Carol Brouillet will be speaking on the Citizen's Advocate Monday, March 12th-9pm EST on Live365 Radio

      March 11, 2007

      Unfortunately, a 4 day migraine knocked the wind out of me these past few days and today was the first day that I felt "almost normal" again. The kids, errands, cooking, and sorting out all the 9/11 materials in the garage consumed most of my strength. Even though I couldn't join everyone in San Francisco, or even stage a minor 9/11 visibility action in Palo Alto today, I at least wore my T shirt and buttons. Dave made 50-100 picket signs which he tried to deliver to us in San Francisco, but he was a week off on his timing, so they ended up in my place- and I'll need help getting them to the upcoming rallies (They also need back-sides.)

      I just posted an interesting interview that a friend of mine did-

      The First Fifteen Minutes of September 11th
      Former Air Traffic Controller Robin Hordon speaks out
      on 9/11, NORAD and what should have happened on 9/11.

      By Jeremy Baker

      Former Air Traffic Controller Robin Hordon

      From the first two paragraphs-

        Within three hours of the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, Robin Hordon knew it was an inside job. He had been an Air Traffic Controller (ATC) for eleven years before Reagan fired him and hundreds of his colleagues after they went on strike in the eighties. Having handled in-flight emergencies and two actual hijackings in his career, he is well qualified to comment on what NORAD should have been able to achieve in its response to the near simultaneous hijacking of four domestic passenger carriers on the morning of September 11th, 2001.

          “There had to be something huge to explain why those aircraft weren’t shot down out of the sky. We have fighters on the ready to handle these situations twenty-four-seven. We have NORAD (North American Aerospace Defense Command) monitors monitoring our skies twenty-four-seven. We have a lot of human beings, civilian and military, who care about doing their jobs.”

      Although I have hated to even look at the Pentagon issue, because it is so controversial and decisive within the movement, I really was disappointed to not meet the Pilots for 9/11 Truth in Arizona in February and to see the Citizen Investigation Team's new film The Penta Con. I wasn't as impressed by The Penta Con video, as I was by the official pilots challenging the data released with the official report, but both expose some severe problems with the official story.

      I do think that one of the best points made in the air traffic controller interview, and in my own interviews with pilots and witnesses is that those coming forward need to feel safe or have some sense of protection. This is very challenging to provide, when I don't think "anyone" can actually "be safe" anywhere anymore- not from the government, not from the media... All we can do really is to overcome fear, be brave, and hope for the support of the growing community of 9/11 truth, peace, justice activists and our own communications network- at some point people "will feel safer" being on the side of the vast majority who do want peace, justice, truth to prevail rather than on the side of the crooks, liars, and sellers of war.

      It's a deeply personal decision which people must make for themselves.

      March 8, 2007, International Women's Day

      The last few days have been sobering, but I think there has never been more compelling reason to get out in the streets and organize, mobilize the public for change. Tuesday night, we went up to San Francisco for a Unity meeting to mobilize people for the upcoming anti-war rally/march on March 18th in San Francisco. While there wasn't much discussion, but a lot of short speeches from the thirty or so groups who had representatives there, it was good to realize that the movement is growing, but daunting to realize that it has been forced to grow by the repressive attacks by the police and the Christian Right upon people of color, immigrants, homosexuals, the poor, the Left in general.

      I managed to get in my two minute 9/11 speech and raise the issue of a upcoming false flag attack, to be blamed on Iran, in order to get support for the next war, and query as to how many believed the official story of 9/11 (yes-2) and how many felt that 9/11 was used as a pretext for imperial expansion (yes 35- out of 80). The taboo issue, 9/11 Truth is still not addressed by ANSWER, the ISO, and others in the anti-war movement. I'm going to try to write something up for the upcoming summit to stop the war on Iran that will be held in Berkeley on Saturday. We need to merge the truth movement with the peace and justice movement- to strengthen them and have a more significant impact on the public, the media, the government.

      Wednesday, at the Listening Project, I was told about how the police stopped a bus on 101 because a "sleeping man" had a knife on him. The police interrogated, photographed, and terrorized everyone on the bus and delayed them for over an hour. It is almost like they are practicing for martial law. That evening in Berkeley, Chalmers-Johnson gave a very grim talk with a poor prognosis for the demise not only of the American Empire, but its economic collapse. He is an old guy, but seemed willing to take in "new facts" and change his opinion about things, so we did present him with 9/11 materials after the talk, but he held tightly to his famous "Blowback Thesis" which was published prior to 9/11 and probably helped sell the official 9/11 narrative to the Left.

      Today, I actually was feeling quite ill, and wasn't too happy to receive more confirming articles on the dire situtation that we are facing in this country today. Here are excerpts from-

      Operation Falcon and the Looming Police State by Mike Whitney, February 26, 2007

        On 29th June, 1934, Chancellor Adolph Hitler, accompanied by the Schutzstaffel (SS), arrived at Wiesse, where he personally arrested the leader of the Strum Abteilung (SA), Ernnst Roehm. During the next 24 hours 200 other senior SA officers were arrested on the way to Wiesse. Many were shot as soon as they were captured but Hitler decided to pardon Roehm because of his past service to the movement. However, after much pressure from Hermann Goering and Heinrich Himmler, Hitler agreed that Roehm should die. At first Hitler insisted that Roehm should be allowed to commit suicide but, when he refused, Roehm was shot by two SS men. (Spartacus.schoolnet.co)

        Later, Hitler delivered a speech at the Reichstag in which he justified the murders of his rivals saying:

        "If anyone reproaches me and asks why I did not resort to the regular courts of justice, then all I can say is this: In this hour I was responsible for the fate of the German people, and thereby I became the supreme judge of the German people. It was no secret that this time the revolution would have to be bloody; when we spoke of it we called it 'The Night of the Long Knives.' Everyone must know for all future time that if he raises his hand to strike the State, then certain death is his lot."

        The Night of the Long Knives is seen by many as the turning point where Hitler made it clear that he was above the law and the supreme leader of the German people.

        Operation Falcon: Blueprint for removing dissidents and political rivals

        The Bush administration has carried out three massive sweeps in the last two years, rolling up more than 30,000 minor crooks and criminals, without as much as a whimper of protest from the public.

        Operation Falcon is the clearest indication yet that the Bush administration is fine-tuning its shock-troops so it can roll up tens of thousands of people at a moment’s notice and toss them into the newly-built Halliburton detention centers. This should be a red flag for anyone who cares at all about human rights, civil liberties, or simply saving his own skin.

        Operation Falcon was allegedly the brainchild of Attorney General Alberto Gonzales and his counterpart in the US Marshal's office, (Director) Ben Reyna. But its roots go much deeper into the nexus of right-wing Washington think tanks where fantasies of autocratic government have a long history. The name, Falcon, is an acronym for "Federal and Local Cops Organized Nationally." It relates to the more than 960 state, local and federal agencies which are directly involved in the administration’s expansive criminal dragnets.

        Typically, law enforcement agencies are protective of their own turf and wary of outside intervention. The Falcon program overrides these concerns by streamlining the information-sharing processes and setting up a chain-of-command structure that radiates from the Justice Department. This removes many of the traditional obstacles to agency interface. It also relocates the levers of power in Washington where thy can be manned by members of the Bush administration...

        The first Operation Falcon took place during the week of April 4 to April 10, 2005. According to the US Marshal’s official website, "The emphasis centered on gang related crimes, homicides, crimes involving use of a weapon, crimes against children and the elderly, crimes involving sexual assaults, organized crime and drug related fugitives, and other crimes of violence." More than 10,000 criminal suspects were arrested in a matter of days. It was the largest criminal sweep in the nation’s history and, according to U.S. Marshall chief Ben Reyna, "produced the largest number of arrests ever recorded during a single initiative." The Washington Times noted, "The sweep was a virtual clearinghouse for warrants on drug, gang, gun and sex-offender suspects nationwide."

        The emphasis was clearly on quantity not quality...

        Still, this doesn’t explain why state and federal agencies had to be integrated with local law enforcement simply to carry out routine police work...

        Operation FALCON II was another massive dragnet which covered the western half of the country and focused primarily on "violent sex offenders". The raids took place from April 17-23, and succeeded in apprehending 9,037 alleged fugitives. The US Marshals web site boasts that the operation "took some of the country's most dangerous wanted criminals off the streets and made America's communities safer".

        Nonsense. Despite the claims of success, only 462 "violent sex crime" suspects were arrested, along with 1,094 "unregistered sex offenders" and other minor "sex crime" suspects. That leaves 7,481 suspects who were rounded up for other unrelated reasons.

        Who are they and what crime did they commit? Were these drug violations, dads who were delinquent on child-support payments, traffic tickets, jay-walking?!?

        7,481 people who were incarcerated are unaccounted by the government’s estimate. This means that the bulk of them were probably undocumented workers who were shunted off to the INS (Immigration and Naturalization) or dispatched to Cheney’s tent-city gulags in western Texas. (See: Democracy Now "Human Rights Groups Call for Closure of Texas Jail Holding Undocumented Immigrants" 2-23-07)

        Similar inconsistencies appear in "Operation FALCON III, which covered the eastern half of the country from October 22 - 28, 2006." State, local and federal police-units arrested 10,773 fugitives; including 1,659 sex offenders, 971 unregistered sex offenders, 364 gang members, 140 homicide suspects, and 3,609 drug violations. Once again, the US Marshal’s official tally doesn’t pencil out. This time, 4,030 extra people were rounded up without any further explanation.

        Who are they and have they been charged with a crime?

        Furthermore, sex offenders, drug users and gang-bangers are not what we normally consider "some of the country's most dangerous wanted criminals". In fact, there are indications that the great majority of these people are not violent at all. For example, of the 30,110 total fugitives who were apprehended in all three Falcon sweeps, a measly 586 firearms were seized.

        Clearly, the people who were arrested for the most part were not "armed and dangerous" nor were they a serious threat to public safety. They were probably just the unwitting victims of an overzealous US Marshals office and an ideologically-driven Justice Department.

        So, what was the real impetus for the Falcon raids? Was it just a bean-counting exercise to see how many people would fit in the back of a Paddy-wagon or are they a dress rehearsal for future crackdowns on potential enemies of the state?

        Bogus News Reports

        The Falcon operation illustrates the incestuous relationship between the media and the state. They are two wings on the same plane. The Justice Department provided the TV networks with official footage of policemen and government agents raiding homes and handcuffing suspects; and the media dutifully aired the video on stations across the country. The scenes were accompanied by a reassuring commentary lauding the administration’s new crime fighting strategies and linking homeland security with the nebulous war on terror...

        The Falcon operations can only be understood in the broader context of the ongoing assault on the constitutional system of checks and balances; including the repeal of habeas corpus, warrantless wiretaps and searches, and the use of torture.

        For the last 6 years, the Bush administration has been busy dismantling the legal safeguards which protect the citizen from the arbitrary and, oftentimes, ruthless actions of the state. To that end, detention camps are being prepared by Halliburton within the U.S., secret courts have been established which deny due process of law, American citizens are arrested without charge, law enforcement is increasingly militarized, and the media has strengthened its alliance with the central government.

        Additionally, in October 2006, George Bush quietly changed the Insurrection Act, which prevented the President from deploying troops inside the United States. Bush’s revision effectively overturns the Posse Comitatus Act which put strict limits on the executive’s power to use US troops in domestic situations. Just days earlier Bush signed a similar bill, "The John Warner Defense Authorization Act of 2007" which gives Bush the power to take command of National Guard units across the country which are traditionally under the control of the state governors.

        Without fanfare, Bush has taken control of all armed forces and militias inside and outside of the country and now has a monopoly on all the state-sanctioned tools of organized violence. It’s a coup that could never have succeeded without the tacit cooperation of the media.

        Bush is now free to declare martial law in response to a natural disaster, a pandemic or a terrorist attack. The congress is powerless to stop him.

        Also, Bush recently signed the Military Commissions Act of 2006, which allows the president to arbitrarily declare citizens and non citizens "enemy combatants" and imprison them indefinitely without charge. The new law gives Bush the authority to disregard the Geneva Conventions and the 8th amendment’s ban on "cruel and unusual" punishment and apply "harsh interrogation" which may include torture. The act effectively repeals habeas corpus, the cornerstone of American jurisprudence and the Bill of Rights...

        These are the chilling precedents which have paved the way for further government lawlessness and abuse. They foreshadow the ominous transition from representative government to autocratic rule; from inalienable rights to martial law.

        The Falcon operations are just a small part of this larger paradigm. The program is not designed for rounding up minor crooks and drug dealers, (which no one really cares about anyway) but for removing leftists, dissidents and political rivals. These are the real targets. The power of the state is measured in terms of how effectively it defeats or eliminates its enemies. And, the Bush administration has shown a remarkable aptitude for crushing its rivals.

        The Crawford Fuehrer

        One day, after a particularly savage domestic purge; we can expect President Bush to stride to the presidential podium and reiterate the same words that were uttered by his German predecessor 60 years ago:

        "If anyone reproaches me and asks why I did not resort to the regular courts of justice, then all I can say is this: In this hour I was responsible for the fate of the American people, and thereby I became the supreme judge of the American people….Everyone must know for all future time that if he raises his hand to strike the State, then certain death is his lot."

      This article, which was published in Pravda, echoes the other one:

      US president orders military to begin jailing all civilian protestors to war, by Sorcha Faal, January 18, 2007

        In yet another shocking prelude towards becoming a Total Police State, Russian Intelligence Analysts are reporting today that the American War Leaders have issued orders to the United States Military Northern Command authorizing the jailing, and military tribunals, for any American citizen critical of the 'war effort'.

        These reports state that the American President has 'lost his confidence' in the American Judicial System and has further ordered his War Cabinet to begin attacking civilian judges, and as we can read as confirmed by the MSNBC News Service in their article titled "Gonzales: Judges unfit to rule on terror policy", and which says:

        "Attorney General Alberto Gonzales says federal judges are unqualified to make rulings affecting national security policy, ramping up his criticism of how they handle terrorism cases.

        "We want to determine whether he understands the inherent limits that make an unelected judiciary inferior to Congress or the president in making policy judgments," Gonzales says in the prepared speech. "That, for example, a judge will never be in the best position to know what is in the national security interests of our country."

        The American War Leaders have further launched attacks against their own civilian judiciary from the Pentagon, and as we can read as reported by the Jurist Legal Research and News Service in their report titled "US law deans 'appalled' by Stimson criticism of law firms for representing detainees", and which says:

        "More than 130 deans of US law schools signed a statement released Monday expressing their dismay at comments made last week by DOD Deputy Assistant Secretary for Detainee Affairs Charles "Cully" Stimson in a radio interview critizing top US law firms for providing pro bono representation to Guantanamo detainees.

        "We," the deans wrote, are appalled by the January 11, 2007 statement of Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense Charles "Cully" Stimson, criticizing law firms for their pro bono representation of suspected terrorist detainees and encouraging corporate executives to force these law firms to choose between their pro bono and paying clients."

        Furthering the complete destruction of the rights of the American people to 'due process' and 'fair trials', the American War Leaders have passed a new law subjecting their citizens to Military, instead of Civilian trials.

        According to reports from the United States, this little known law was 'slipped into' a large spending bill unbeknownst to US Congressional Leaders, and though 'seemingly' applying to American contractors in fact subjects all American citizens to Military Arrest and Trials.

        The most destructive of these 'new' laws 'slipped into' much larger legislation, and bypassing the notice of US Lawmakers, has overturned over 200 years of American procedures for appointing US Federal Prosecutors, and who are, according the American Constitution, charged with being 'politically neutral' so as to afford the citizens of the United States protection against prosecution by a vengeful government, and as we can read as reported by the Associated Press News Service in their article titled "2 U.S. Attorneys in Calif. quit, critics say Bush forced them out", and which says:

        "Two U.S. Attorneys in California announced they are stepping down, as critics alleged political pressure from the Bush administration was pushing them and others out of their jobs. Kevin Ryan, chief federal prosecutor for the state's Northern District, and Carol Lam, who headed the state's Southern District, both announced Tuesday they would be leaving their positions.

        The two are among 11 top federal prosecutors who have resigned or announced their resignations since an obscure provision in the USA Patriot Act reauthorization last year enabled the U.S. attorney general to appoint replacements without Senate confirmation."

        Russian Legal Analysts familiar with American Law state in these reports that the significance of these actions being taking against American citizens by the US War Leaders shows the 'complete ascendancy' to 'total power' of the American President, and who now is free to rule his Nation by decree free from interference by either the US Congress, or the American people themselves.

        So powerless have the US Congress and American people become, that as outrage continues to build within the United States against the expansion of the war in Iraq, and the planned US attack upon Iran, the spokesman for the American War Leader has stated in response to a US Congressional move to block further war making:

        "Presidential spokesman Tony Snow said resolutions passed by Congress will not affect Bush's decision-making. "The president has obligations as a commander in chief," he said. "And he will go ahead and execute them."

        Russian Intelligence Analysts in these reports to President Putin have asked, "If President Bush feels that he is not constrained by either the elected representatives of the American people, or the American people themselves, we must then consider that he, and his Administration, have become powers unto themselves and that the United States should therefore be considered a dictatorship, not a democracy."

        To the American people themselves, they remain in abject denial of the dark Fascist forces descending around them; but soon, and much sooner than they could believe, and with their families and neighbors disappearing into the vast American Gulag, what they once believed in as the American Dream, will soon be shown for what it really is, an American Nightmare.

      Not exactly cheerful reading. At least in the Bay Area, we are somewhat encouraged by the police to protest against the war, a lot of them seem to be on our side ideologically. Tomorrow the Christian Rightwing will be coming to San Francisco to protest our "immoral liberal laws" and hold a gargantuan militant Christian rally in the stadium called "Battlecry" encouraging youth to "kill for Christ." In some ways, the country seems to be deliberately polarized, divided, and being pushed in the direction of civil war.

      A friend who visited me this week, and who generally lives outside the US, agreed that the prognosis for the United States was bleak and that the country was being deliberately destroyed. He also felt that it wasn't a new phenomena hatched by the neocons, but part of a larger process begun centuries ago, by monied interests, desirous of maintaining the "Divine Rights" that they have held onto. Just as the US has tried to destroy Cuba and the threats of a "alternative example" elsewhere, the bad American example is being "destroyed." The ideals of the US, which have inspired revolutionary, nationalist movements in other countries, are being exposed as false, empty, veneer with no substance, as the country is losing all respect in the eyes of the world for its rapacious militarism, flagrant use of torture, imperial overreach, and descent into tyranny.

      The stage is being set for revolution. I would rather see a media revolution and a revolution in consciousness, than the descent into a bloody civil war. The biggest challenge is to wake up those who have been apathetic, cynical, frightened, and encourage and empower them into taking action, only the involvement and the support of the majority in opposition to the current regime will stave off the expansion of war at home and abroad.

      March 6, 2007

      I just posted upcoming anti-war organizing meetings on the calendar. Also Chalmers-Johnson and Gray Brechin will be speaking on "NEMESIS: The Last Days of the American Republic" Wednesday in Berkeley and Ken and Hummux would like to table at what should be a very big event. Richard Gage also wants to try out his new powerpoint presentation at our Thursday Educational Forum, March 8th in Oakland- This is his www.AE911Truth.org (Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth multimedia presentation), a 1-1/2 power-packed expose of the 3 WTC High-rise “Collapses” on 9/11, which he will be giving at 6 different colleges during March and April- so we should come, bring friends, give positive and critical feedback to him, wish I had had more notice, but I'll send out an email on our larger events list for all the new events, including the Impeachment Rally, that I'm working on organizing for March 14th. Yesterday I was stuck at the computer and phone all day and didn't begin to get all the work done. Today is gorgeous and I'm going to at least go for a walk to maintain my health and sanity.

      It is somewhat magical and wonderful, however, to make connections via the internet and see them blossom into friendships and collaborations. Last night I got an email and a song about Impeachment from Tom Chelston- the mp is posted here- www.tomsongs.com/images/Impeach.MP3, the Video version is posted at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xT6Zhx0q8xs. His website is www.tomsongs.org. I was really impressed by his music and his work, and I hope he'll be able to participate in some of our events when he comes through the Bay Area in early April. I also want to include his song in the new radio show- I just have to figure out all the technological details. The challenge isn't lack of ideas, but lack of time to do everything I want to do- and feed the kids and not neglect the family...

      March 5, 2007

      I wish there were more hours in the day, I'm feeling a bit overwhelmed with all that is coming my way, and all that I'm being asked to do.

      I started watching 9/11: The Birth of Treason the other day and it seemed pretty well done, until I noticed a rather horrific gaff, selling the Commission Report's Lie about Mineta's testimony which was actually about the plane heading for the Pentagon, rather than Flight 93. I wish they had had time to get more seasoned 9/11 truth activists to check their facts. However, I think that there is disagreement on many of the "facts" throughout the movement. We know that we've been lied to; we agree that the whole thing has the fingerprints of a special operation all over it, but we still don't know exactly what happened. Actually an excellent little segment on Al-Jazeera's Look at 9/11 Conspiracy Theories and the Media Coverage which Sparked Them. Certainly, any time we get the facts wrong- we look awful in the eyes of the press and the public and the mistakes undermine the credibility of the whole movement. Sadly, it's pretty easy to "infiltrate us," get the stage, and then start spouting nonsense. Similar techniques were used to discredit Jim Garrison's investigation of the assasination of J.F.K.. All we really can do is try to reach the most people with our best information, and trust in the power of rational thinking, truth, to overcome the fear mongering, and the Big Lie.

      Today, I worked on the final edits of my chapter in an upcoming book that is basically a copy of the speech I gave in November 2004 at the International Conference on the Gift Economy entitled Facing the Shadow of 9/11. I also got a link to an interview of me at the recent 9/11 Accountability Conference by Matthew Jarfi.

      Brian miraculously fixed my car (which saves me thousands of dollars, a huge headache, and much stress) and it also allows me to put resources into more useful activities- including the 9/11 Truth events that I'd like to organize. I also have been asked to help organize events for Kevin Barrett, Bob Bowman, and Mike Palacek. The more urgents events, however, are the upcoming anti-war rallies, and the impeachment rally on March 14th which require some legwork, graphics, outreach. There is also a planning meeting in San Francisco on Tuesday night for the big mobilization in San Francisco on March 18th, and we really should attend- if we're going to get the 9/11 Truth issue mentioned at the rally. It's time for the 9/11 Truth, Peace, Justice, Impeachment Movewments to merge- and ample opportunities. We just heard of another anti-war summit (this Saturday) to protest the upcoming war on Iran, plus there is the anti-war conference May 16-17th in New Mexico, the US Social Forum in Atlanta in June, and the UFPJ Conference in Chicago in June. Thank goodness there are so many of us, now- that hopefully people will be able to champion 9/11 Truth, locally, regionally, nationally and internationally- wherever and whenever thay can. (Summers, I usually can't do much, because the kids are out of school and I'm on family trips.)

      March 2, 2007

      Yesterday, Raymond and Elliott, devoted Christians, began a walk for 9/11 Truth leaving Denver for DC. They posted two films on google 9/11: The Birth of Treason and Iraq: The Death of Reason. I believe they are sincerely devoted to waking up the genuine Christians in this country as to the true nature of the Bush regime, and they deserve our support. I still haven't had a chance to view their films, but I was fortunate to meet them last October when they were in Boulder filming.

      Last night, we didn't get very far covering our agenda at the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. Brian and I were late, which didn't help. Except that I did get a phone call from the new We the People Radio Network and agreed to do a radio show on Mondays, 7-9 pm Pacific Time (which is when my kids are at their Boy Scout meetings and really my only "free" evening). I know it will be a lot of work, but also an opportunity to interview people whom I couldn't interview otherwise and to get voices and issues on the air that have a hard time getting their important messages out. If anyone wants to help me lining up shows, finding music, writing up transcripts, please let me know. The best thing about it is that I'll be able to do it from my computer at home and don't have to drive anywhere.

      It was very good for us to share our experiences and views of the conference and the net result was that the conference succeeded, despite the poor organization, and structural, logistical gaffs. The most critical thing was bringing people together. Great connections were made, important networking did happen, our message did get out favorably in the press, despite the fact that we couldn't have staged a better opportunity for detractors to run with various bad soundbites. We made lots of lemonade out of lemons. I need to follow through and provide the best ideas we want to convey under "outreach" for the webmaster to post at their site, and I will write up an article on "strategy" to help people avoid falling into "perception of failure or burnout" which is a real danger at this stage of the movement. With enough support and understanding of how social movements work, we should be able to pull the movements together into phase six which is "Success."

      Janette also lent me a car, and Brian is working on mine, so at least I'll be able to get to meetings, rallies, and demonstrations in the near term without agonizing over what I could fit on my bicycle.

      March 1, 2007

      Yesterday it poured rain before I could get to the Listening Project, so I cancelled it and just worked at home. I lost my voice somewhat from the conference, the cold, and am fighting off another illness. I went to bed early last night, for health reasons, but also to finish reading the novel that Ian Woods passed out in Arizona- Hal Sisson's Modus Operandi 9/11. Jim Marrs is quoted on the cover- "It's a bit like having 9/11 explained to you by Benny Hill."

      While it mixes outrageous fiction with the plausible facts that have led most of us to the conclusion that "9/11 was an inside job," it also paints a larger scenario where Cheney and Bush (or at least their fictional equivalents) are willing puppets in a larger game. There were some slow parts (the redundant pieces elaborating the facts that I already knew), but also more engaging interesting pieces that made the book hard to put down. I think it would actually be most enthralling to people who have had zero exposure to the 9/11 Truth Movement's work. Just as I produced Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush to sneak basic facts into the public domain, I think Hal has done a great job of sneaking facts into his engaging novel. We need to try it out on the uninitiated.

      Yesterday an excellent piece appeared in The Burlington Free Press about the initiative that will appear on Vermont's ballot on March 6th demanding a real investigation of 9/11. If it succeeds, it should help us mobilize more public pressure, expose the cover-up, and halt the criminals who are still riding high on the Big Lie.

      February 28, 2007

      Today it was supposed to rain, but it is beautiful and sunny. I just wonder how I'll be able to get to my Listening Project at Lytton Plaza with my tabling stuff and banners without a car, guess I'll have to condense and try it with my bicycle and bike trailer and hope the weather doesn't turn on me.

      I got an email with most of the outreach ideas generated at the workshop in Arizona and posted a new section on this page at Outreach Ideas. Missing is www.wearenotbuyingit.org - the National Boycott from Tax Day to Earth Day to demand impeachment and an end to the war on Iraq.

      But I have to bake bread and load up the bicycle... I can never do everything...

      February 27, 2007

      The 9/11 Accountability Conference in Chandler, Arizona concluded yesterday with a birthday breakfast for Janette and a closing circle. I think Janette found the whole experience to be quite an ordeal and it really isn't over for her. We will have to see how we can support her and help her to continue her vital work within the 9/11 Truth Movement. There were at least ten of us- Janette, Ken Jenkins, hummux, John, Brian, Scott, MaryAnn, Cosmos, Scott's sister Sandy, her friend Valerie, Richard Gage, and me representing Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance over the weekend- plus the folks from Santa Cruz. MaryAnn and I got a dose of the disorganization when we left for the airport with no rendez-vous point for a ride to the resort, no one answered the conference phone hotline, and we decided to grab the super shuttle. At the hotel lobby, Steven Jones doubled as door opener. Peter Dale Scott couldn't get into a room, and MaryAnn and I let him rest in our room, until the conference organizers could authorize a room for him.

      I know when I did the San Francisco Inquiry, no one was met at the airport and everyone was on their own, so who am I to criticize? It's a struggle to organize a complex event with no paid staff and just a boon of volunteers at the last minute. Kent took blame publicly for all the gaffs and directed credit for all that worked towards volunteers and others.

      We did the best we could to make the conference work, but it was a bit of a challenge logistically and the real tragedy to my point of view was that there wasn't any formal mechanism which gave people an easy place to meet and get to know one another- you basically bumped into people by random chance and people that I would have loved to meet- I never even got to see. Some people are shy and can't just strike up a conversation randomly with people that they don't know, just because they are attending the same conference. I oscillate between bravado and shyness, myself- it takes an effort to reach out to strangers. MaryAnn made a Herculean effort to gather contact info for the 9/11 Truth Activist Directory, but it would mean a lot more to us all had there been a place for everyone to comfortably, even briefly, introduce themselves to one another- I wish there had been more circles and less of the hierarchical traditional conference structures.

      I was delighted that we actually got some great press on the local channel 12 (NBC) news station- What if Everything We Knew About 9/11 was Wrong?. However, there were ample opportunities to give critics devastating footage of the fissures within the movement and the people who specialize in sticking their feet in their mouths. I witnessed part of the Press Conference, but couldn't endure the whole thing.

      I did get to meet some great people and despite the lack of sleep, I think I held up better than I usually do at conferences, primarily because MaryAnn and Brian were there and shouldered most of the tabling, so I actually did get to relax, socialize, eat (didn't sleep much, though). There was a party on Saturday night which began at 10:30 pm and kept most people up until past 2 pm, and then the fire alarm went off at 5:18 am, and I was scheduled to hold an outreach meeting at 9:00 am (not my idea, but it was posted on the website and on the registration table) so I went to it (it wasn't printed in the schedule and only 2 other people showed up at that incredibly early time on Sunday morning. That was really the biggest challenge- the program- which was rarely followed and stuck people for hours in one place or another- waiting and waiting.)

      I'm sure Kent lost tens of thousands of dollars on the event, and there was a lot of stress at the end on how people were going to be reimbursed for their out of pocket expenses, which was not resolved by the time that I left.

      I missed most of the programs, but I did get to Ken and Janette's presentations and the Saturday morning memorial session which I think were vitally important and much appreciated. I have a feeling that each person who attended Chandler had a unique experience depending on where they went, what they did, who they encountered, who they knew. I joked with MaryAnn as we were leaving- "Thank God- we're more than one person!" That also happened to be the same sentiment expressed at the close of the closing circle "We are the ones we've been waiting for. We are the one." Despite all the differences, most of us (with the exception of those deliberately working to destroy the movement) were united in exposing the big lie, demanding accountability, and changing the system, so that false flag operations and future wars could be prevented.

      Leaving for the airport, MaryAnn and I were given a lift by a great activist in Gabriel's new car, along with Damon from the East Coast. We had a delightful conversation and after the three of us were dropped off at the airport, before we went our separate ways, I realized that Damon and I had chanted our 9/11 song at the rally/march in Chicago last June, so I suggested we teach him and sing, at the top of our lungs the whole song with the latest stanza, in the airport which we did!!! It was fun (sometimes the police will give you a hard time for passing out Deception Dollars- but they can't stop us from singing.)

      Coming home, I got a ton of email and phone messages. The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance hotline number is suddenly out of commission, and we're afraid that the company that hosted it went out of business.

      I received notice that a whole new section has been added to the www.patriotsquestion911.com with statements and photos of Victim's family members and survivors.

      February 22, 2007

      I'm incredibly busy, but here is what is happening:

        Impeachment, 9/11, Overcoming Fear, Showing Courage

        Tonight, Impeachment is on the table at the Grand Lake Theater, but 9/11 Truth has been bumped from the panel discussion. Why is it important to overcome fear and include 9/11 Truth in the discussion? Here is the text of the speech that won't be given this evening...

        A year ago today, Janette MacKinlay, a 9/11 survivor, who lived directly across the street from the World Trade Center, organized an event in this Theater entitled Question 9/11- A Call to Activism. The Bay Area has been called “Ground Zero” for “the 9/11 Truth Movement.” We have held numerous events here including David Ray Griffin speaking on 9/11 The Myth and the Reality. The first Citizen’s International Inquiry into 9/11 took place in San Francisco and now those who say that they believe the official narrative of 9/11 is down to 16% of the population. Tomorrow, hundreds of people will converge in Arizona for the 9/11 Accountability- Strategies and Solutions Conference.

        We know that this Administration has committed terrible crimes against our country, the world, our Constitution, the Bill of Rights. We passionately believe that they must be stopped and impeached.

        It is possible that Congress might “Impeach him” for a minor charge, and merrily carry on with the worst of the Bush/Cheney’ policies, the bogus war on terrorism, beefing up Homeland Security, ceding the destruction of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the institutionalization of torture, the Military Commissions Act, the imposition of a national identification card, the militarization of space, global hegemony. For this reason, 9/11 should be included in the articles of impeachment. However since the current Congress has embraced the bad recommendations of the 9/11 Cover-up Commission this may be politically unfeasible, without a massive effort on the part of the public. We need to create the wave which will give courage to those in Congress to impeach the Administration and reverse their policies.

        The real terrorists have hijacked our country and are occupying the White House. They have stolen at least two presidential elections, and have no legitimacy.

        They lied and covered up the truth about 9/11 and Katrina. Those lies cost the lives of thousands of people. The worst conspiracy theory about 9/11 is the one that Cheney and Bush used to sell the war on Iraq which has cost over one hundred thousand innocent lives. They spent billions of dollars on propaganda to sell that lie and 85% of the soldiers in Iraq were tricked into believing that Saddam had something to do with 9/11. This could not have been accomplished without the complicity of Congress and the press. They supported the lies, they failed to ask the hard questions, and they deserve much of the blame for the enormous suffering and loss of life of these past five years.

        Fear and lies are the tools of a criminal regime. Courage and truth are the tools and hope of those who cherish and respect life. We who seek justice, peace, freedom, a future for our children and future generations must have the courage to seek and speak the truth about the foundational lie of the current regime.

        Resistance to 9/11 Truth comes mainly from fear. People can’t believe that important facts could be true and unreported by the mainstream press or absent from the official investigations. People do not want to believe that their government or the press could deceive them on such an important matter.

        However we have abundant evidence that the official 9/11 report is a 571 page lie with at least 115 significant omissions and distortions. Additionally, on the day after 9/11 the White House pressured the Environmental Protection Agency to say that the air and water at Ground Zero were safe, dooming first responders to extremely toxic health hazards which have ruined the health and killed not only first responders, but those who were exposed to the deadly dust created by the disintegration of the twin towers and Building 7. While many agree that the official narrative of 9/11 is false and that there is strong evidence of “government incompetence, foreknowledge, criminal negligence, destruction of evidence, a cover-up;” there is also evidence of complicity, means, motive, opportunity. Clearly the attacks benefited the White House, military contractors, oil companies, the surveillance industry and others. In his chapter on the Global Dominance Group in the book 9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, Peter Phillips and his fellow researchers identify 236 suspects, who wanted to expand the American Empire, their power, and profits...

      February 20, 2007

      Astonishingly, the New York Times published this editorial yesterday-

      Making Martial Law Easier

        A disturbing recent phenomenon in Washington is that laws that strike to the heart of American democracy have been passed in the dead of night. So it was with a provision quietly tucked into the enormous defense budget bill at the Bush administration’s behest that makes it easier for a president to override local control of law enforcement and declare martial law.

        The provision, signed into law in October, weakens two obscure but important bulwarks of liberty. One is the doctrine that bars military forces, including a federalized National Guard, from engaging in law enforcement. Called posse comitatus, it was enshrined in law after the Civil War to preserve the line between civil government and the military. The other is the Insurrection Act of 1807, which provides the major exemptions to posse comitatus. It essentially limits a president’s use of the military in law enforcement to putting down lawlessness, insurrection and rebellion, where a state is violating federal law or depriving people of constitutional rights.

        The newly enacted provisions upset this careful balance. They shift the focus from making sure that federal laws are enforced to restoring public order. Beyond cases of actual insurrection, the president may now use military troops as a domestic police force in response to a natural disaster, a disease outbreak, terrorist attack or to any “other condition.”

        Changes of this magnitude should be made only after a thorough public airing. But these new presidential powers were slipped into the law without hearings or public debate. The president made no mention of the changes when he signed the measure, and neither the White House nor Congress consulted in advance with the nation’s governors. There is a bipartisan bill, introduced by Senators Patrick Leahy, Democrat of Vermont, and Christopher Bond, Republican of Missouri, and backed unanimously by the nation’s governors, that would repeal the stealthy revisions. Congress should pass it. If changes of this kind are proposed in the future, they must get a full and open debate.

        ____________________________________

      Of course, Leahy spoke about this on February 7, 2007, and I don't think it made headlines back then.

      My car, which I bought when Jules was 3 weeks old (he's now 18), was formally pronounced dead by the local mechanic. Even $1500 in parts couldn't guarantee its revival, and I doubt if it is worth that much. It throws a wrench into my activism, since I use it so much to get to meetings, events, carry the stuff to rallies. If I don't buy another car, than I can justify bicycling more, and not going to distant meetings and events. I also got an email with another offer for a weekly radio show- so maybe I will redirect my energies in a more ecological manner- less travel- more computer/radio/local work.

      I've helped to edit a 9/11 chapter for an upcoming book, and am working on the presentations for Thursday and the Arizona Conference, and getting the website up- which could compile a 9/11 Truth Activist Directory for Arizona (as well as for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and other 9/11 groups). I also baked cookies for tomorrow's Listening Project, the forecast is for rain later in the afternoon- I hope it doesn't hit sooner.

      Locally, the Silicon Valley impeachment group would like to do an Impeachment Rally and March on Eshoo's office once a month. That would dovetail in nicely with the upcoming Palo Alto anti-war rally on March 17th, and the National "We're Not Buying It!" Boycott from Tax Day to Earth Day. I think it would make sense to do the Impeachment Rally/March on the second Wednesdays of the rest of the year. I just wonder what I can carry in my bike trailer, or whether I'll be able to find a functional affordable car.

      February 18, 2007

      The excellent 9/11 Solution video posted by Brasscheck TV-

      The 9/11 Solution
       The big clue that everyone missed
      How the key 9/11 myths were implanted

      was removed, but I found another viewable copy posted at-

      http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-3074561005024763960&q=911+solution

      It's very worthwhile checking out, and reposting if you have the technological capacity- so that it can't be removed or suppressed again.

      February 17, 2007

      Here's a posed group picture, after our "Love America- Impeach Bush/Cheney" Rally and March which ended at Eshoo's office in Downtown Palo Alto.


      Valentine's Day- February 14, 2007, Palo Alto

      We didn't attract any news media, but quite a few people turned up and the public was supportive. If you click on the photo- it will take you to Tian Harter's account of the day and more photos. I had fun making the banners, but my car chose that day to die. I really didn't know if I'd make it to Lytton Plaza, and just barely made it home.

      Thursday, I was obliged to rent a car for a week to get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting and other upcoming events- including getting my son to the airport tomorrow morning at 4:30 am, while my husband is away. At the Oakland meeting, I dispersed tabling materials for the Thursday (February 23rd) High Crimes screening, with Cynthia McKinney, Larry Everest, Peter Phillips at the Grand Lake Theater- where I'll also have an opprtunity to speak on 9/11 for 5-10 minutes. I also gave cases of materials for others to bring to Arizona, and got out T-shirts and books, and bumper stickers to those who had asked for them. The meeting was well attended with a full agenda, including discussion of possible future events, which require some effort on our part to make happen. Jeremy announced that he is doing a 9/11 Truth comic book with Trine Day Press, and Mickey Huff is pulling together a great event at Berkeley City College on 9/11 and the Media on April 20th- or around that time- I'll post it on the calendar when I have the chance. We're trying to get a functional online 9/11 Truth Activist Directory- for local use, as well as to offer to the 9/11 Truth conference in Arizona, to improve communications between activists. We can't do all the organizing at meetings- there are too many events- which require various sub-groups to communicate directly with one another, to spearhead, and shoulder the various actions.

      Friday, Peter Phillips came to Mountain View for an "Impeachment" event and gave an excellent talk, along with Lew Brown, whose working 100 hours a week to organize a nationwide shopping boycott. Here's links to the new website:

      I was so busy on Friday with the normal tasks, feeding the kids who were on holiday, getting to the Post Office, Bank, and baking cookies for the kids to take to their conference and for the Impeachment event. I also brought a sound system, in case we needed it and was one of the first to arrive, besides Fred and his wife, who did the brunt of the work setting up.

      Unfortunately, I was feeling pretty exhausted, with a headache, ill. After the event, when I got home, I discovered that I had lost my keys (I thought that I left them in the house when I rushed to the meeting). I couldn't get in the house and was forced to take a "vacation"- drive to San Ramon and join my husband and the kids in their hotel. I just brought Jeremy back this evening. So I'm drowning in stuff that needs to be done, including editing a chapter on 9/11 for an upcoming book, two speeches, and I doubt if I'll be able to get the press releases out for Arizona, or everything else done next week, since Daniel will be home alone and will need some attention.

      It was very heartening to talk with Peter on Friday and hear about all the activities that the students are doing at Sonoma State University. The national student strike/walk-out scheduled for last Thursday drew 300 of their students together for a rally. It is great to realize how much is going on, how widespread the activism is, although certainly there are major areas where people don't have access to information, or the desire to look beyond the headlines or their own problems, to see the larger challenges facing us.

      I still have to figure out how to balance the work I'd like to do with maintaining my health and giving the kids and Jean Luc the attention that they deserve.

      February 13, 2007

      I missed the local Impeachment group meeting and just found out about an action that they are planning for tomorrow, Valentine's Day. It's a great idea and I'm going to work on props, publicity, outreach today, fortunately I can easily add it on to my regular weekly Listening Project. With such short notice, though- I have no idea how many people we will draw- but that is ok- even just a dozen with good props, a strong message, could have an impact!

      Here's what I put on the calendar:

    • Love America! Impeach Bush/Cheney Valentine Action!
        Wednesday, Valentine's Day, February 14, 2007
        Rally begins following the Listening Project at Lytton Plaza (11am- 1pm- Emerson/University, Downtown Palo Alto). 1- 1:30 pm.
        1:30 pm March to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's Office (a short 5 minute walk- Eshoo's office is at 698 Emerson Street)
          Time for Impeachment! With Love for our Country and the World- what better Valentine could there be?

          The Silicon Valley Impeachment Group is delivering Impeachment messages to Congressional offices in Santa Clara County. Please join us!!!!!

          (Contact- Carol Brouillet about the Palo Alto Rally/March, 650-857-0927, cbrouillet@igc.org).

          From the Silicon Valley Impeachment Group-

          Celebrate a Green Valentines Day of Impeachment Demonstrations — Campbell, San Jose, and Palo Alto (we will travel by the Light Rail - our Impeachment Train)

          The day of Impeachment demonstrations begins in Campbell at congressmember Mike Honda's office

          9 a.m. Meet in front of Mike Honda's office, 1999 South Bascom Ave., Suite 815

          Join the Green Party of Santa Clara County in showing love for our country and our Constitution. The Green Party has passed a resolution requesting impeachment proceedings against George Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld and Alberto Gonzales. Green Party representatives and the South Bay Impeachment Committee will deliver the resolution to our congressional representatives.

          Come with us as we deliver our resolution to Mike Honda, Zoe Lofgren, Anna Eschoo and Jerry McNerney. We are going to travel on our own Impeachment Train and we invite you to join us for a day of standing up for the Constitution. We will begin our day at Mike Honda's office, travel by the Light Rail to Zoe Lofgren's office and to Anna Eshoo's office. We will have our signs demanding impeachment and in support of the Green's resolution. We will have a day of friendship, solidarity and enjoyment. We also will be delivering impeachment valentines. Plan to be a part of this history we are creating, this valentine of impeachment.

          To RSVP and to get full details CONTACT: Merriam Kathaleen 408-482-6032 mkmusic03@aol.com

      February 12, 2007

      Someday, I will have to get a decent camera, a friend took some pictures, yesterday of the table and banner we set up in San Francisco- it turned out to be beautiful T-shirt weather - no rain- and a large number of us gathered to do a a 9/11 Truth Action in Memory of Dan Wallace. Sadly, I don't have yet any photos of the larger group of people, mainly young people, with their bullhorns and energy, who gathered at Powell and Market, and helped me set up the banner and table. We passed out lots of our 9/11 fact sheets, Rejected Commission Report Cards, and the popular Deception Dollars.


      9/11 Truth Action- February 11, 2007, San Francisco- In Memory of Dan Wallace


      We gave these to most of the people that passed by

      I feel overwhelmed by all the demands upon my time. Kent wants help with the Conference in Arizona. Yesterday, I was asked to consider taking a 2 hour time slot once a week to do an internet radio show, that could be picked up by a lot of commercial stations. I called Bonnie Faulkner for advice and we spoke for a long time. She might be willing to do it with me, if I take "Thursdays," but Thursdays are the meeting days for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. It would mean that I probably couldn't cook those nights for my kids. My husband basically said that if I wanted to do it then I would have to stop doing other things- like my Wednesday Listening Project or going to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meetings, or maintaining (trying to maintain) my calendar of events and website.

      Yesterday, I would have been better prepared for the action in San Francisco (and not late) had I not been on the phone to Arizona working on the conference. Plus there are a bunch of events that I should add to my local 9/11 truth calendar and after writing this article and not getting a response from my queries, I think I'd better post it, before it becomes utterly obsolete:

      Truth Versus the Lie

      Reflections Inspired by 9/11 and American Empire:
      Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II)
      Edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, Jr. and Sandra Lubarsky

      I also have to do the bookkeeping and financial work for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and just can't sit here all day at the computer without my back and body screaming complaints. So I question where I should direct my skills, talent, time and energy , to have the best impact, and keep me functioning, healthy and happy. When I'm ill or in pain- I'm not much use to anyone. I think everyone is faced with a similar dillema, but I actually have more options, since I don't actually have to work to pay the rent or feed the family, and can devote my time to volunteer work. With greater freedom comes greater responsibility, and I have to prioritize that which is most important. I usually end up doing that which I find irresistable.

      February 10, 2007

      Understanding propaganda and psychological operations is key to understanding 9/11. Here is an excellent compilation of three "commentaries" broadcast on the morning of September 11th that sell the big "myths" about 9/11 that we are trying to shatter.

      The 9/11 Solution
       The big clue that everyone missed
      How the key 9/11 myths were implanted

      Brasscheck TV suggests that if we knew who prepared and posted these stories/ideas on tv during the operation we will be able to identify the perpetrators. Of particular interest is the voice of Jerome Hauer, who has been identified as a prime 9/11 suspct, by virtue of his background:

        From the 9/11 Encycopedia:

          In May 2002, Tommy G. Thompson named Jerome M. Hauer as new director of the Office of Public Health Preparedness (OPHP). Hauer replaced D.A. Henderson, who will continue to serve as principal science advisor to the secretary for public health preparedness and chairman of the Secretary's Council on Public Health Preparedness http://www.biohazardnews.net/news/news9_2001.htm

          From a former GROUND ZERO Forum article, released at Scoop: "Very few cities at this point in time are prepared to manage the consequences of bio-terrorist attack." Jerry Hauer in an interview with Eyewitness News, October 1, 2001 http://abclocal.go.com/wabc/news/WABC_investigators_100101bioterror.html

          On May 5th 2002, Jerome Hauer became director of the federal Office of Public Health Preparedness (OPHP), succeeding Dr. D. A. Henderson from Johns Hopkins Institute... ...Hauer is controversial among those who are able to connect the dots between his person and shady business deals in biopharmacy since 1998. More interesting, he seems to have had prior knowledge about both so called terrorist-attacks: September 11th and Anthrax. But many private investigators claim since months, he let the attacks happen on purpose to continue his career. Is Hauer Lihopsuspect No.1? He started to work for the NIH under Tommy Thompson on September 10, 2001 as an adviser on national security. On September 11th, he told the White House to take Cipro, the antibiotic that works against the anthrax virus, without bothering to reveal his warning to the American nation. http://www.bayarea.com/mld/bayarea/living/health/3020501.hym

          The watchdog group JudicialWatch decided to file a lawsuit against the NIH, the FBI, CDC and the White House, for the same reason: Prior Knowledge. It is not known how long Hauer worked at the NIH before Sept. 11, but we can confirm that he was working on Sept. 10. http://www.lauriegarrett.com/wtc_day12.html But things get really interesting when we consider that in August 2001, Jerome Hauer arranged a new job for John O' Neill - the resigning chief of the FBI Terror Task Force - as head of security at the World Trade Center. How did Hauer know that the Twin Towers would be so important?

          We would like to ask John O' Neill, but there is one problem: O'Neill died in the towers on September 11th, one day after he started his job officially, according to the New Yorker. Disturbingly, O'Neill has never been received the same hero status in the mass media as has been accorded to the fallen New York firefighters and police officers. His death has gone without the same fanfare. For 11 months his story went untold, with two big exceptions. The two French intelligence specialists Brisard and Dasquie (see: http://intelligenceonline.fr) published an interview with O'Neill taken before his death in their book, "Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth." And articles on O'Neill were published in the New Yorker and New York Magazine. ...TIME magazine tried to remember him, but left out the most important angles. This should change immediately. There is a lot which has been hidden from us, but for what reason?

          This might have something to do with the FBI HQ (O'Neill complained about them), but also with Jerome Hauer - who is a friend of the current prime anthrax suspect, Stephen Hatfill, who was working for the military anthrax program USAMRIID at Fort Detrick and Battelle, a huge pharmacy company with many ties to the CIA. Hauer and Hatfill worked together at the SAIC's Center for Counterterrorism Technology and Analysis in 1999. The SAIC (Scientific Applications International Corp) later received a huge BioDefense budget in autumn 2001. http://www.saic.com/news/nov99/news11-30a-99.html - (Hauer) http://www.nandotimes.com/nation/story/455218p-3643441c.html - (Hatfill)

          But first, more about Hauer: In 1983, Hauer joined IBM where he was responsible for the company's Hazardous Materials Response and Crisis Management and Fire Safety programs. Hauer produced a series of hazardous materials training videos that earned him the International Film andTV Critics of New York Bronze award in 1986. In the early 1990s, Hauer got his first contacts to military and biodefense. Hauer received a master's degree in emergency medical services from the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health. Then he became member of the Johns Hopkins Working Group on Civilian Bio Defense, where he wrote various articles about a possible bioterrorist attack. http://iml.dartmouth.edu/ists/hauer.html

          In 1998, he started working at the OEM (Office for Emergency Management) in New York. In the same year, Hauer and anthrax suspect Hatfill both supported the CFR as experts in their respective fields. The Cfr is an acronym for Council on Foreign Relations, one of the most important think-tanks advising the US government, as well as many other governments abroad. CFR members include the Pentagon's top advisers, Richard Perle, Henry Kissinger, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, ex-CIA chief Woolsey,James, biosciences specialist Joshua Lederberg, and many others.

          On May 28, 1998, Hatfill and Hauer spoke together at the same CFR meeting about "Building a 'Biobomb': Terrorist Challenge" http://www.cfr.org/public/resource.cgi?meet!102 Hatfill was at that time Senior Research Associate at the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID).

          Hauer seems to specialize in the art of holding down several different jobs at the same time. While he started to work for the NIH in September 2001, he remained a Managing Director at Kroll Associates - the official security and bodyguard company for all American presidents since World War II! With Hauer's many sources of insider information (e.g. Kroll/President bodyguards) , it makes sense that he knew about the CIA briefing for George Bush on August 6, 2001, about warnings of an imminent terrorist "attack with planes." Hauer is still trying to save the world. On November 6th, 2001 he participated in the "Independent Task Force on America's Response to Terrorism" at the CFR. Participants there included James J. Zogby (President of the Arab American Institute and Central Asian Enterprise Fund), Newton L. Gingrich (Chief Executive Officer, The Gingrich Group), Harold Brown (former secretary of defense and counselor at CSIS: the Center for Strategic and International Studies), Henry A. Kissinger (Senior Fellow in National Security and European Affairs), Richard C. Holbrooke (Counselor, CFR and Vice Chairman of Perseus, LLC) and Philip A. Odeen (Executive Vice President, Washington Operations of TRW, Inc. and CEO of Reynolds + Reynolds, Dayton).

          Their agenda, eight weeks after the attack of Sept. 11, was strange indeed: http://www.cfr.org/Public/publications/PubDiplom_TF.html "....Release a White Paper explaining our goals and rationale for the war in Afghanistan, and outlining the evidence that the al-Qa'eda network was responsible for the 9/11 attacks.... ...Disseminate stories of particular victims to convey the range of people killed in the 9/11 attacks-stress range of religions, races, income levels, etc... ...counteract myth that Mossad was behind the attacks by showing Jews killed, etc... ...Routinely monitor the regional press in real time to enable prompt responses..." (*Note: As other sources pointed out, parts of this text had been based on ideas of George Soros )

          Hauer's deep connection to disinformation circles for his own purpose are well known. In 1998, he convinced New York Mayor Rudi Guilliani to develop a vaccine against the West Nile virus - almost one year before this virus broke out in New York. To this end, Hauer introduced Col. Thomas Monath of Oravax (now Accambis) to Guliani and organised a business deal. Hauer continued giving bioterror lectures and writing terror scenario scripts. He organized a July 26, 1999, conference in New York for journalists and "thought leaders," on bioterrorism and "Reporting on Weapons of Mass Destruction - Responsibility, Reliability, Readiness." At the same time, he was heading the West Nile spray operation in NYC. Bioterrorism and vaccines - a perfect payroll combination for Hauer? Among the participants at this 1999 conference was Brigadier General Bruce Lawlor of the U.S. Army and the former FBI assistant director, Lewis Schiliro (NYC). General Lawlor has in the meantime become the Senior Director for Protection and Prevention at the Office of Homeland Security: http://ksgnotes1.harvard.edu/bcsia/esdp.nsf/bios/lawlorbruce Lawlor was the first commanding general of Joint Task Force - Civil Support (JTF-CS), located in Fort Monroe, Virginia. JTF-CS is a standing joint task force assigned to U.S. Joint Forces Command. Lawlor has taught at the U.S. Army War College and served as a consultant to the Defense Science Board. Nothing is known about his further influence in preventing attacks on America. However, as FBI assistant director, Schiliro supervised several counterterrorism investigations, including the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the 1998 embassy bombings in Kenya and Tanzania. But Schiliro gave up supporting Hauer in February 2000, too. http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/terrorism/fail/ He left the FBI to move to credit card giant MBNA Corp. And Schiliro wasn't the only one. His close friend Louis Freeh - who was replaced in the FBI in August 2001 by Thomas Pickard as the acting head of the Bureau - started a new job as a Senior Vice Chairman at MBNA Corp in early September 2001 and began to collect shares. http://biz.yahoo.com/t/in/k/krb.html

          The background of the MBNA is very interesting. They helped the FBI in tracing the hijackers' credit card transactions, and had a lot of prominent helping hands. Among them was James Kallstrom, the former head of Special Operations, FBI. MBNA has a controversial status among civil right groups. Since 1996, MBNA CORP has unleashed various bulldozers, dump-trucks and explosives in a savage attack on the Ducktrap Deeryard (major coastal wildlife area on Penobscot Bay, Maine USA) or continued with "dull roar of corporate jet noise". Then, in April 2001, MBNA had to deal with check fraud. Involved was Intelligent Finance, a Halifax-backed Internet bank and a bogus account for a guy named Vindel. http://www.mbnasucks.org/kallstrom.html Interesting is the bio of another director of the MBNA Corporation: Bernadine P. Healy. She serves as a trustee of the Battelle Memorial Institute and is President and CEO of the American Red Cross. http://yahoo.marketguide.com/mgi/biograph.asp?rt=biograph&rn=5570N On May 10, 2001, a few months before Sept. 11, she testified on "human challenges that we will face during a WMD attack": http://www.slu.edu/colleges/sph/csbei/bioterrorism/official/congress.htm

          The Red Cross and the OEM under Jerome Hauer worked very closely together. Hauer's connections and insider information seem to be intriguing! He helped with the construction of the New York OEM headquarters known as "the bunker," on the 23rd floor of 7 World Trade Center. http://www.politicsny.com/reports/february02/2-14-02-sheirer.shtml The CIA later confirmed that they had an office in that building, next to the Department of Defense and the INS. For unknown reasons, 7 World Trade Center was the third skyscraper to collapse on Sept. 11. Officially, it began burning after debris from the Twin Tower collapses caused an illegal diesel-fuel tank inside the building to explode. The presence of this large gas tank - on the 23rd floor, too - with thousands of gallons of fuel far above ground, in violation of the fire code, was confirmed some weeks after Sept. 11th. There has never been an official verdict on the reasons for the collapse of WTC 7. A FEMA study failed to reach a clear conclusion: http://www.house.gov/science/hot/wtc/wtc-report/WTC_ch5.pdf

          While the collapse of WTC 7 remains a mystery, it cannot be said that the deaths caused by the bio-attack a couple of weeks later were similarly due to incompetence. On the contrary, Hauer had a huge team behind him, and had already warned the White House. Why didn't he leak all his information in time?

          In May 2000, the Johns Hopkins Center, in collaboration with the ANSER Institute for Homeland Defense, the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and the Oklahoma Memorial Institute for the Study of Terrorism held a bioterrorism exercise at Andrews Air Force Base. Former Senator Sam Nunn played the President. David Gergen played the National Security Advisor. Governor Frank Keating played himself, Frank Wisner was Secretary of State, ex-CIA director Woolsey,James (ironically) played CIA Director, John White played Defense Secretary, and Dr. Margaret Hamburg was HHS Secretary. The Attorney General was played by George Terwilliger, William Sessions was FBI Director, and Jerome Hauer played FEMA Director. http://www.hopkins-biodefense.org/pages/library/fema.html "One of the striking observations of this exercise was the unfamiliarity of these distinguished and experienced professionals with the basic decisions and trade-offs associated with managing the response to the epidemic." Observing was Tara O'Toole, MD, MPH Senior Fellow, Center for Civilian Biodefense Studies and at that time Deputy Director of Johns Hopkins Institute.

          This started a series of different "war games." On June 22-23, 2001, the same crew organised their last big scenario before Sep11th. They called it DARK WINTER. It was about a possible smallpox attack. Hauer participated as well, this time "playing" the director of the FBI. The whole list is still mirrored at: http://www.hopkins-biodefense.org/participants.html http://www.mipt.org/darkwinter06222001.html http://www.mipt.org/darkwinter06222001.html http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm http://www.homelanddefense.org/darkwinter/index.cfm Among the other participants once again: Woolsey,James, ex-CIA director Hon. Sam Nunn George Terwilliger etc. Observing, among many others, Thomas Inglesby, at that time Senior Fellow Johns Hopkins Institute

          Hauer ignored one report by Barbara Rosenberg (on possible anthrax suspects), but he certainly knew who she was. He first met her on April 10, 1998, at a "roundtable on genetic engineering and biological weapons" under President Clinton. The small group of outside experts and cabinet members present there included: William Cohen (at the time Secretary of Defense), CIA boss George Tenet, Craig Ventner (Celera), Joshua Lederberg (Rockefeller University, Defense Science Board), Thomas Monath (Oravax/Acambis, former CDC and USAMRIID), Hauer, and Barbara Rosenberg. In November 2001, Hauer was still ignoring the investigations by Barbara Rosenberg, who had already worked out a list of possible anthrax suspects, scientists who would have been able to gain access to the original Ames strain from USAMRIID, Fort Detrick. http://www.fas.org/bwc/news/anthraxreport.htm

          Among the suspects on this list were Battelle and the Battelle Memorial Institute administrators, who supplied the Dugway anthrax proving facility in Utah, where the only virtually identical Ames strain of silica-impregnated hyper-weaponized anthrax was found: http://www.stlimc.org/print.php3?article_id=1295

          Meanwhile, Hauer in November started an initiative known as "De-Mystifying the Biological Weapons Debate," and as a member of this group he claimed at the time that the suspects for the anthrax attacks included "Osama Bin Laden and his Al-Qaeda network and sympathizers to US right wing extremists" http://www.basicint.org/BWreport.htm

          Is Hauer in any conflicts of interest? What was his coordination with FEMA? Can Hauer confirm, if a FEMA team was already dispatched to New York on September 10, as spokesman Tom Kennedy said in an interview with Dan Rather (CBS, shortly after the attack)? (INFO: An interview with FEMA director Joe Allbaugh took place on September 12th on CBS at 7:40:20 accirding to the CBS transcript) http://www.google.com/search?q=cache:WsMptQzZzY8C:tvnews.vanderbilt.edu/010912cb.html+&hl=en&ie=UTF-8

          On May 8, 2001, Bush announced a new Office of National Preparedness for Terrorism at the Federal Emergency Management Agency. At the same time, he proposed to cut FEMA's budget by $200 million. Bush said that day that Cheney would direct a government-wide review on managing the consequences of a domestic attack... http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn?pagename=article&node=&contentId=A8734-2002 Jan19 ...Hauer not only knew former CIA director Woolsey,James, but also Milt Bearden, who was station commander and had managed America's covert war in Afghanistan, helping the Moujaheddin drive out the Soviets between 1986-1989. Both spoke at the Nassau Community College (NYC) on October 22, 2001: http://www.sunynassau.edu/collegerel/news/archives/10_01/102201_3.htm

          Hauer's connections to the CDC, Johns Hopkins and the CIA (James Woolsey) are well-established. What role did Jerome Hauer really play? Why was the distribution of Cipro to White House staff on Sept. 11 classified for such a long time (AP)? http://www.infowars.com/saved%20pages/Prior_Knowledge/bush_cipro.htm

          What exactly does Hauer know about Stephen Hatfill and his former USAMRIID colleague, Thomas Monath? What was his concern in organizing a security job for John O'Neill at the Twin Towers? What exactly did Hauer organise on Sep11th? Is it true that his office ordered thousands of employees "back to their desks" after the first plane hit, causing hundreds of unnecessary deaths?"

          NOTE: Journalist Mitchel Cohen wrote another story on Hauer in November 2002 (See Vaccinations,Forced)

          The most recent psychological outrage reinforcing the "Terrorism Myth," justifying torture, and violation of civil rights by US operatives in efforts to "thwart" terrorism is a Fox TV show called "24." Who else should be the authority explaining to the public about the next "real attack" but Jerome Hauer? He wrote- "Chemical Nerve Agents: A 24/7 Threat on June 14, 2006.

      The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance just endorsed the Campaign to Stop Torture and I've added the Petition to Stop Torture and reverse the horrible military Commissions Act to the list of Petitions to sign. Cosmos is committed to doing the Sunday Action in memory of Dan Wallace- rain or shine and I've posted it under events on this website and I'll try to mention it on the radio today. I'll be on Kevin Barrett's Truth Jihad Show beginning 4 pm California time.

      February 9, 2007

      The rain and a storm have altered this week's plans. On Wednesday I worked on the press advisory for the upcoming 9/11 Accountability Conference and stayed up til midnight faxing them to all the newspaper, radio, tv contacts I had in Arizona, instead of going to Lytton Plaza. Despite a few drops of rain, wind, threatening clouds- the weather wasn't actually that bad, and I probably could have tabled- it's just so hard when it does rain, after all the time and effort it takes to set up- and there is so much risk to damaging the materials.

      I hoped to at least do a street action in San Francisco on Sunday, February 11th, in response to the call from 9/11 TruthAction.org and in solidarity with NY911truth.org's decision to do street actions, in memory of Dan Wallace, the young activist son of a firefighter who died so suddenly, recently. Here's his photo -


      Dan Wallace

      and a link-http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kMkkA16mNJk&eurl to
      his 6 minute speech to the New York 9/11 Truth group.

      Right now, there is a call to meet at noon at Powell and Market in San Francisco, Sunday, February 11, 2007, but the weather report looks very iffy. I had hoped to table and bring banners, but what we can do will be limited by how cold, wet, windy it is on Sunday.

      Last night Ken Jenkins gave an excellent presentation on 9/11 in Redwood City. It was on short notice, the first of a series, but there was decent turn out, including a couple people who had not looked into 9/11 before and many who were undecided. hummux filmed it and Ken is beginning to produce DVDs of his presentations right now.

      I have my hands full doing press work now for upcoming events, but my back can't stand being at the computer too much, so I'm struggling to balance the work with the family/household demands.

      I'll be on Kevin Barrett's radio show this weekend- I guess maybe this afternoon- I get the times mixed up with Webster's show. I'm going to try to reconfirm it.

      February 6, 2007

      I had a good talk with Kent this morning who gave me the "Green Light" to work with Kevin Barrett on pulling together contributors to 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II) to the conference in Arizona.

      Posted to me this morning were 3 rather critical articles- one chronicling what we have been suspecting/knowing all along that the real terrorists in Iraq are the ones getting support from the CIA and MI6-

        Who Are The Real Terrorists in Iraq?

        *Clear Evidence British special forces are recruiting, training terrorists to heighten ethnic tensions
        *Elite SAS wing with bloody past operates with immunity, provides advanced explosives
        *Some attacks being blamed on Iranians

        Steve Watson Infowars.net
        Monday, February 5, 2007

      and a more chilling article on the US's march forward in developing bioweaopons-

        New Fort Detrick BioDefense Laboratory May Reflect a Bush Germ War Effort

        by Sherwood Ross, globalresearch, February 5, 2007

        Although no foreign power has threatened a bioterror attack against America, since 9/11 the Bush administration has allocated a stunning $43-billion to "defend" against one. Critics are now saying, however, Bush's newest "biodefense" initiative is both offensive and illegal.

        The latest development, according to the Associated Press, is that the U.S. Army is replacing its Military Institute of Infectious Diseases at Fort Detrick, Md., "with a new laboratory that would be a component of a biodefense campus operated by several agencies." The Army told AP the laboratory is intended to continue research that is only meant for defense against biological threats.

        But University of Illinois international law professor Francis Boyle charged the Fort Detrick work will include "acquiring, growing, modifying, storing, packaging and dispersing classical, emerging and genetically engineered pathogens." Those activities, as well as planned study of the properties of pathogens when weaponized, "are unmistakable hallmarks of an offensive weapons program."

        Boyle made his comments to Fort Detrick as part of its environmental impact assessment of the new facility. Boyle pointed out in his letter that he authored the 1989 U.S. law enacted by Congress that criminalized BWC violations.

        The Fort Detrick expansion is but one phase of a multi-billion biotech buildup going forward in 11 agencies sparked by the unsolved, Oct., 2001, anthrax attacks on Congress that claimed five lives and sickened 17.

        The attacks, and ensuing panic, led to passage of the BioShield Act of 2004. There is strong evidence, though, the attacks were not perpetrated by any foreign government or terrorist band but originated at Fort Detrick, the huge, supposedly super-safe biotechnology research center. Despite an intensive FBI investigation, no one has been charged with a crime...

      here's the worst part...

        The current expansion at Fort Detrick flows from a paper penned by President Bush. His Homeland Security Presidential Directive, HSPD-10, written April 28, 2004, states, "Among our many initiatives we are continuing to develop more forward-looking analyses, to include Red Teaming efforts, to understand new scientific trends that may be exploited by our adversaries to develop biological weapons and to help position intelligence collectors ahead of the problem."

        Boyle said the Bush paper is "a smoking gun" fired at the BWC. "Red Teaming means that we actually have people out there on a Red Team plotting, planning, scheming and conspiring how to use biowarfare..."

      The last article was a letter by Ellen Mariani describing her experience and current plight. The website that posted the letter is down now, but this is supposed to link to it- http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=99090.

      Ellen spoke at the San Francisco Inquiry, and she has been through a lot. I hope she will also come to Arizona for support and to share her experience with those who want to pursue "legal strategies." In case you can't get it via the link, here are a couple excerpts-

        After five years of battling to find the truth of 9/11/2001, the day I lost my husband Louis Neal Mariani on United Airlines Flight 175, I want to give 9-11 activists and 9-11 researchers an idea of what I’ve been through. It includes emotional abuse, harassment, lawyers’ misguidance, and now the prospect of financial ruin. Even more, there’s been a constant pressure to give up the fight to expose the criminals involved in 9/11 and what they did to our loved ones—and to the service men and women presently fighting and dying in the aftermath of September 11, 2001.

        It took me three months after 9/11 to gather my composure and face the fact that I would never see my husband again. But on December 20th, I put together and filed a wrongful death law suit against United Airlines. I was not suing the government at that time. That idea originated with attorney Phil Berg.

        Airlines get $10 billion in assistance

        Unknown to many of us in late September 2001, the presidents of the American Trial Lawyers Association from all over the country had already formed a group to go to Washington DC to meet with our elected government officials to save the airlines. With the help of lobbyists, these people presented a bill called The Air Transportation Safety and Stabilization Act. On September 22, 2001, President Bush signed it into law. The Act established an Air Transportation Stabilization Board that could issue up to $10 billion in Federal credit. Most officials never read the bill, but were encouraged to sign it.

        On December 21, 2001, the same Washington DC officials had also put together a September 11th Victim Compensation Fund to pay us for the terrible losses of the lives of loved ones on that tragic day. No court trials would be needed and there would be no attorney fees, so they said. But to receive “compensation,” the victims’ families must sign off that they would never sue the airlines or the government. This rule did not take into account whatever facts the future might reveal as to what really happened or why their loved ones were not protected from the air disasters. After all, incidents of terror and planes crashes had been going on since the 1970’s. To me and many others that “compensation” appeared to be “hush money,” not “help money.”

        Victim’s families get $7 billion in assistance

        Kenneth Feinberg was appointed Special Master to run this fund. He was actually angry that I had placed the first lawsuit in the country the day before he began his assignment. I was not aware I was the first widow in the country to do so. Nevertheless, it was up to Feinberg to decide how much each victim’s family would receive, by estimating how much each victim would have earned in a full lifetime.

        Once a family accepted the offer, they had the right to appeal. Families unhappy with the offer were permitted to appeal in a non-adversarial, informal hearing and present their case as they wished. After some 1600 hearings, by the end of the process some $7 billion went to 97% of the families. The average payout was about $1.8 million. Somehow the airlines managed to get more financial assistance than the victims’ families.

      This is very long and describes horrific abuse by the attorneys and lawyers, and concludes with this:

        My attorney informed the judge that I requested to speak. To defend myself against their insulting and cruel accusations, I told the judge how far they’d gone to harass me and discredit me. I also pointed out with whom they were all associating with and why. I felt I was no longer being taken seriously, given the judge’s facial expressions. I then turned and said directly, “YOUR HONOR, what would you do if your husband was murdered and you had been harassed from day one, without a moment to grieve? I want you to order them to stop doing this to me now!”

        The judge listened to all sides and then recessed. On our way out of the courtroom, I noticed a man sitting there. I didn’t understand what he was doing there, because no one had been in the seating areas of the courtroom during any of my previous proceedings. The man introduced himself as a 9/11 activist who lived in New Hampshire. He was told I’d be in court that day and he wanted to meet me for an interview.

        He later informed me that there had been a note posted on the courtroom door that read, DO NOT ENTER, PRIVATE SESSION IN ORDER. My God, that would explain the lack of people attending any of my 9/11 proceedings. They were literally shut out with that sign. I informed my personal attorney and he was shocked. He said, “this note is supposed to be posted when there is a juvenile or mentally handicapped case in progress.” So, there was this endless series of dirty tricks to deal with.

        Afterwards, the new administrator and heir’s attorneys tried a second time to have my psychological evaluation challenged and removed, to be replaced with one of the heir’s attorney’s appointed psychiatrists’ evaluators. The judge finally decided that my evaluation was sufficient. That was it for now.

        And so my dear friends, I sincerely need your help…

        As you’ve read, I’ve been abused, harassed, financially ruined in the process of trying to get justice for 9/11 and my dear husband.

        At this point, any and all gift donations to help me with legal bills and living expenses would be greatly appreciated. Believe me, it’s not easy to ask, but your gift would be very gratefully accepted. And know that your gift will help me to never give up the fight to expose these criminals and what they have done to our loved ones, on 9/11 or in its bloody aftermath.

        Keep the faith.

        With Love,

        Ellen Mariani
        emariani911@yahoo.com.

        Please send gift donations to:

        P.O. Box 2792
        Parker, Co 80134

        © 2007, Ellen Mariani
        All rights reserved.

      I will send Ellen a check and urge others to support her. She is a fighter and if we ever do win a legal suit against the government for the crime of 9/11- I'll bet that Ellen is behind it, and whatever she does- is one of our best hopes of getting the real evidence- or chronicling the criminal cover-up that has "GUILTY" written all over it.

      February 5, 2007

      I worked all day writing "Truth Versus the Lie"- Reflections Inspired by 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out (Volume II) Edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, Jr. and Sandra Lubarsky. It still needs some work and editing, but I hope to post it soon, if I can work with Kent and Kevin Barrett to incorporate some more people and ideas into the upcoming conference in Arizona.

      This evening my son bumped me off the computer so that he could play, and I finally got around to seeing a DVD that Josh Harvey (Snowshoe Films) gave to me in Memphis (at the National Conference on Media Reform) entitled "NYC 9/11 2006 Series with We Were Also Killed, NYC clips one, William Pepper, Hasta La Victoria Seimpre." We were actually showing the DVD at our table, but I was so busy with other people and other tasks, that I never actually watched the whole thing.

      The entire 58 minutes was extremely moving and powerful, from the voices of the dying 9/11 first responder, to the activists at Ground Zero last September 11th, to William Pepper's address to the 9/11 Truth Movement. There are some great insights, observations, and inspiring suggestions. Having devoted so much of my time and life to the movement, over these past five years (plus three months), I am glad, proud, to have played a significant role in the birth of the 9/11 Truth Movement. I wish that I was smarter, braver, more energetic, gifted at public speaking than I am and was more successful in trying to do "the impossible," but oh well, at least I know that I did the best I could, under the circumstances, and I thank God for all the people who have joined the 9/11 Truth Movement, and support the larger goals of the greater movement for truth, peace, justice, and a hopeful future for our children and all children.

      In Pepper's speech he mentioned the five major elephants in the room- Military Intelligence, agents provacateurs (urging us to say something stupid or do something stupid which could be used by the press to annihilate us), the corporate media (which is the CIA to a great degree since the CIA is the world's largest publisher, owning and controlling so many publications), the TRUTH, and the support of the majority of the world's people.

      Sometimes I forget that I am not alone, and it is nice to be reminded that our efforts and actions do matter- to ourselves, to those whose lives we touch, and to those whom we will never know, whose lives will depend on whether or not the movement succeeds and the dominant fear/terror/war paradigm is replaced by a respectful, peaceful, life nurturing one. Someone once said "If you can acheive your dream in your lifetime, then you are not dreaming big enough." I think I prefer to dream big, and try to content myself with acheiving maybe 2% of my hopes and aspirations- and leave the rest to the kids and grandkids... give them something constructive and meaningful to do... (Joke- as if rescuing a planet in crisis isn't enough to occupy the current and future generations.)

      Here is a great photo I stumbled upon today, plus a direct link-www.pbase.com/lautreamont/protest" to Steven Gray's great photo album of the recent anti-war rally in San Francisco.


      The People Demand the Truth

      February 2, 2007

      I'm glad I missed last night's meeting- they went on til well past 11pm. Brian tells me that he usually falls asleep after the first hour of our 3 hour meetings, but last night there was high energy and he stayed awake the whole time. Some young people from Marin and organizers of 9/11 Truth Films at San Francisco State University were there.

      I felt better today- no headache- just a slight sore throat, so I caught up with the bookkeeping, went to the bank, post office, and baked lots of cookies for a Peace Rally/March, scheduled to take place tomorrow in East Palo Alto. It s supposed to be cold- but hopefully it won't rain!

      While the 9/11 Truth Movement has been under attack lately in the press, at least a rare fairly decent piece came out on Alternet by Sander Hicks. I'm also thinking of trying to pull together another big event in the Bay Area drawing from 9/11 and American Empire- Muslims, Christians, and Jews Speak Out, edited by Kevin Barrett, John Cobb, and Sandra Lubarsky, but I'll need some help, and it will take awhile to pull it together. I've been reading the book, while sick in bed, but it is inspiring, and I hope it reaches a larger audience.

      February 1, 2007

      Unfortunately, I am sick and don't know whether I'll be able to make it to tonight's meeting or not. This morning I found a bunch of great photos in my In Box- including those of banners that I hadn't even seen, carried by people that I didn't know at the San Francisco March. It would be good to write an article and post it on Indymedia, but I haven't the strength for that and am just going to post them here for now:


      Here's our replica on Market Street, January 27, 2007
      (Thanks to Darrow Bishop for this photo)


      Here's a banner at the rally, before the march, January 27, 2007


      Here's a different 9/11 banner during the march, January 27, 2007


      Here's the "War on Terror is a Fraud" banner during the march, January 27, 2007

      January 31, 2007

      I'm pretty exhausted now. I think I'm coming down with Jean-Luc's cold. I was up early to do chores and prepare for today's Listening Project in Lytton Plaza. However, I finally received some good photos from Saturday's March/Rally so I couldn't resist posting them:


      Our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007


      Carol Brouillet holding the "9/11=Inside Job" banner-
      It would have looked better, had I found someone else to help me with it- hint, hint


      Another view of our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007


      Great shot of Dana- "The Ghost of 9/11's"


      Another view of our replica of the Commission Report at the march/rally in San Francisco on Saturday, January 27, 2007

      All of these photos were taken by the talented Steven Gray who has taken an incredible number of shots of all the major anti-war demos over the years. He hasn't posted the most recent ones at his website, but you can find fabulous shots of many past actions at his website- www.telepoetic.com

      January 29, 2007

      Yesterday, I received a phone call from Janette about one of the young speakers who was scheduled to come to Arizona, a son of a fireman who was killed on September 11th, who had just completed a film that he said he would send her. He was dead. The circumstances seem mysterious and Janette was shaken.

      This morning an email came from the New York 9/11 Truth group:

        There is no easy way to say this, I've been looking at my keyboard for the past 2 hours.

        One of our most prominent, courageous and dedicated young members of NY911Truth and CHANGE, Dan Wallace is no longer with us. Dan's father Robert Wallace gave his life on 9/11/01, leaving Dan in a pursuit of truth. Dan was an ardent activist who showed no fear when confronted by police at street actions at WTC Building 7 and at the New York Stock Exchange. Dan was an eloquent speaker, both on videos of the street actions and at St. Mark's Church, where he gave a moving ovation before a packed crowd in a recent Sunday night presentation. Dan Wallace, 23, was found dead early Monday morning in his bed. The exact cause of death is yet to be determined.

        He was a young man of great conviction and conscience, and his heart was as big as his smile. Dan will be sorely missed by myself and the members of "We Are Change," as well as all of us in the New York 911 Truth organization. Our hearts go out to his family, especially his mother who must endure the deaths of a husband and child in the span of only a few years. We carry on the fight in the memory of Dan Wallace. He is in our hearts now, as his Dad has been in our hearts already. We continue the mission that Dan felt so strongly about: to strive to expose the truth of 911, and to bring the real 911 criminals to justice. Dan, you are with us, we'll never forget you, and we promise to make you proud.

        Funeral Services will be held for Dan at...

        87-13 87th street
        Woodhaven New York, 11421
        J train to 85th street

        Wednesday 1/31/07 7pm-9pm

      I think all of us are very saddened by the news, and would like to know precisely why this brave soul suddenly died.

      I hope we can locate a copy of the film he made and see it in Arizona- perhaps it might have some clues.

      Yesterday, I also received a call from someone who gave me the contact info for people at CNN who have been working on a 9/11 story. I sent them an email, received a response and encouraged them to come to the Conference in Arizona. I also learned from Janette that the Italians who filmed in Chicago will be coming and presenting their new film. I'd like to see if I can get a room for a serious dialogue/circle to look at strategy and pool together the insights from everyone who will be coming to the conference, but that will be a challenge logistically.

      Organizing requires so many conversations, communication, connecting people, ideas... and much as I try- it is often hit and miss- sometimes I succeed and often I don't, but I think I have to keep trying.

      I am heartened that so many other people now are organizing locally on 9-11, and it is all I can do to try to keep up my calendar of events- I can't begin to attend or participate in all that is going on- which is great. The movement "has legs" and will continue regardless of whether one or more of us "drops out" or takes a vacation.

      I think our regular meetings are more of a support group for activists and actually aren't that great for getting work/organizing/logistical work done. We need to put more effort into the database and our communications infrastructure and a lot of that falls on my shoulders and I continually put it off- cause its "not fun work," but it needs to be done.

      I'm just so behind on my own "life"- mail, having failed to get out my annual "Christmas letter" two years in a row. I hardly know how to begin catching up, and there are always other things to do.

      January 28, 2007

      The rain was a major organizing obstacle on Friday and Saturday- it just makes a march/rally/tabling ten times more challenging. My husband also came down with a cold and I didn't want to get soaked, chilled, ill, marching in the rain or forcing others to do so- so I didn't do any phoning or outreach and just prayed that we'd manage as best we could, depending on weather conditions.

      Brian was up til 2 am finishing up details for the replica, and up at 6 am, trying to get the thing to San Francisco. Since it was raining, I baked bread and cookies for my family and for activists, on Saturday morning, before the rain let up and I was able to toss the sound system, posters, banners in the car. Chuck joined me (thank Heavens), so we were able to unload directly at Powell and Market where we were lucky enough to spot Scott, who helped. We got a couple tables set up, with just our free handouts, buttons, bumper stickers, and set up the big banners so 9/11 Truth activists could find us. Dozens of Northern California 9/11 Truth activists came and helped pass out signs and literature, but they melted away for the most part, before we got all our stuff into the parade.

      There were some sprinkles before and after the march, but the weather was surprisingly mild and the crowds larger than expected. I think they had over 100,000 in DC and over 15,000 in San Francisco. It was hard to count noses in the midst of it all. I saw so many friends!!! Brian brought the 12' x 8' x 2' replica of the Flawed Commission Report with all its holes, and unloaded it about 75 feet away from the table. The challenge was getting the replica, and the banners, the sound system, and activists together to march. People didn't stay together, but were all over the place, so we didn't have a strong vocal component for our contingent.

      Darrow filmed me singing our traditional chant. and posted it on You Tube (at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hmOh-lP4-qY). You can see part of the replica in it, but I have yet to find a good shot of it, at the march, yesterday. Robert Livingston, who usually takes great pictures and posts them quickly, took a few, but he was actually pushing the replica, so only a little piece of it shows in his photos. He also interviewed me and did post a three part piece on the protest-

      Part One (which has me in it) is at- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353373.php

      Part Two- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353395.php

      Part Three- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2007/01/28/18353410.php

      We did take over all of Market- it was shut down completely to traffic, and fun to have the whole street. There were lots of bands, drums, other sound systems, besides ours, and the usual extraordinary creativity displayed through art, posters, costumes, by activists seeking to get out their message to the world.

      There were lots of great photos posted at indymedia.org and also some at SF Gate.com the San Francisco Chronicle headline was-

      Wide Opposition to war energizes protests
      SAN FRANCISCO: Diverse crowd defies drizzle in downtown march.

      I didn't see lots of our signs in the photos, although some did appear with Neo-Con Jobs- Iraq, 9/11 in them. There was one interesting photo of the latest version of the Deception Dollar ironically taken by Darryl Bush:

      Jonathan Selin of San Francisco takes a break from performing in the "Extra Action Marching Band"
      to wear an anti-President Bush dollar on his head.

      He was part of an awesome band, whose leader had stenciled on his black shirt- BUSH KNEW

      I think this photo really captures the flavor of the march which was "IMPEACH"-
      photo by Jeff Patterson from Courage to Resist:

      Today, I baked more bread and cookies (and made waffles for the family). The cookies were for the Barron Park Neighborhood Annual Meeting where I set up an information table outside the school and passed out my Homeland Insecurity: Big Lies, Big Disasters, Bird Flu Hoax 4 pager. Probably 80 people came to the meeting, including a large number of friends and neighbors who I have known for years. My kids' Boy Scout Troop put up and took down the flyers and posters, as well as babysat kids while their parents ate cookies and attended the meeting. The Police, Fire Department, Mayor, Commissioners came. Unbeknownst to me there had been a release of some hazardous gas recently, and a tearful man spoke very frankly about his fear for his children and his own life in the event of another, worse release (apparently 600 people live in the KILL zone and their is no evacuation plan). Barron Park is also one of the most "prepared" of the neighborhoods to deal with emergencies.

      __________________________________________________
      posting from Palo Alto Town Square Forum on the release and the City's response to it:

        CPI Settlement with City is criminal posted by Bill Kelly, a resident of the Barron Park neighborhood, on Jan 22, 2007 at 9:00 am

        On Friday CPI Industries settled with the city for releasing toxic gases into Barron Park. The settlement calls for no admission of guilt and a $20,000 fine. CPI's own investigation concluded it was employee error; however, the PA fire department changed the finding to 'inconclusive'.

        CPI stores 600 pounds of deadly potassium Cyanide and 4000 pounds of Nitric Acid on their property line next to Barron Park residents. Inhaling 10 milligrams of Potassium Cyanide will cause a person to pass out within 60 seconds of exposure and, if untreated, will be dead in 20 minutes. This stuff is seriously dangerous.

        In documents submitted to the county toxics board, CPI says in a worst case scenerio, they will release 13 pounds of potassium cyanide to the neighborhood; and residents living within 1000 feet of the chemical storage areas will be incapacitated or possibly die.

        The Palo Alto fire chief and city attorney concluded that better community notification are the solution to future issues. With a 10 mile per hour breeze, that gives the closest residents 7 seconds to evacuate, and 68 seconds to the residents 1000 feet away (this includes a pre-school).

        How in the world will better notification help this problem?

        __________________________________________________

      The new Educational Officer for Homeland Security covered general emergency response info and a man who was part of the Neighborhood Barron Park Association went over the Bird Flu Pandemic preparations with a power point presentation. Apparently there is going to be a much more detailed presentation next Thursday at 7 pm and we got the condensed version. One slide showed that only 15% of the medical folk who attended some major conference felt there might be a pandemic within three years, whereas 65% of officials without medical expertise felt it was likely within three years.

      I stood up and suggested that with the politically motivated fake terror alerts, and the White House's ordering of the EPA to downplay the health hazards at Ground Zero saying that the air and water were safe, thereby causing enormous harm to the health of first-responders, and volunteers in the wake of 9/11, that I was concerned that the pandemic preparations might be politically motivated, based on Bush Science rather than genuine science, for the benefit of certain economic interests rather than for the well being of the country, noting that Rumsfeld had interests in the Gilead Company which benefited financially from the scare.

      The presenter tried to assure me that he was a scientist and that this was scientifically based info and not at all political.

      I remained unconvinced- especially since the Democrats are pushing for Homeland Security these days and both Democrats and Republicans seem to represent "corporate globalization and war" regardless of the human cost and the environment. (which is why I'm a Green.)

      Galen also came to the meeting and spoke up, much more forcefully than I about his concern over the Homeland Security Officer's understanding of the anti-Patriot Act resolution that the city had passed, the threat to our civil rights, the threat of martial law when a pandemic occurs, and his stance on tasers, quarantines, and forced vaccinations. The officer joked, and evaded most of his questions.

      He was followed by the mayor who joked that fixing potholes was neither "Democratic nor Republican" but a bipartisan issue.

      The mayor blithely went on to speak of her committment for "the seventh generation, sustainability, concern for global warming..." and in the next breath her priority seemed to be expanding Stanford Shopping Center with a new hotel and more... a gross contradiction if I ever heard of one.

      When the meeting broke up, I went outside where people thanked me for speaking up, and some who didn't get my paper earlier, took it. Brian helped me with the table. The audience was older and for the most part trusting of government officials, although one women spoke up about the mayor's action to slightly reduce the use of hazardous chemicals- which do threaten Barron Park residents and how they had no power to get the corporation to do anything, including warn them or the city in a timely fashion should a release occur. She made me think of the Bhopal Disaster.

      Clearly the city officials seem most concerned over finances and the bottom line. People are concerned about their health, safety, lives, in the event of emergencies.

      I doubt if anyone felt particularly reassured that the government (local/state/federal) could handle big disasters should one strike us in the Bay Area or in the entire country... The guy presenting the bird flu pandemic was assuring us that it would hit the entire nation from coast to coast... and in waves that could last for months.

      When I organized a march in Sacramento to protest the Model Health Emergency Powers Act, and spoke out against the dangerous Smallpox Vaccine at the CDC hearings in San Francisco, I felt like a lone voice in the wilderness, but a needed voice. The challenge has been to champion multiple issues. The Anthrax threat and the Smallpox threat both came from the government and were sold by the media. I suspect if a "Bird Flu Pandemic" appears- it will come from a government lab and I don't trust the legislation which removes liability from drug companies in testing their "vaccines." I think it is part of the war of terror against us to frighten people into giving up even more rights for the benefit of the few, and at great cost to us all, and I don't want to unquestioningly let them get away with it.

      Part of me wants to go to the next Palo Alto "Bird Flu Pandemic" meeting and raise some noise- but unfortunately the meeting conflicts with the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting- and I just still can't figure out how to be in two places at the same time- or do everything- someone else will have to shoulder the "Bird Flu Pandemic Debunking...".

      January 26, 2007

      Yesterday I worked on a handout for this weekend when Palo Alto's new- Coordinator for Homeland Security and Public Outreach will be discussing the upcoming Bird Flu Pandemic at the annual Barron Park Neighborhood meeting from 2-4 pm at Barron Park Elementary School (800 Barron Ave.) With help from William Engdahl and Chuck Millar, I put together a 4 pager on Homeland Insecurity: Big Lies, Big Disasters, and the Bird Flu Hoax. I'll post Chuck's pdf here, but I have tried to improve it and don't know how to post the final word document.

      The best supporting articles on the Bird Flu Hoax were:

      Bird Flu: A Corporate Bonanza for the Biotech Industry Tamiflu, Vistide and the Pentagon Agenda by F. William Engdahl, Global Research, November 6, 2005

      and Bird Flu and Chicken Factory Farms: Profit Bonanza for US Agribusiness by F. William Engdahl, November 27, 2005

      I asked permission to butcher the articles somewhat to fit a smaller format and got this encouraging response from the author:

        Carol,

        I would love to come and help you pass these out! Beautiful. This is why despite all their total spectrum dominance, cyper-snooping, homeland insecurity and mind control games these people who have usurped the title government will ultimately be ‘heist on their own petard’ as Will Shakespeare would say. Please send me a followup report after the event. I always tell people when I give a talk on these horrible themes and they say ‘Mr E what can we do???’ ‘Remember there are about 5,100,000,000 of ‘us’ normal peace-loving ordinary human beings, and only maybe 2,100,000 of those mentally-disturbed power control freaks who think they have the right to control or extinguish our lives and the only thing that stands between us and their control is angst. The rest are those who aspire to join the 2,100,000 and will ultimately destroy themselves in the process.

        And angst is something we can change. I never give blueprints to people when they ask me. I say, my role is to tell the truth as completely as I humanly am able. The rest is your decision what you do with it. I think there is a deep current in American culture which is capable of the most marvellous sudden change to the positive from the passive, and let’s hope its beginning to surface.

        p.s. I’m now in final editing of my book Seeds of Destruction: The Dark Side of Genetic Engineering due out from GlobalResearch publishers later in spring.

        Best,

        William

      Yesterday, I also attended a lecture at Stanford University entitled:

      Stifling Debate: Reflections on the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Exploitation of Jewish Suffering by Norman Finkelstein-

        Son of Holocaust survivors, Professor Norman Finkelstein is the author of five books exploring the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the politicization of the Holocaust. Finkelstein will discuss how the concept of Anti-Semitism has been distorted to include any criticism of the state of Israel and silence all legitimate criticisms of Israeli policy. His powerful argument will also reveal how the Holocaust has been exploited to promote Israel's political agenda and overlook Palestinian suffering. A professor of political science and Princeton Ph.D., Finkelstein has received extensive international praise for insightful contributions to the field.

      Sponsored by Coalition for Justice in the Middle East and Students Confronting Apartheid in Israel, Stanford Unviersity.

      There was a full house- standing ovation- and in essence he said Truth and Justice will win out over the lies/smoke and mirrors that dominate the mainstream press in America... We just have to have the courage to speak the truth, and present it rationally and clearly...

      I was very moved by his talk which really cleared the confusion/controversy surrounding the Israeli/Palestinian conflict and presented the situation as simple, easy to understand, with obvious solutions.

      "To tell the truth in a time of universal deceit is a revolutionary act." was the most apt quote of the evening.

      The hopeful thing was that the lies are becoming more and more transparent, and even within the "establishment" the obvious truths are beginning to emerge, and find support amongst the larger public who have figured out what is real despite and not thanks to the "established opinion leaders that dominate the media."

      Indeed an article that appeared in the UK Guardian on Loose Change, today, stressed the same point:

        "It has forced millions of people to question whether they can trust big media, and by bypassing the broadcasters through internet distribution it has altered the media power balance profoundly. With a little money and passion, anyone can make an important film."

        The final test for Avery and co is yet to come. They are putting together Loose Change: the Final Cut... They have filmed original interviews with Washington players, employed lawyers to iron out copyright issues with borrowed footage, commissioned 3D graphics from Germany, and recruited a theology professor to act as fact-checker and consultant. The end result, they hope, will be seen at Cannes and have a cinema release in America and across the world on the sixth anniversary of 9/11.

        If that happens, they will have squared the circle. The underground film-makers will have come up for air, exposing millions more people to their argument - and themselves to intense scrutiny. Stand back and enjoy the fireworks.

      The Mass Media Reality will be forced to confront the reality that others are piecing together, via personal experience, cooperation via the internet that challenges "official reality."

      All we can do is try to strengthen the voices for truth and justice, and create the political will and mechanisms to change the laws and institutions that are benefiting a tiny minority and are harming and threatening the vast majority of people and all life.

      Yesterday, a case of 9/11 and American Empire- Christians, Jews, and Muslims Speak Out, Vol.II turned up on my doorstep. Kevin Barret is one of the editors and doing a 10 day speaking tour now.

      The opening line of the introduction is-

        This book is about our need for truth--especially if the truth is disturbing, uncomfortable, or even painful.

      I agree. It is also our hope for the positive transformation of our planet.

      January 23, 2007

      There is so much going on internationally, nationally, regionally and locally that I don't know where best to put my time and energy. Brian finally made it back from Memphis, so we can move forward with the action/march/rally on Saturday, although since no one attended the organizing meeting last Saturday- we probably won't have a speaker- oh well!

      Sunday, I actually want to be prepared to meet with folks in my neighborhood where the new mayor and new Educational Officer from Homeland Security will give a Bird Flu Pandemic- Be Prepared "pitch" to local residents. The Bird Flu scare/hoax has been all over the news- pushed by all sorts of government officials- including the City council, our Congresswoman, and of course, the White House. Rumsfeld may have resigned, but he is making tons of money from his company which is making windfall profits with the scare and Tamiflu. The military and the UK are really beefing up the stockpiles of useless vaccine. Meanwhile the scare has really had the biggest impact on small poultry farmers who have had their livelihoods and markets under attack while the 5 major poultry growers have elbowed their way into lucrative Asian markets. It's so outrageous. I need to write up a good footnoted info sheet for local people.

      At the same time, on the international level, we need a concerted effort to expose "State Sponsored Terrorism" and the Mainstream media that trumpets the big lies for the benefit of war mongers, empire builders, the growing police state/surveillance industry. Daniele Ganser wrote an excellent book on NATO’s Secret Armies. Operation Gladio and Terrorism in Western Europe as well as a chapter in the latest 9/11 and American Empire- intellectuals Speak Out, but this info needs to get out beyond intellectual circles to the average Joe who is being bombarded with ridiculous orange alerts, forced to give up his toothpaste in airports, and told that "moms with babies are hiding explosives in baby bottles and diapers."

      Some of us 9/11 Truth filmmakers were given an invitation to get our films translated and distributed more widely via a French publisher, and he sent me these heartening words yesterday:

        rejoice then, for there are sites and groups all over Europe and probably outside Europe and the US but U fellow people of the US are and will remain our models and inspiration !

      (I had mentioned that I felt my time was best spent trying to educate Americans, as opposed to travelling and working on the issue outside of the US.)

      There is certainly lots happening locally and everyone wants help with publicity for their events- including several film screenings, lectures, rallies, plus next month's 9/11 Truth Conference. The Impeachment Movement is gaining legs, and I haven't even linked yet to a nationwide shopping boycott to demand impeachment and an end to the Iraq War April 15- April 22nd. But it is still in the development phase. I'm sure after Bush speaks tonight, demand for impeachment will SURGE.

      I have a ton of things to do, but I remain hopeful that reason will triumph over insanity and that the madmen threatening Iran will be stopped by the combined courage and outrage of the global community.

      January 21, 2007

      I have to be up at 5 am for the 6-9 am radio show on KKUP tomorrow, so this is going to be short.

      A new 9/11 song is out posted at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dJpCezIsMpk&mode=related&search= by Remo Conscious entitled "We Know." It's a very damning political statement.

      Today I went to a National Organizer's Alliance meeting and an Impeachment meeting. Barrie Zwicker and I spoke for a couple hours and I am heartened by all the activism. We do seem to be in a race between education, an enlightened population and annihilation by an unenlightened, frightened global elite who are scared of the vast bulk of humanity and underestimate our collective intelligence and ability to communicate directly with one another and not fall for the redundant big lies that are blasted at us by the corporate press.

      We need to keep organizing, making noise, making songs, music, films, art, whatever it takes to "wake the folk up." But that also means, we need to remember to sleep, to eat, to be coherent and functional when the dawn comes... which will be vary early tomorrow for me!

      January 20, 2007

      Last night, I reviewed a couple of DVDs that I had received from friends. Oil, Smoke & Mirrors produced by Irish filmmaker Ronan Doyle featured many of my friends/colleagues- Richard Heinberg, Nafeez Ahmed, Webster Tarpley, as well as Julian Darley, Michael Meacher, Andreas von Bulow, Chris Sanders which, although mainly talking heads, was very well done and raises the issue of peak oil, as well as 9/11 as special operation... The byline is "There is no war on terror." I agree with that sentiment wholeheartedly. The film is well worth watching, and perhaps as gentle as it gets to introducing 9/11 to people who have zero knowledge or interest in the topic.

      I get so much stuff thrown my way that I often wonder "what is the psyop?" How much of this info is real, or meant to terrify or paralyze people? For example, peak oil is a fairly simple concept, but it can be presented in a terrifying way- an insurmountable crisis which will wipe out half of humanity with a sudden contration of the food supply and an economic depression and war- the reason politicians won't go there- is because there are no "easy solutions" so they avoid it like the plague. At the same time, it's hard to imagine such a bleak, impossible, future when there are so many promising alternative technologies being developed, and it is possible to produce food almost anywhere, and we have been doing so for thousands of years, and have adapted to harsh circumstances when necessary. I am wary of the scare tactics being deployed to get people to join various bandwagons and concentrate on issues in isolation from the the larger global problems.

      hummux sent me a couple of photos that he took at Memphis- one of most of the 9/11 Truth activsts gathered in Gabriel's Peace Resource Project's booth, and another of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance's booth.


      Charles, Saachi, Maryann, Les, Josh, John, Gabriel, Carol, Tom


      Representing the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance - Brian, Maryann, John, Carol

      I also received invitations to upcoming events, which are still in the process of being finalized, so I can't put them on the calendar, yet- but hopefully Ken Jenkins will be showing a film and presenting in Redwood City on February 8th, and there will be a big impeachment event in Oakland at the Grand Lake Theater on February 22nd. We will also have Peter Phillips speaking on Impeachment on Friday, February 16th at 7:30 pm in Mountain View, but I don't have the details on that one, yet either.

      There is also something big happening in Europe, which I was invited to, but I think the most important work has to be done in the U.S. and hopefully Ken or hummux could do the thing in Europe. The publisher of the best 9/11 books in France also wants to get our works translated and distributed in France and Europe.

      Barrie Zwicker and I were supposed to talk today, but he forgot about a birthday party for his grandchild, so we rescheduled the conversation, but just speaking to him briefly, I could understand his need to take time out to think and be by himself. It is hard to go full throttle and speak/do/organize without pausing, thinking, strategizing, digesting, reviving oneself, refocusing our limited strength to the areas where we can have the most impact, and maintaining some sort of balance in our "real lives" and the relationships we have with our family and friends. This weekend with the kids and Jean-Luc gone (skiing with the Boy Scouts)- I had hoped to catch up somewhat, but I can hardly make a dent in the household demands, let alone catching up with my mail, and all the activism requests... and the website, the book reviews... the publicity needs of half a dozen different upcoming events. At least it feels like we are winning, although I am concerned that the insane folks in power might do something horrific in order to cling to their positions.

      January 19, 2007

      We had a lively meeting in Oakland last night, sharing stories about Memphis, the upcoming conference in Arizona, recent research, books, films, and catching up on all the organizing, events happening here in the Bay Area.

      I also spoke to Brian's mom, who reported that he was stranded by a storm in Oklahoma (He had driven much of our stuff all the way to Memphis- and was the only one who didn't make it back.) I hope he returns ok, and in a timely fashion- as we would love to have the great replica he made of the rejected Commission Report for the upcoming anti-war rally/march on January 27th (noon- Powell and Market) in San Francisco. I also need volunteers to help with the banners, sound system, signs, tabling. Anyone who can go tomorrow to the last organizing meeting before the rally at 2 pm, 110 Capp St. in San Francisco- please do so. We also need to provide two volunteers to help with security.

      Tomorrow, I've scheduled a phone conversation (long overdue) with Barrie Zwicker, looking at the larger picture and strategizing on where we are and where to put our energies now.

      Sunday, there are a couple of meetings- one for the National Organizers Alliance, in Oakland at 2 pm (2326 Maywood), and the other on Impeachment, at 3 pm in Berkeley (2161 Allston Way), which will be working on the next big impreachment event- scheduled for the Grand Lake Theater on February 22nd. Also Brad who organized the Impeach Beach event (which made the cover of the Christian Science Monitor today) is opening a storefront in oakland devoted to impeachment, just a few doors down from the Grand Lake Theater. Quieter efforts are also underway, directly reaching people through word of mouth and dvd, as well as in more public gatherings- radio shows and in churches- speaking on 9/11 Truth and Impeachment. I remain hopeful in spite of the silence and fear exhibited by the politicians and the press; heartened by those moments when i've torn myself from the computer and enjoyed the fresh air, exercise, nature, direct contact with people and life, the sky at night.

      Communications seem to be the key to everything, and yet there are such enormous limits to language itself. At our meetings, after four years, and many shared experiences, that "which is not said" I think binds us more than whatever is said, a deep knowing on a soul level, a love of life, compassion, and committment to a cause much larger than anyone of us. I think we are and will continue to be a support group for 9/11 truth activists who realize profoundly how truth can lift the blindfold from a condemned failing regime, and offer a ray of hope for redemption and salvation from the rush towards oblivion.

      Richard Gage, Founder of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth www.ae911truth.org and I will be speaking on a 9/11 Truth Radio show from 6 am to 9 am Monday, January 22, 2007 on KKUP 91.5 FM.

      Les Jamison sent me this photo of our booth in Memphis at the National Conference on Media Reform


      Representing the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance - Ken Jenkins, John Wright, Carol Brouillet, Maryann Thomas

      January 17, 2007

      I have to rush out the door soon for my weekly Listening Project, but this morning I received a link to an outstanding article, actually the third in a series by Juan Santos. I was so impressed- I just emailed him to see if he could come to the conference in Arizona this February. I think he sees the larger picture and could have some great insight, as far as strategy is concerned. Here are links to the three articles:

      January 16, 2007

      The National Conference on Media Reform was extremely well attended- over 3000 people, mainly media activists, plus a fair sprinkling of celebrities and high profile, articulate champions of the movement to free the means of communication from corporate control. Six of us from the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and others from New York, Arkansas, Illinois, had a very visible 9/11 Truth presence with our booth, and outreach efforts to the attendees, and hopefully had a significant impact on a lot of people and should generate some press and motivate more people to become involved in the movement. I hope I can get a photo of our booth to post. We had the large 4' x 8' Deception Dollar banner, the rescued cover from our rejected 9/11 Report replica (that we tossed into SF Bay at the Tea Party for 9/11 Truth last December) and an enormous photo of Martin Luther King with a headline about the court case which found the US government guilty of complicity in King's murder, that never really found its way into the press or national consciousness, despite the well documented evidenced compiled by William Pepper, the lawyer for the King family who won the case and wrote a book on it entitled- An Act of State- The Execution of Martin Luther King. We passed out 20 deluxe 9/11 Truth packets to the celebrities, and major press figures, and 80 or so to the general press, who were attending the conference, which included my press release and a one pager, Ken Jenkins wrote on the King trial:

        The Media Blackout of the Memphis Martin Luther King trial of 1999

        Memphis,TN, December 8, 1999:

        Shocking Jury Verdict in MLK Assassination Case:

        US Government Guilty of Conspiracy to Murder Martin Luther King!

        This headline did not appear in mainstream media in 1999, even though it is true.

        The following is a summary of a TV script by Barrie Zwicker, broadcast in Canada in 2003.

        James Earl Ray, a petty criminal who died in 1998, never confessed to killing Martin Luther King. Ray was manipulated by his government plant lawyer into signing a guilty plea. On the basis of the guilty plea, Ray was sentenced to 99 years in prison. Ray realized he’d been duped. Three days after arriving in the penitentiary he moved for his guilty plea to be set aside, and, that he be given a trial. But stalling by government officials denied him that for the rest of his life; to his dying day he insisted he did not kill Dr. King. Whoever killed King, it was not James Earl Ray. He was the fall guy.

        A civil trial into Dr. King’s death was held in Memphis, Tennessee in 1999. The King family’s complaint is against co-conspirators both named and unknown. The trial is about the truth. It lasts almost a month. Seventy witnesses are heard. A jury of six black and six white persons take just one hour to arrive at a guilty verdict against “the co-conspirators (consisting of) the named defendant, Loyd Jowers and those that the Defendant named in his response namely, the United States Government, the State of Tennessee, the City of Memphis and Memphis Police Department, James Earl Ray, Earl Clark, and Frank Liberto.” Earl Clark, now deceased, was the top marksman in the Memphis Police Department. Frank Liberto was a Mafia kingpin. Conspirators within the U.S. Government, included J. Edgar Hoover and the FBI, Richard Helms and the CIA, and the military.”

        One of only two people attend every day of the trial, was Memphis TV reporter and local ABC news anchor Wendell Stacy. Because of insisting on attending the trial every day, Stacy is fired. He sues for wrongful dismissal and wins.

        The mainstream media effectively boycotted the trial. As William Pepper writes: “…the silence following these shocking revelations was deafening. Like the pattern during all the investigations of the assassination throughout the years, no major media outlet would cover the story. It was effectively buried.”

        Based on the evidence, the Kings “were in effect charging U.S. intelligence agencies – particularly the FBI and Army intelligence – with organizing, subcontracting and covering up the assassination.”

        King recognized that powerful economic forces stunt history and kill hope. It’s important to understand that these powerful forces now include the mainstream media.

        Recommended book on the King assassination: An Act of State—The Execution of Martin Luther King, by William Pepper, a friend and colleague of Dr. King, who has spent most of the past 35 years investigating the circumstances surrounding Dr. King’s death.

      At our booth, we had a small DVD player and we showed Ken's new DVD with the Barrie Zwicker report on the trial, as well as 9/11 Press for Truth, and Snowshoe Films latest documentary on the actions in New York at Ground Zero last September. I think our booth was one of the most popular booths there- and almost always drew people to it (We also passed out thousands of Deception Dollars and received over 1000 dollars in direct donations and sales from our huge collection of books, DVDs, and other 9/11 related materials). We were happily surprised to also learn that there was a huge 9/11 Truth section at the FreePress Bookstore, and many people were quite aware of the issue (and maybe the movement could have done very well without us there- but we were all glad that we came and felt people were quite receptive and supportive of our presence and our message). We did a couple of small poster sessions, but I think most people were drawn to the booth (whereas last time in St. Louis- we didn't have a booth- so people were more drawn to the 9/11 poster session, as the only way to connect with one another.)

      Peter Phillips also spoke critically about the left/progressive press's coverage of critical issues- 9/11 truth, impeachment, and the stolen elections during one of the formal sessions. He took a bit of flak and lost another Project Censored judge, although he also received support from the audience- including a journalist from Switzerland who spoke about a four page spread in a Swiss paper confirming Jones' work on the controlled demolition of Building #7.

      There are still enormous psychological barriers for us to overcome to deconstruct the bogus "war on terrorism," but we have made tremendos progress over the years, and are winning in the court of popular public opinion- despite the major propaganda effort of the corporate press, Hollywood, and the attacks from the "so-called" Left.

      It was wonderful to connect with activists from all over the country, who helped us with outreach, and at the booths.

      I just wish that we had been able to capture an interview that I had with one woman who used to work for the military (for 18 years) and worked as a public information (propaganda officer, and in "counter-terrorism"). She was tearful when she explained how she realized 9/11 was an inside job when she heard the Taliban interviewed, just after the attacks, denying any knowledge about them. Given her background, her analysis gives even more strength to our 9/11 truth message. (I also found a link to another military insider pointing out the huge lies surrounding the war on Iraq.)

      Astonishingly, still many people know nothing of the 1999 King court case, and can't believe that the press is capable of being "silent" about the crimes committed by the government, nor their "ask no hard questions" policy since 9/11. Fortunately, there are people who do want to know what is going on and actually do seek the truth, who are very glad to accept assistance on their quests from other "truth-seekers".

      The best concession that the 9/11 Truth Movement will triumph is an admission by Zelikow who said that trying to argue with "conspiracy theorists" is like playing "whack a mole"- they might be able to whack down one argument, but instantly another ten will pop up. This is especially true because they have destroyed so much evidence and told so many outrageous lies, that the new ones they construct tend to be feebler and feebler and less and less believable, by any standards. I still am shocked that Congress had the "hutzpah" to pass legislation implementing the bogus 9/11 Commission's recommendations. I suppose they are trying to rush through all the horrific, repressive legislation, before the public really catched on and can organize more resistance against it. They keep many people off balance trying to fight them on multiple fronts.

      I'm glad that I at least tried to oppose these policies when I ran for Congress, even if I didn't break the mainstream press barrier. Another exchange that I wish I had filmed in Memphis, was when a Congressman approached me at the booth- and I gave him our deluxe 9/11 Truth packet, and began asking him the tough questions about 9/11- he just fled as fast as he could when he realized what issues I was raising. I think Congress is as scared of the public, as the White House is, which is why they are working so feverishly to control the flow of information, the internet, and scare people with bogus terror alerts, expansion of the war in Iraq, escalation of the violence against pro-democracy forces in Mexico, and the threat of war against Iran.

      If Congress had any moral fiber, they would be focusing on Impeachment hearings, now.

      January 9, 2007

      The Impeach Beach action was great fun and produced a wealth of photos and films, already. Fortunately, I didn't have the flu (just a misdiagnosed severe case of pre-menstrual cramps- so if I hugged and kissed you Saturday- breathe easier- I don't think I was contagious.) Many of our 9/11 Truth banners and signs and art were in the photos.

      I'm feeling better- beginning to hear again in my left ear. I wrote a press release for our 130 press packets for Memphis and finally wrote a resource list with a dozen books and a dozen DVDs- embarrassing to admit many were not included on this website, but I just never find time to catch up, and I keep getting books!

      I got a review copy of James Petras's The Power of Israel in the United States which is an excellent look at the power of the Jewish Lobby in DC and their control of Congress and US foreign policy, although I don't think I agree with him on every point, and his few pages on 9/11 don't cast a tremendous amount of light on the events- only hint that the Israeli spies knew in advance and didn't give the US a timely warning. However, we'll be getting some copies delivered to table in Memphis where the major issues raised by the book are still relatively taboo in the so called Progressive/Independent Press.

      I'm also getting more films- Penny's 911 Dust and Deceit at the WTC, and Samira Goetschel 's award winning documentary- Our Own Priv@te Bin Laden.

      I also am reviewing Kevin Barrett's new book, Truth Jihad: My Epic Struggle Against the 9/11 Big Lie which is very funny and enjoyable (I will have a chance to finish reading it flying Thursday) and will take a few copies to Memphis. Lisa Finnegan will also let us table her new book No Questions Asked on the media failure to question the administration or hold them accountable for lies and actions, in the wake of 9/11 (which I haven't got a copy of yet.)

      I have had my hands full getting stuff to John and Brian to take with them to Memphis, getting materials for the press kits, including writing a cover letter/press release to go with the books and DVDs we want to give to press (and Jane Fonda and other big celebrities we'd like to win over, if given the opportunity.)

      Yesterday, on the fifth anniversary of our first public 9/11 Truth March, Demanding a Congressional Investigation of 9/11, I had the pleasure of being invited to speak at a showing of Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush in Santa Cruz at a Green Party meeting. It was the first time that I actually got to see it with an audience (besides the kids walking through the living room when I was trying to do all the paper edits from the original show, which was twice as long as the edited version). They laughed in all the right places and even applauded (only one person left in the middle). It was fun. I also spoke with Richard and Joseph, two of the Patriots in our SF Tea Party action who want to do a 3 hour radio show on KKUP 6-9 am on January 22nd with a special emphasis on the collapse of the towers. Hard to work on everything simultaneously, and get out the checks, and get the stuff we need, while feeding kids and trying to get my body into more functional/optimal shape...

      Here's a draft of the press release for Memphis and the flip side with our recommended list (I know it's not fully comprehensive, but it is what we will have in Memphis, and can fit on a sheet of paper).

        9/11 Truth Movement Challenges Press Censorship
        at National Conference on Media Reform

        The crime of the century took place on September 11th, 2001 when the World Trade Center and the Pentagon were attacked. Afghanistan and Iraq. Challenging the official spin and weak, ludicrous, evidence were citizens, who demanded a Congressional Investigation of the attacks. The White House opposed a full investigation, limiting the first official inquiry to “Intelligence Failures.” Forced by public pressure to create the 9/11 Commission, the White House sought to control it by appointing Henry Kissinger to head it, and Philip Zelikow, part of Bush’s National Security Transition Team, to direct it. Systemic destruction of actual evidence and a cover-up began directly following the attacks. The Commission was used to buttress the official narrative, justify the construction of Homeland Security, expand the National Security State, and push for the 'pre-emptive' war doctrine, in part crafted by the 9/11 Commission Director, Zelikow.

        The 9/11 Truth Movement and opposition to “Endless War” upon civil liberties within and outside of the US has steadily grown. The 9/11 Truth Alliance has grown from a few activists and scattered websites into many groups, in many cities and many countries. They have produced numerous websites, events, rallies, marches, books, films, conferences, inquiries, magazines, art, music, articles, films, documentaries, television and radio programs and they continue to win, in the battle of public opinion. The New York Times/CBS News poll, in October 2006, shows that only 16% of the public believes the official narrative, while 53% believe the government is hiding something and 28 % believe that they are mostly lying about prior knowledge about 9/11.

        In 1999 in Memphis, Tennessee, the family of Martin Luther King, Jr. brought the government to trial for its role in King’s assassination. Seventy witnesses under oath set out the details of the conspiracy and the jury took an hour to find for the King family. It was ruled that a wide-running conspiracy existed and that government agents were involved. The story was effectively buried. William Pepper proceeded to detail the case in An Act of State, published by Verso in 2003, including the government plans for King’s execution that involved the military and the FBI, media cover-ups, and the corporate forces dominating the nation. The continuing silence of the press on government and corporate crimes committed against Americans, as well as innocent people living in targeted countries is the greatest impetus for a genuinely independent media. Where it should have, the media failed to rewrite history and bring to account those really behind the King assassination. We ask that the press to stop censoring and suppressing the truth in the case of 9/11.

        Out of necessity, the 9/11 Truth Movement has become the media to raise consciousness on the basic facts surrounding the attacks of 9/11. We ask that more media producers look at the evidence, recognize the lies and omissions in the government’s story. Join us in demanding a genuine investigation, accountability, and an end to the use of violence, terror, and war for the benefit and enrichment of the few, at the expense of the many.

        _______________________________________________________________________________________________

        The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance has sponsored activists to attend the National Conference on Media Reform, to give press kits to the press, and have available 9/11 Truth materials at our Booth (#26). These are materials we recommend. * means that they are in our press kits, ** means that we are producers of the materials. We also publish the Deception Dollars (over 6,000,000 in circulation) which are covered with excellent 9/11 Truth websites, have created useful 9/11 Fact and information cards, and have produced many 9/11 Truth events.

        Recommended 9/11 Truth Books-

        *Towers of Deception: The Media Cover-up of 9/11 by Barrie Zwicker(includes the DVD- The Great Conspiracy- The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw), New Society Publishers

        *9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, Edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott, Interlink Publishers

        Christian Faith and the Truth Behind 9/11: A Call to Reflection and Action, by David Griffin

        The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions, by David Ray Griffin, Interlink Publishing

        The War on Truth: 9/11, Disinformation, and the Anatomy of Terrorism, by Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed, Interlink Publishing

        The Terror Timeline: Year by Year, Day by Day, Minute by Minute, by Paul Thompson, published by Harper Collins

        America’s "War on Terrorism" in the Wake of 9/11, by Michel Chossudovsky, published by Global Research

        Synthetic Terror- Made in USA, by Webster Griffin Tarpley, published by Progressive Press

        9/11: The Greatest Crime of All Time, the Best of Global Outlook, published by Global Outlook

        Truth Jihad: My Epic Struggle Against the 9/11 Big Lie, by Kevin Barrett, published by Progressive Press

        The Big Wedding, by Sander Hicks, Long Island Press

        **Still Seeking the Truth About 9/11, Exposing Fallacies in the Official Story, by Paul Rea

        Recommended 9/11 Truth DVDs-

        *9/11 Press for Truth, by Ray Nowosielski & John Duffy, producer Kyle Hence, 911tv.org

        The Great Conspiracy- The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw, by Barrie Zwicker

        **Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush, by Carol Brouillet

        Improbable Collapse, by Mike Berger

        9/11: Dust and Deceit at the WTC, by Penny Little, www.911dust.org

        **9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out, KPFA event, by hummux & Ken Jenkins

        9/11 Mysteries, by Small Storm, www.911weknow.com

        Who Killed John O’Neil?, by Ty Rauber and Ryan Thurston, www.WKJO.com

        **9/11 Overview, compiled by Ken Jenkins, especially to give to the press

        Our Own Priv@te Bin Laden, by Samira Goetschel, www.ourownprivatebinladen.com

      Tomorrow I have my Listening Project in Palo Alto and the challenge of packing all the rest of the stuff that needs to get to Memphis.

      January 6, 2007

      We returned from Canada very late on January 2nd/3rd. On Wednesday after little sleep, I still did the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto, and started catching up, unpacking, etc... I wrote a blog entry on January 3rd, which seems to have disappeared, not the first time that I messed up and forgot to save- late at night. I did, however write my belated annual Christmas Letter. Thursday, we had our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in San Francisco, where I transferred hundreds of pounds of stuff for others to carry to Memphis for the upcoming National Conference on Media Reform, where we will have a booth. Other excuses for not catching up- I've been deaf in one ear since the flight home, my hand/one finger is broken, and I think I have a touch of the flu, but I still hope to get to San Francisco today for the Impeach Beach action- we'll be meeting at the left top of the H. There is so much to write about and links to add to this website, but I'm occupied by the most urgent demands of my life, now.

      January 4, 2007

      I very much wanted to go to the protests at the Federal Building in San Francisco today, but sanity prevailed and I realized there was no way I could go AND get all the preparations in order for next week's National Conference on Media Reform, catch up on my mail, do the shipping, get to the bank, and get all the paperwork done, so that we will have what we need at tonight's meeting and in Memphis. Each of us going to Memphis has to carry 40- 50 pounds of materials for our booth, plus I've ordered some books and DVDs to be shipped directly to Memphis. Wish I had time to update this website with links to all the great new resources and articles, but unfortunately I still have work to do and kids to feed. I must say, though, that I am thoroughly disgusted with the Democrats and organizations like Move-On who are actually pushing for people to get their congressmen to support the awful recommendations of the bogus 9/11 Commission. Michael Dietrich forwarded their repulsive pitch to me-

        ( Hi,

        As you may have heard, Nancy Pelosi is hoping to start off big with her "100 Hours Agenda." It's a bunch of progressive proposals...)

      and I replied to him:

        Move On should Move Out- this petition makes me furious- they want to implement all the awful recommendations of the 9/11 Cover-Up Commission- The Democrats are as eager to build the Global Police State- Surveillance Industry as the paranoid die-hard neo-Nazis that they have graciously permitted to reign these last several years- Anyone who supports the asinine Move-on recommendations should think twice- they are being conned--- including you!

        Carol Brouillet

      All of congress should be impeached if they aid and abet Bush/Cheney with their dark agenda, while cloaking it with token crumbs- healthcare, bread, and circuses to appease the discontented.

      December 18, 2006

      I added more photos and links to video clips, including links to the local television news clip of the-


      San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth

      It is heartening to see the video clips and photos from Boston, D.C., Philadelphia, Milwaukee, (still hope to see something from St. Louis), and I think people will be inspired to join us in January when we are mobilizing so many forces to push Congress in a different direction. I hope we can improve our giant replica of the flawed Commission Report for the upcoming rallies and demonstrations and not let Pelosi beef up the Intelligence agencies and Homeland Security for the benefit of the criminals who did and went along with 9/11 and the cover-up in their quest for global domination.

      I hope that I have time to do a real write up about December 16th before the family demands my complete attention. Low tide was about 3 pm on the 233rd Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party, and it just felt like the entire Earth, all of nature was sending this loud, clear message that the tide was turning in favor of the people over tyrants, in favor of truth over lies, in favor of peace over war, in favor of hope, joy, light over terror, fear, despair... This is a magical time of year, the shortest days, when the season begins to turn and I remain hopeful that courage, love, and humanity will prevail.

      December 16, 2006

      233rd Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party, in solidarity with Boston 9/11 Truth who organized a huge Tea Party for 9/11 Truth, we held a San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth. We had a great time! I just updated the webpage with some of the details and a link to an article that Cam posted at Indymedia.org entitled San Francisco 9/11 Truth Tea Party Dumps Official Whitewash in the Bay which has some great pictures. There were lots of photographers there, plus the local television station, KPIX, and KPFA got sound and interviews for their nightly newscast, and I gave an update on Tarpley's radio show, but I was up til late last night, and up very early this morning- so can't write or do more tonight.

      December 15, 2006

      We've been very busy- building replicas of the 9/11 Report, finding costumes, bells, writing and sending out press releases, praying for good weather. Finally there is a promising weather report with "late afternoon showers possibility 30%" in the forecast. I got a call from the manager of the Hilton Hotel at Fisherman's Wharf, asking if we needed rooms and saying he hopes to come to the party. Good to know the word is out and that there is support coming from all quarters. Scott picked up 5000 cards to distribute tomorrow and we hope to arrive in SF at 10 am, to set-up and do some outreach, and have some fun with our props and costumes before the press and larger public turn up.

      We'd like to meet around 10 am near Hyde Street Pier and set up a home base- awning, table with all the free literature/props, etcetera, but we need help to manage/mind the table throughout the day- or it won't work. Please let me know if you can volunteer to do a shift. (650-857-0927).

      There are still lots of details to attend to. I can't update this website, but there is a page at 911blogger.com that details the multiple Tea Parties that will be happening tomorrow. We'll try to call in to Webster Tarpley's radio show and give a report in the afternoon.

      December 10, 2006, Human Rights and Impeachment Day

      While I was working on my Impeachment speech on Friday, unbeknownst to me, Representative Cynthia McKinney was introducing Articles of Impeachment and gave a speech on the floor of Congress.

      On Saturday, we set up the table at the KPFA Crafts fair despite the bad weather forecast, and Veteran's for Peace kindly lent us an awning. I spent most of the time at a big War Resister's event (couragetoresist.org) at the War Memorial Building, followed by a rally and procession with war resistors and their parents. It was very moving, and heartening; there were also outstanding speakers and musicians, plus the Brass Liberation Orchestra, and David Solnit with his beautiful, awesome puppets and a giant bird. There was some television coverage, as well as a film maker working on a documentary. The Veterans are the real backbone of the anti-war/peace movement. Unfortunately, it started pouring when I returned to the table and it was an ordeal packing up. Brian and I managed a quick bowl of soup to warm our chilled bodies before a 5 pm antiwar organizing meeting, which drew 40-50 people.

      I think I found out about McKinney's action and speech very late last night, and didn't have time to completely rewrite my speech- but I modified it somewhat spontaneously at today's rally.

      I was up very early this morning, baking cookies, and bread for the rally, and the family, reloading the car, printing out my speech. I was late leaving the house. We had hoped to get to San Francisco by 11 am for the action against the Military Commissions Act at Union Square, but the weather was bad, and we picked up the awning again, and had just an hour to join the leafletting/action at Union Square before heading for UN Plaza.

      We barely had the awning up, before the rains started falling. The turnout was pretty small, but the press did come. Peter Phillips and others spoke very well and there was some great music, as well. The Declaration of Human Rights was born out of the founding of the United Nations and the documents were actually signed in the War Memorial Building.

      There is an obelisk at UN Plaza honoring the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, which reads, in part:

        "Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services."

      UN Plaza is also where the homeless gather, and those who really suffer from the problems due to the abundance of drugs on the street, the lack of available medical care, come up to the activists to enlist them in their struggles. (An elderly woman told me that of all the dozen or so doctors she saw, none would accept Medicare and refused her healthcare.) I have a hard time explaining why I can't take on every issue to people who are suffering. The cookies were popular (with the homeless, the well-fed, and the hungry). We saw lots of old friends, and passed out Deception Dollars, and flyers for the San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth.

      Two speakers didn't show up, so I actually was able to say a few extra words about the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, the Deception Dollar, our action, and our demand for a real investigation. Brian noted that I got the best audience response when I was speaking spontaneously about 9/11 and that if we had a real investigation of 9/11 the Administration would fall from power, as well as those who aided and abetted them in the cover-up, but I didn't write it down, so here's the slightly modified written part of my speech:

        A great peace activist, John Galtung, when asked about the difference between Russians and Americans, replied “In Russia, when people hear the party line, they know it is the party line. In America, they don’t.”

        As children, we are taught to revere our presidents, and the founding ideals of this country, the idea of a government “of, by and for the people.” We don’t learn in school that our original government was ratified by a small voting minority. The Founding Fathers knew that their winning slogan wouldn’t work so well if they said, “a government of, by, and for “the rich, the white, the male, the propertied few.”

        History is the story of the struggle between vested interests, and social justice for the bulk of humanity, who have been killed, enslaved, exploited for so long. All social gains-- representative government, ending slavery and monarchy, laws protecting children and the environment—come from raising human consciousness about injustices, and forcing institutional changes, or the ousting of tyrants. History is slanted to legitimize the powerful and and celebrate their role, and rarely do the people get the credit. The politicians seeking to avoid “revolution” and “dismissal via the ballot box,” who only reluctantly concede to public pressure, usually like to pat themselves on the back, later, for being “visionary leaders.”

        As far as I am concerned, all members of the 109th Congress who opposed impeachment, should have been ousted in the recent election, especially Nancy Pelosi. The exception being Cynthia McKinney, who bravely submitted articles of impeachment on Friday, and she was ousted from Congress this year. Perhaps we should run her for President in 2008. Please try to imagine if Congress does do the right thing, and opens real investigations into the blatant crimes of the Administration. Imagine if Congress follows through with impeachment and indictment, should the credit go to the people?

        The people, who have marched and rallied in the rain, forced the issues into the press, deconstructed the lies, deceptions and crimes this Administration has committed against the US and the world, and disseminated the information via the internet, community access television, radio, film, art, music, and all the myriad ways humans can communicate with other humans. The people should get credit for stopping this Administration, and reversing its horrendous domestic and foreign policies. However, if Madame Speaker Pelosi or Congress wants to take credit for impeaching Bush and reversing his policies, few of us would be really bent out of shape about it.

        What worries me is that Congress might not impeach him, but try to divert our attention elsewhere. Or that Congress might “Impeach him” for some trivial charge, and merrily carry on with the Bush/Cheney’ horrendous policies, the bogus war on terrorism, beefing up Homeland Security, ceding the destruction of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the institutionalization of torture, the Military Commissions Act. We cannot allow them to toss out habeas corpus, bring back the Inquisition, where secret evidence, tyrannical whim, could condemn innocent people to death.

        It is clear to us that the real terrorists have hijacked our country and they are occupying the White House. They have stolen at least two presidential elections, and they have no legitimacy. We know that they lied and covered up the truth about 9/11 and Katrina, and that those lies cost the lives of thousands of people. We know that the worst conspiracy theory about 9/11 is the one that Cheney and Bush used to sell the war on Iraq. We know they spent billions of dollars on propaganda to sell that lie and that 85% of the soldiers in Iraq were tricked into believing that Saddam had something to do with 9/11. This could not have been accomplished without the complicity of Congress and the press. They supported the lies, they failed to ask the hard questions, and they deserve much of the blame for the enormous suffering and loss of life of these past five years.

        The country is starting to wake up--a slow, painful process that I know well. I came from a Republican family. I missed the rallies against the first Gulf War in 1991. My own outrage at the government’s actions and lies—and the media’s silence--began in 1992 when I began doing research on the CIA. More and more people are waking up to the lies, and distrusting official sources. More and more people are learning from one another, and organizing, in self defense, to keep the rights we still have, and to exercise some control over a government that poses a greater and greater threat to them and the world.

        We need to help the country wake up. We need to force our elected officials to uphold our Constitution and rein in an Executive Branch that claims the divine right of kings. We need to become the media and force the mainstream media to address the vital issues. Or perhaps, we might have to follow the example of Venezuela, who elected Chavez despite opposition from the corporate press. We have plenty of work before us. I believe that all of us, as Americans, have a responsibility to hold our government accountable for its actions. The Bush Administration has flagrantly violated our Constitution, trashed the Bill of Rights, launched illegal, immoral wars, lied about matters of utmost importance to the American people. Bush, Cheney, are, truly, the most dangerous terrorists in the world. It is up to us, the people, to force our elected representatives to recognize and adhere to their duty and hold top officials accountable for their heinous crimes, that means impeachment," It is our best hope to redeem ourselves as a nation. Impeachment, regime change, should begin and end at “home.”

      After the rally, we went to another organizing meeting with World Can't Wait. It would have been nice to join everyone after the meeting for dinner, but I had to get home and feed the kids. My husband and kids set up the Christmas tree, today, and the evening meal and a game afterwards was all the time we spent together as a family the whole weekend. At least they know me well, and tolerate my activism (as long as they are well fed).

      Scott was able to speak about the San Francisco Tea Party on Webster's radio show last Saturday, and I am now hearing that there are more Tea Parties for 9/11 Truth scheduled - for DC, the Mississippi River, Lake Michigan. We'll have to revise the press release this week. Lots of people are excited about it, and I hope we have a good turnout- and good weather!!!! It's such a challenge in the rain...

      December 6, 2006

      I've been super busy- working on our upcoming San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth action. We finally worked out the details, so I can post the webpage, the press advisory, the updated calendar, and (soon) a pdf. of the new flyer. I also was on a conference call for the Arizona 9/11 Accountability- Strategies and Solutions Conference, and did my regular Listening Project in Downtown Palo Alto, today. I also need to get a statement on Impeachment to the Green Party for a press release, and write a short speech for the Impeachment Rally in San Francisco this Sunday. I won't be able to get out Press Advisories tonight- because we also have a local Impeachment meeting. I doubt if I'll get that Christmas letter out by Christmas at this rate!

      December 4, 2006

      On Saturday, Brian and I tabled at the 25th Annual Holiday Peace Fair in San Jose. It was a wonderful event! There was lots of food, drink, music, dancing, tabling by activist groups; I knew lots of people and got to see old friends, as well as make some great new connections with activists, and a professor at San Jose State University- who can and will arrange for us to get rooms there- for 9/11 Truth events! We also gathered over a hundred dollars in donations and recycled some of the money into other groups- like the African Women Refugee's Group, whom we purchased two beautiful handmade tablecloths from to upgrade the dying blue plastic ones that we have used tabling for the past few years.

      On Sunday, we went to San Francisco for the all day Strategy/and regular meeting. The space was a bit tight for the group, but we all enjoyed the day and accomplished something. The morning was spent doing introductions using the circle process (without a timekeeper) and I believe we each got to share what was most important to us, and to know each other better.

      We broke for lunch and had a feast, Brian made a huge vegetarian lasagna, Kyle cooked curried lentils, I brought fresh baked bread and cookies, and everyone else contributed chips, crackers, goodies, fruit to the meal.

      When we reconvened, Kai quickly facilitated us through our regular meeting process. We voted $200 towards our Solidarity Boston Tea Party Action on December 16th. Brian, Bill, and possibly Becky and I plan to table next weekend in SF during the KPFA Crafts Fair- and there might be an Impeachment event at UN Plaza, as well.

      The Boston 9-11 Truth group sent me their media list (which they paid $300 for) and they want a $20 donation to other 9/11 Truth groups that also use it.

      There was one new person at the meeting, David from Santa Cruz, who was told about the meeting by Gabriel, and has jumped into mass producing 9-11 Truth DVDs and passing them out. He was also a businessman and very interested in getting out 9-11 Truth kits to the legislators and the press. Since he had lots of business experience, as well as organizing experience from grassroots environmental groups to Toastmasters, I asked him if he wanted to facilitate the strategy session. Despite the fact that it was an all day strategy meeting- we actually only spent one and a half hours going over a fraction of the proposed agenda items on strategy and gave an hour and a half to Richard Gage to practice/and improve his public presentation on 9/11.

      What we did cover-

        *Successes of the 9/11 Truth Movement over the years, and in particular, this past year-

        More Celebrities speaking out on 9/11 Truth (Charlie Sheen)

        9/11 Truth Movement being taken seriously.

        Great support and momentum of the 9-11 Truth Movement at the grassroots level.

        The weakness of the repetitious, fallacious debunking attacks upon us, mostly generated at a couple sites which are easy to rebuke.

        Media empowered "tide is changing" in our favor.

        Recognizing that politicians or high profile people need to feel "safe and comfortable" to "show leadership- speak-out on 9/11 Truth" and it is up to us to create a parade which the more high profile folk will either try to lead or get trampled by.

        We want to force the media to be on the "right side" of history.

        There is consensus in the 9-11 Truth movement for a genuine investigation- and the release of documents, evidence that the government has been withholding.

        We see signs of fear amongst the ruling elite- Zelikow's resignation, attacks upon one another (instead of just us!)

        With technological innovations, we are overcoming corporate/Left Gatekeepers through the internet, DVD, and creative/artistic/literary/musical means...

      We discussed in detail who to target within the press- nationally and locally and our experiences dealing with politicians.

      We reiterated the amazing resources that those in the room had to offer to the 9/11 Truth Movement and the importance of improving our internal communications to improve the networking within the movement.

      Richard did a great job presenting his multimedia show, but with the wealth of informed activists in the room- he got lots of valuable corrections, suggestions, new info to improve his show.

      Chuck also wrote a couple of great pieces which he passed out to the group- one might be very good to reformat and publish as a pamphlet. He also improved his powerpoint/slideshow- which is a great resource for all 9-11 Truth Activists online at www.truememes.com.

      We went over time- still managed a closing circle, and a good number of us ended up going out to a Thai Restaurant after the meeting to continue to socialize and also refine our plan to do a San Francisco Solidarity Action with the Boston 9/11 Truth Tea Party event. As soon as we nail down the details, I will post them. Anyone who wants to get involved and help- please contact me cbrouillet@igc.org 650-857-0927- we're still working on the timetable/route and plan on building a giant Commission Report with giant holes in it, parading in colonial costume through Fisherman's wharf and tossing the thing in the Bay, with appropriate speeches- and filming the event. We have a flute player and could use a drummer... and as many people as possible wishing to come in costume and help.

      December 1, 2006

      I spent most of yesterday phoning and emailing trying to find a location for our Strategy Meeting. Our options were paying $20 an hour for Cellspace from 5 pm to 10 pm or holding the meeting in someone's home from 10 am to 6 pm, and we opted for the home meeting/either that or cancel the meeting. Since we haven't had much lead time on this, it is questionable how many people can come- hopefully not 75 like last year, but it would have been nicer to have more space, but oh well, we couldn't find a better place.

      The meeting will be from 10am to 6pm. If you want to bring food (ala potluck) that would be welcome. Here's the proposed agenda for the strategy meeting:
      Assess (and celebrate) the 9/11 Truth Movement's (and our) achievements, over the years, this year in particular, and where we are now. Look at our current situation, politically, the obstacles, opportunities, threats, before us now.
      Determine what our resources our, where are passions and energies can be directed for the benefit of Movement needs, and our personal needs/hopes. Brainstorm short, medium, long term goals.
      Consider how we can be more effective, what our our internal weaknesses, how can we improve our communications within the group, and getting our message out to the public.
      How can we support, encourage, inspire one another, and grow the movement?
      My suggestion is to use a circle process, unless we are in pure "brainstorming mode." Rotate facilitators, during the day, if needed.
      We can also flesh out a more precise agenda on Sunday, when people show up.
      We want to be able to have the thoughtful discussions that we don't have time for at our regular meetings, but since this meeting will replace our usual San Francisco, first Thursday meeting, we will try to cover our regular business, as well. One reason we chose to have the meeting this weekend is so that those who wanted to do a solidarity action with the December 16th Boston Tea Party 9/11 Truth event- would have a bit of time to connect and plan an action.

      (Logistics are posted under Events and Bay Area Events)

      November 30, 2006

      I can't believe how hard it has been to find a place to hold our strategy meeting this weekend. I'm hoping to hear back from several people because we must decide whether to try to have one or cancel by tonight. Life keeps interfering with "Politics" and vice versa. There are a number of events political and otherwise already in the works for this weekend. On Tuesday night there was a conference call on the proposed national conference in Arizona, but it is still "in the air," "no contracts" "no genuine committee" "no secured domain name/website" and time slipping away. It's almost impossible to do much in December because of the holidays. We also have our trip to Memphis and the National Media Reform Conference in mid January- so I can't commit to shouldering too much, myself. Simple things, like baking cookies, adding links to a website, reviewing movies, making phone calls, just take TIME. Penny Little sent me copies of her new DVDs- Electile Dysfunction and 911 Dust and Deceit at the World Trade Center. Since I've seen many films on the stolen elections, "Electile Dysfunction" wasn't a tremendous shock or eye-opener. It is a very good one for those who haven't looked into the stolen elections. 911 Dust and Deceit was an excellent look at the lies about the health hazards at and generated by the collapse of the WTC buildings. What I didn't realize was that there was a major media cover-up of that, and the treatment (or lack of treatment) of those sick and dying from their exposure to the "dust." I should have known that! However, I remembered that stories had appeared, in fact a new one just came out the other day in the Village Voice, but Penny documented how the paper, that first broke the story, had the writer and editor ousted and replaced. The ousted writer went on to write a book on the subject.

      I think the way the whole propaganda system works is that "a little truth" can appear, no big deal. However, "too much truth" is not allowed, so writers, editors, publications, sources are bought up, axed, discredited to help "disappear a story, info, topic." Sometimes, perhaps, a person may resign from a visible post, to quell public outrage, and prevent further investigations into the scandal. Who knows why the whistleblower on the Moscow apartment buildings (the Soviet Union's 9/11) was poisoned recently, but probably it is in part a message to whistleblowers- shut up. Alexander Cockburn just did a hit-piece, several actually appeared in Counterpunch recently, on the 9/11 Truth Movement. If I had time, I'd refute him on every point, but I can't do everything, and some things are more important than arguing. I did greatly appreciate, however, Kevin Ryan, taking the time to lay bare the brunt of the attack, although I doubt if readers of the Counterpunch hit piece will ever figure out who Kevin is or have access to his excellent work in debunking NIST and the Bush Science used to further a political agenda and obscure reality.

      I was flattered and happy to receieve warm compliments on the radio yesterday, and via email from my 9/11 truth colleagues, but I was also sobered by an email that said-

        "you were getting dissed tonight on kpfk at 12:30am, by a guy named daniel something or other
        he said you were getting paid to put out disinformation!"

      Does anyone know if Daniel Hopsicker was the guy on KPFK? He has attacked me before. It does seem like there are elements within the 9/11 truth movement that are spending more energy on attacking one another than those who did 9/11. John Albanese is working on a film looking at Cointelpro efforts to destroy the movement. I guess we should be flattered that we are succeeding and having so much impact that we actually merit being fought "tooth and nail."

      The more serious threat, sadly, comes from Hollywood, where big names and big producers are churning out "CIA Propaganda."

      My friend called me today and urged me, and others to lobby Oliver Stone to not do the proposed CIA flick (Here is the email she sent me awhile back...)

        Dear friends of Afghanistan,

        Beginning in 1992 we've worked with Oliver Stone to develop an Afghanistan story based on our experience and research. There is nobody in Hollywood who has been better briefed on the deep complexities and American responsibilities than Oliver surrounding the Afghan story. Rather than take on the challenging and complex story that every American needs to know, Oliver has chosen to make his Afghanistan film based on Jawbreaker, a book by a CIA officer who helped topple the Taliban. It's particularly tragic that Oliver should choose this story given that the Taliban are on the rise again!

        We've included below the letter Sima Wali sent to Oliver... Please send your own letter and feel free to pass this information along.

        Thanks,
        Paul & Liz

        ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Oliver Stone
        IXTLAN
        1207 4th Street PH 1
        Santa Monica, CA 90401
        Fax: 310-395-1536

        November 7, 2006

        Dear Mr. Stone,

        I was shocked to read that you have chosen to make a film about Afghanistan based on Gary Bernsten’s Jawbreaker. The world does not need another film from the perspective of the intelligence operatives who set this tragedy in motion in the first place. In Robert Dreyfuss's Devil’s Game How the United States Helped Unleash Fundamentalist Islam, the truth of the US role in creating Afghanistan’s travail today is laid bare. "In Afghanistan, we made a deliberate choice," says Cheryl Benard, a RAND Corporation expert on political Islam, who is married to Zalmay Khalilzad, who served as U.S. ambassador in Kabul. "At first, everyone thought, There's no way to beat the Soviets. So what we have to do is to throw the worst crazies against them that we can find, and there was a lot of collateral damage. We knew exactly who these people were, and what their organizations were like, and we didn't care," she says. "Then, we allowed them to get rid of, just kill all the moderate leaders. The reason we don't have moderate leaders in Afghanistan today is because we let the nuts kill them all. They killed the leftists, the moderates, the middle-of-the-roaders. They were just eliminated, during the 1980s and afterward."

        I understand that Tom Hanks is in production for Charlie Wilson’s War, a telling that lionizes the wild-west fantasy world of the Mujihadeen freedom fighters. Robert DeNiro has the rights to former CIA Station Chief in Pakistan during the Reagan Administration Milt Bearden’s book The Main Enemy that continues to glorify these operatives while revealing nothing of the role of their puppeteers.

        As I work to resurrect Afghanistan from the ashes of the Cold War that destroyed my homeland, I’ve come to realize it is the ignorance of the US role by Americans that is my biggest obstacle. These films will set an understanding of the atrocity to the Afghan people back a century.

        I ask you to please not use your great talent to add to the misery of my people.

        Sincerely,

        Sima Wali, President
        Refugee Women in Development (RefWID), Inc. www.refwid.org

      November 28, 2006

      Many people have been asking me for a campaign report and an update on my thinking- after the election. This article contains the gist of it (although it probably leaves out even more than it says, but that is part of the "description process" when one draws a line around an experience- separating it from the larger whole).

      Running in Circles:
      2006 9/11 Truth/Impeachment Congressional Campaign Report
      From Beginning to End, and Where Next?
      by Carol Brouillet
      November 28, 2006

      Click on image to go to the complete article.

      An excerpt:

        Recently I was invited to join a “circle” and I couldn’t resist the invitation, because circles can be very powerful experiences. Native Americans have traditionally formed circles, passing a talking stick and speaking from the heart, to draw from the collective wisdom of the group to solve problems. Circles respect everyone’s ability to contribute and participate meaningfully. The most productive, meaningful gatherings that I’ve participated in have used circle processes; when they grow large, sometimes they give birth to many new circles. I see the spread of circles--concentric, overlapping circles everywhere--as people make more and more connections between the personal and the political, as the unconscious becomes conscious, and as light is cast upon the darkest shadows of our collective experience.

        We are needed to midwife the transition from a dying “dominator paradigm,” where large institutions and governments hold power and legitimacy, to the “peaceful paradigm” where individuals and small groups with courage, integrity, truth, and heart will begin to shoulder greater responsibility for pointing a way through the rapids of change, to avoid the rocks, the whirlpools of economic collapse, endless war, and the unleashing of the latest wave of bio-terrorism attacks.

        Did the anti-war movement win the recent election? Is the Baker/Iraq study group just a mask for the fascists to hide behind, as they lick their wounds and retreat? The proposal to create a North American Union--a more draconian expansion of NAFTA that asserts control over Mexico’s energy resources--allows for the super-exploitation of labor and the environment and guarantees profits to the major players with the costs to be borne by people and planet. A few Congressmen have put forward a resolution condemning and drawing attention to the plan. The idea will be vigorously opposed at the grassroots level. After a suspicious election, the legitimacy of the Mexican government remains questionable. Repression, rebellion, and murder in Oaxaca have sparked solidarity protests in many American cities and other countries as well. The Global Justice movement, set back by the events of September 11th, is reviving and again challenging the most visible dominant institutions that exercise the most obvious power over most countries.

      November 27, 2006

      Thanksgiving, the kids, have kept me busy, but I have had time to review a couple of DVDs, and finish a couple of books, and received the book version of Global Outlook's #11, today. (It's very impressive!) I feel, again, like the bottleneck of an hourglass- and could spend the whole night, just adding links to this website and catching up on the abundant news. However, I did spend most of today working on an article, which I hope to post tomorrow with lots of links.

      I did find a very interesting online tool/website for activists entitled www.issuecrawler.net which maps out networks working on various issues- such as media reform. I thought it would be interesting to see how the 9/11 Truth Movement looked on an internet map and tried to create one. It works with Internet Explorer, but not well with Firefox. It was my first try, and I think I need to redo the inputs and parameters, and depth, but it does certainly show how the 9/11 Truth Movement has grown over the years (Another way to see that is by going to Google trends and typing in 9/11 Truth). The websites that I fed into the search were those that were on the Deception Dollar. Today a new 9/11 Truth Europe Website was launched, in conjunction with an effort to create a European 9/11 Citizens Jury.

      Tonight I received a phone call from Malcontent X (whose website I host on this site- September 11-Unanswered Questions) and we spoke about our current projects, and remembered what it was like when we had our first telephone conference calls- when there were only a few 9/11 Truth websites. We're both still working on 9/11, but feel that there are enough of us now, that the weight isn't quite as heavy as it used to be on our shoulders. He is working on a 9/11 Rock Opera, and I've seen how creative projects need time, and lots of inputs to mature, and get produced. I still can't get more than 2% of what I'd like to do finished on any given day.

      We still haven't found space, yet for our Strategy Meeting which we hope to hold next weekend in San Francisco. I also have been brushing up on some issues for an upcoming radio show-

      • Radio Malaspina, CHLY 101.7 FM, presents 9/11 Truth Show: An Exercise in Speaking Truth to Power
        Wednesday evenings from 6:00 to 7:00 pm
        Nov. 29 2006        .
          Confirmed Guest:
          Nov. 29 Carol Brouillet - 9/11 Truth activist.

          For reading, website and documentary movie lists, questions, and comments contact producer/host Raymond Geisler at radioshowfor911truth@hotmail.com.

          Listen online at www.chly.ca

        Raymond wrote:
          "For this interview/discussion I would like to focus on the 9/11 Truth movement itself, and your seemingly tireless energy in it, as well as the consequences for Canadians citizens and their government, the North American Union, for example...(his blurb for the show)

          The September 11, 2001 terror attacks, conducted by elements within the US government, awakened in this researcher the desire to learn a more comprehensive version of U.S. military and economic history than corporate/financial elite and complicit governments make begrudgingly available. This expose on 9/11 and the resulting War on Terror, with particular regard for Canadian content and consequences, began as a counter argument to the well-intended but misinformed citizens trapped within an artificial reality created by decades of patriotic propaganda. However, research exposes something equally frightening; documented plans for the creation of an integrated North American Police State with the US government that will forfeit Canadian independence to the greed of Wall Street and the military might of the Pentagon. Our governments are doing this by creating a climate of fear and counting on our continued ignorance. Our concerns and actions must become political before our democratic process becomes the charade it has for our southern neighbours.

      November 22, 2006

      On this day, in 1963, President John F. Kenndy was assasinated. The details of the murder, the cover-up, the why behind it have been obscured by the press, the government for decades, but most people realize now that Kennedy was not the victim of a lone deranged gunman, but the victim of a conspiracy that reached high into our own government. My research into the CIA and special operations, and 9/11 were sparked by that murder.

      This morning, I was delighted to learn that C-Span will finally be airing 9/11 and American Empire- Intellectuals Speak Out, the event held in Berkeley last September, which I had hoped would have been aired before our October 27th premiere with Peter Dale Scott, but oh well, better late than never...

      I also added a new link to a Petition to urge Congress to try Bush/Cheney for treason for their role in 9-11.

      I also went to Downtown Palo Alto for my usual Wednesday Listening Project, and I am glad that I was there. Lots of people came to help, and we had some great conversations with the passerbys, some of whom had never thought to question the official story before. We passed out lots of Deception Dollars, and moved a few articles, books, bumper stickers, as well. A friend came by to tell me he was passing out 900 copies of the David Ray Griffin cover story that appeared in the Metro last September. Slowly but surely, it is beginning to feel like we are winning.

      November 21, 2006

      I've been working on an article, and trying to catch up on household stuff, including provisions for the holidays, and tomorrow's demo. Impeachment has been the topic floating around the 9/11 lists, as well as a new banner, which I can't find a jpg image of- but it says "Impeach- Bush Cheney, 9/11 Was an Inside Job." I agree that we should include 9/11 amongst the impeachment charges. Craig Hill wrote:

        "...the Green Party of Vermont became the first political party in the US if not the Western Hemisphere to insist impeachment of Bush/Cheney be based first and foremost on the greatest crimes they committed, as opposed to the kitchen sink everyone else has been throwing at them, most of which they would be able to wriggle out from under in a real courtroom. Treason, which consists of making war against one's own country, not only puts them quickly in the clink but, as we know, is so heinous it will go beyond that to destroy the entirety of the system that put them in office. This not only makes plain the value of 9/11 in the impeachment process, as you nailed it, it validates the value of impeachment as the vehicle to expose those crimes in legal, public hearings. Which as a movement i feel should be our primary focus:

        Green Party of Vermont
        Historic Resolution of April 23 2006

        The Vermont Green Party reaffirms its 2003 resolution that President George W. Bush and Vice President Richard Cheney should be impeached. The President continues to commit crimes against peace and humanity, assuming the powers of an imperial executive unaccountable to law, and usurping powers of the Congress, the Judiciary and those reserved to the people of the United States, and violating the civil rights of U.S. citizens and people of other nations. Further, the complicity of the Bush administration in the terrorist attacks of 9/11 and the massive nationwide election fraud of 2004 must be be put in the forefront of the overall drive toward impeachment. Since we issued our original impeachment resolution of 2003, the situation has greatly worsened with almost 2,400 U.S. military dead, more than a hundred thousand Iraqis killed, and untold numbers from both countries injured and maimed in an illegal war. At this time we call on the Vermont Legislature to request that the U.S. Congress begin the impeachment process.

        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Comments delivered at the press conference of May 4 2006 in the Cedar Creek Room of the Vermont Statehouse in Montpelier ~~~

        As stated in its historic resolution of April 23 2006, the Green Party of Vermont is the first political party in the known world to stress that the impeachment process can best and only come to its desired goal by exposing, for all Americans to see, the greatest impeachable crimes of all which the chief executives of this country, who hold our very futures hostage, have committed: Their complicity in the attacks of 9/11 and the massive nationwide election fraud of 2004.

        It is with deepest frustration with the supposed opposition party which refuses to oppose that we make this this announcement today, May 4, in this hallowed room of great Vermont and national historic significance, the Cedar Creek Room of the Statehouse in Montpelier. Were the Democratic Party to allow its own frustrated grassroots lead it, this nation today would in such a whirlwind of pressure to impeach both Bush and Cheney, there would be no time for them to prepare for the nuking of Iran for the time they'd be spending preparing their defense for their trials. Were the Democratic Party to unleash the pent-up anger, if not hatred, of this administration, Bush's polls would be in the single digits and he and Cheney would be nearing the end of their occupation of the White House and control of OUR government.

        WE, the people, are the sovereign. We are the master of our servant, government. Not the other way around, as the servant has fooled some of its masters into believing. We are NOT to be spied on by our servant to quite possibly become its future detainees for politically opposing our servant's madness. Our servant has repeatedly lied us into paying for unprovoked wars it initiates with our blood. The mushroom cloud Condeleeza Rice claimed Saddam Huessin was threatening us with is in fact a mushroom cloud her bosses are including in their plans to attack Iran and which would doom us all. That our servant is threatening us was proven for anyone with the curiousity to discover the facts of their orchestration of 9/11, and so should not come as a surprise, but as a confirmation. They are criminally mad, and must be removed from power as immediately as possible before they kill us all.

        That's why the impeachment drive is so important. That's why there is a special place in global warming hell for those of the beltway leadership of the supposed opposition party who have continually thwarted any sincere real opposition to the administration they, by their inaction and silence, protect. Silence is consent, not dissent. Votes are deeds, not mere hot wind fooling constituencies into thinking they oppose when they do not. The removal from power of the thugs among our servants is of such importance we have no time to waste. It is up to the people to support impeachment as the first priority of the planet at this moment. Greens proactively urge citizens from each jurisdiction in each town in Vermont, and beyond, to step forward to oppose those who will not oppose Bush in the state legislature, the governor's office, and in Washington DC. The Green Party of Vermont has a ballot line waiting for many of you to fill who are frustrated and frightened of the future the monsters occupying the White House have in mind for us all.

        ~ /s/ John Darc
        Secretary, GPoV

      I'm proud to be a Green Party member! I wish the California Green Party could show the same courage as they show in Vermont! (Hopefully, they will someday!)

      November 19, 2006

      Every year there is an action in Fort Benning, Georgia, to shut down the School of the Americas, which has been been training soldiers on how to torture and terrorize people for decades. This year over 22,000 people were there.

        "Thousands of people took part in simultaneous events calling for the closure of the School of the Americas throughout Latin America this weekend -- in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, El Salvador, Paraguay and Peru.

        "The SOA/WHINSEC, a military training facility for Latin American security personnel, made headlines in 1996 when the Pentagon released training manuals used at the school that advocated torture, extortion and execution. Despite this shocking admission and hundreds of documented human rights abuses connected to soldiers trained at the school over its 60-year history, no independent investigation into the training facility has ever taken place."

        See www.soaw.org for a report on all the activites.

      I have never actually gone to Georgia myself, but I certainly support all the efforts to shut the place down, and to eliminate torture and terrorism. It is outrageous that the US could continue to operate such a place and declare a "War on Terrorism" at the same time (and institutionalize torture).

      If the Democrats don't do anything to investigate or shut the place down, then I think they certainly should lose all their credibility as "champions of the people." I have almost zero faith in Democrats, but I know they would like people to believe that they are "protecting us" rather than aiding to construct the Global Police State.

      On the SOAW website, they say-

        November 2006 : Midterm Elections Update

        Dear Friends in the Struggle,

        Yesterday’s midterm elections results represent a victory for all grassroots activists working to hold the U.S. Congress accountable for failed policies and misplaced priorities. Over 20 of our opponents of the June 2006 amendment have lost their seats in the House surpassing the 15 vote margin we need to win a vote in Congress. With this new and more favorable Congress, we expect a successful vote on the SOA/ WHINSEC. The next few months will be a crucial time for SOA Watch as we work to connect with these new Members of Congress, educate them about this important issue, and urge them to support closure of the school.

      Certainly we should put as much pressure on Congress, as possible, to do the right thing- Impeach the criminals in the White House, Repeal the Patriot Act, End the Bogus War on Terrorism, Get out of Iraq completely, Dismantle Homeland Security, Overturn the Military Commissions Act, Close the School of the Americas, Redirect the Military Budget towards something Constructive (serving people and planet- rather than enshrine corporate dominance at tremendous human and environmental expense).

      Today, I also received a link to a very interesting interview with Jürgen Elsässer: “The CIA recruited and trained the jihadists” by Silvia Cattori- Here's the opening:

      The Yugoslav Caldron

        In his latest book, “How the Jihad Came to Europe”, German journalist Jürgen Elsässer unravels the Jihadist thread. Muslim fighters recruited by the CIA to fight against the Soviets in Afghanistan were used successively in Yugoslavia and Chechnya, still supported by the CIA, but perhaps sometimes out of its control. Basing himself on diverse sources, mainly Yugoslavian, Dutch, and German, he reconstructed the development of Osama bin Laden and his lieutenants at the side of NATO in Bosnia-Herzegovinia.

        Silvia Cattori: Your investigation into the actions of the secret services makes a frightening report. We discover that since the 80’s the United States has invested billions of dollars to finance criminal activities and that by means of the CIA they are directly implicated in the attacks attributed to the Moslems. What is the contribution of your book?

        Jurgen Elsässer: It is the only work that establishes the tie between wars in the Balkan of the 90’s and the attack of September 11, 2001. All the large attacks, in New York, in London, in Madrid, would never have taken place without the recruitment by the American and British secret services of these jihadists who have been blamed for the attacks. I bring a new light on the manipulations of the intelligence agencies. Other books than mine have noted the presence of Ossama Ben Laden in the Balkans. But their authors presented the Moslem fighters in the Balkan as enemies of the west. The information that I collected from multiple sources, demonstrate that these jihadists are puppets in the hands of the west and are not, as one pretends, enemies...

      (This is the same theme as Michel Chossudovsky's work, although he doesn't mention Chossudovsky and has different sources of information). More and more is coming to light on this, although slowly it seems, his book has only sold 6,000 copies.

      I also received an order for Deception Dollars, along with some very nice cards promoting the website www.theblackpacket.com.

      I'm not a great fan of Woodrow Wilson, and this quote is rather hard to read, but I agree wholeheartedly with the line-
      "The history of liberty is the history of resistance."

      In Chicago I learned that the flag upside down means the country and Constitution are under distress.

      Today, I also attended a 4 hour meeting on "conspiracies," and suggested the need to expose globally how "false flag operations" worked. Someone suggested calling the effort- "True Flag." National flags carry so much symbolic, karmic, emotional weight- one can hardly begin a discussion of their meaning without provoking empassioned argument.

      November 17, 2006

      Another incredibly busy day, with no time to write aticles, or even update the calendar of events.

      At last night's Oakland Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting, there were some new faces, committed activists who had just quit their jobs to work full time on 9-11. Seven people were interested in going to the National Conference on Media Reform whose early-bird registration fee ends tonight. We voted $2000 to get an exhibition space and help with airfare to those willing to go, shlup stuff in their luggage and share the tabling work. We also voted gifts (cases) of Deception Dollars to Boston and Arizona 9-11 Truth Groups in appreciation, and support of their upcoming events.

      Boston is organizing a-

      Boston Tea Party for 9/11Truth

        (from their website:): On December 16th, the anniversary of the Boston Tea Party we come together as American Patriots, and Citizens of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to demand the Truth of the events of 9/11. We reject the Kean Commission's failure to address the numerous, critically important outstanding questions of 9/11. The Commission's failure deliberately obscures the truth of 9-11-01. In addition The Joint Congressional Intelligence Committee Investigation - itself was held in secret - with poor access to official documents - was then heavily redacted and censored. The Kean commission's "evidence" was built on classified reports, while whistle blowers' testimony was never entered, family steering committee questions were ignored and Commission Director Zelikow's conflicts of interest were not addressed.

        For these and many more reasons, we cast this book of DECEIT into the Boston Harbor. Join us in carrying out our patriotic duty to REJECT THE TYRANNY OF LIES AND OMISIONS. We deem this work to be TREASON INK!: The 9/11 "Omission" Report is not worthy of respect, not worthy of the founding ideals of our nation and therefore it should be drowned in the mighty sea of Truth!

        Join us for the Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth!

        Saturday, December 16th, 2006
        Gather at 11:30AM Sam Adams Park
        12 noon — Proclamation, addresses
        1:50 pm — Parade to Boston Harbor
        3:30PM — press conference
        Dumping of the 9/11 Commission Report

        For more details visit- boston911truth.org/teaparty

      Some folks suggested solidarity theatrical actions- like tossing effigies of Bush and Cheney off Golden Gate Bridge, but we will have to work out details at the all day strategy meeting which we would like to hold the first weekend in December, if we can find some meeting space... (Anyone have great ideas- please let me know.)

      It seems like I've been on the phone most of the day, and packing up and mailing stuff, doing the errands/bookkeeping. New films are coming out, a new major European 9-11 truth event is in the planning stages. We're hoping to get 9/11 Press for Truth shown in Memphis. Organizing takes twice as long as one anticipates, I appreciate and understand what an ordeal and how much work goes into conferences, and even all day events, or film screenings.

      At our meeting on Thursday, the group voted to formally, publicly apologize for inconveniencing or disappointing the public about the SF screening of 9/11 Press for Truth that didn't happen. (I did at- http://www.indybay.org/newsitems/2006/11/14/18329780.php?show_comments=1#18330619.) Kai suggested that to make up for it that we organize our own screening, but no one stepped forward to do the work- We'd already burned ourselves out promoting the Oakland, Palo Alto shows. Brian wanted to get it shown on all the campuses in the US. Great idea, but way beyond our physical capacities.

      And to top that off I got a letter today attacking "9/11 Press for Truth" and 9/11 Truth and me for promoting it.

      I'd post it now, but need to get some sleep tonight, and I think the attacks- just drain our strength and energy when there is so much useful work we can do.

      Bob Banner from HopeDance has done a whole issue on 9/11 and sent me a link to the pdf at http://www.hopedance.org/cms/ and printed lots of extra ones which he wants to sell to activists. He wrote: I only charge $25 per bundle of 50 (58 pagers) plus postage (depending on how fast people want them)..[His email is info@hopedance.org and his phone number is 805 544 9663] Ken brought one to Thursday's meeting to share and there was immediate demand for 150 of them. I think the cover, alone is worth 50 cents. He did include a short article that I wrote, which was somewhat mangled and included (without acknowledgement) half of Bill Veal's speech (at our Impeach the Terrorists! 11/9/2006 Rally). Oh well... Click on the cover to see the pdf and the full contents:

      I was glad that he also included art from our 9/11 Truth for Peace and Justice Art Contest.

      Kai told me I should post that Ed Rippy's Educational Event will be Thursday, December 28th, 2006, but I hesitate to post the next Oakland meeting and the event, until we get the new key for the building- apparently the one we all have- no longer works! It's the little details, like having the right key to open the door, that organizers have to worry about and make sure of before they go ahead and publicize events.

      November 16, 2006

      My apologies to anyone who tried to see 9/11 Press for Truth last night in San Francisco. I just heard from Brian and apparently the organizer (whom I've never met) only briefly showed up and disappeared and the film was never shown. I should have guessed she was unreliable and flakey by the poor communications on the details of the venue- but I couldn't have imagined it to be so disastrous that the film was never even shown!

      November 15, 2006

      Yesterday was a bit crazy, trying to get word out for the change of venue for the San Francisco showing tonight of 9/11 Press for Truth. I have it posted in 6 places on this website, at indymedia.org, at 911Truth.org, tried to post it to the events list, all the while getting inadequate details from the main organizer... like full name of room, building, street address which dribbled into me over the course of 24 hours, but hopefully the main correct details are posted now. Brian and Bill will be tabling at the event (I have a different event to go to at Stanford tonight.) Communications seems to be our biggest hurdle on every level.

      Fortunately, Gabriel told me about some lower airfares (I gave up yesterday when the cheapest fare I could find was $500!), so I was able to get a ticket to Memphis and plan on attending the National Conference on Media Reform, and I hope other 9-11 Truth Activists will join us there! I have been asked to write another strategy article, and I would like to, but I've been too busy to get to it, and I'm still trying to figure out "where we are now." There was an amazing piece posted yesterday about the abrupt changes in the Bush Administration- the spanking W got from Daddy and Baker, but I can't find it now, rushed as I am to load the car and head for my Weekly Listening Project.

      November 13, 2006

      We obviously must become the media. Thursday and Friday, I worked on and sent out press releases to draw the press to the Lifting the Fog Conference at UC Berkeley. Victoria had sent out press advisories in mid-October, and one person was doing follow-up phone calls, but there didn't seem to be much press outreach, and none of the mainstream press (that I am aware of) came to the event. Apparently the live webstream of Jones' talk worked, and it was videotaped, and hopefully will be edited and made available to the public.

      On Friday, Janette organized a dinner party at her house for the presenters, and many of the organizers. Friday was also a day of preparation, made more challenging by the UC Berkeley building maintenance folk and fire regulations. I wasn't sure that I'd be able to table, and brought along a bookcase- just in case. I didn't have room in my car for Brian, who valiantly made tons of copies of Steven Jones paper, Jim Hoffman's work and other handouts. I also baked cookies (and brownies) for the conference and the half dozen teenagers who showed up at my house to play with my kids (friends of my son at Oberlin, on break from their UC campuses).

      The party was a great time to relax and for people who hadn't met to get to know one another, and for others to catch up. Diane and I spent the night, and I think we should have tried to get to bed before 1 am, because it was hard to get up the next morning at 7 am to set up before the 10 am morning session (which actually didn't start until 10:45 am).

      Photos and a detailed description of the day were posted on the local indymedia site at Lifting the Fog on 9/11: Experts Present Scientific Evidence at UC Berkeley. I thought everyone did a great job, although I really was feeling pretty ill much of the day and missed out on some of the presentations.

      Bonnie (Guns and Butter), Peter Phillips (Project Censored) and I (with Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance) were able to table, and Brian did bring lots of free literature- all the bookcases were loaded with free handouts and we had a good turnout for a 12 hour marathon event. There were fewest people in the morning (about 160 for the morning session), but the afternoon and evening sessions were pretty packed (at least 3-400). I was so glad that so many activists were there and helped to table (and bring me food) during the course of the day.

      Peter Phillips missed the party because he spoke in San Jose the night before.

      I have the highest respect for Peter Phillips and his work, but I told my friend, Robert Livingston (who did post the article) that back in March 2004, Project Censored wanted to be a part of the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9-11 and back then, I was still so angry at the Left and at Project Censored for failing to connect (what seemed to me to be the obvious dots) that I said "no" and probably did the 9-11 Truth Movement more harm than good.

      It was much later, when Peter Phillips spoke at the Foundation for Global Community in Palo Alto, that I realized my mistake and began to collaborate with him and Project Censored, who have become the staunchest allies we have in getting this information out, not only to the mainstream press, but to the "independent" "Left" press. Peter has also taken a lot of heat from his brave stand on 9-11- like having Professor Jones keynote at the Media Accountability Conference. (Norman Solomon resigned over it- and persuaded Jeff Cohen (of FAIR) to not speak, as well).

      Peter and Project Censored are doing a study of the "Left/Independent" media's coverage of 9/11, the impeachment movement, stolen election coverage and will be presenting it at the next major media reform conference in Memphis, Tennessee this January. I'd like to go, but it is a long way from California, and unfortunately the airfares are sky high right now. I would need help from Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, to be able to go.

      Today, I need to deposit money in the bank (we did take in 1200 in donations, as well as for books and DVDs, on Saturday), but I also have to write a bunch of checks- for books, DVDs, the honorariums we ok'd but didn't send out, and the $ we voted to support the Conference. I meant to do some of that on Saturday, but I forgot completely.

      One thing, I think we should do, is think out a short, medium and long range strategy, for our group and also for the movement. I think Janette said that the national 9-11 Truth Conference (still in planning) hopes to call itself the 9/11 Accountability Conference and figure out a two year strategy- to expose and hold the criminals behind 9-11 accountable. Pretty ambitious! I certainly don't think we want to spend the rest of our lives on this, but recognize that if we can expose this in a timely fashion, we can help to redirect the future of the planet and get it off this suicidal trajectory.

      A member of the audience mentioned yesterday that some unique work had been done, just prior to 9-11 on the elevator shafts of the WTC buildings. We need lots of citizen investigators to help us figure out the details of what should be known as "the crime of the century" and redefine the event, so that we can end the bogus "war on terrorism" (which the current crop of Democrats are embracing at this point). It will take a thoughtful, and enormous grassroots movement to reframe the issue.

      November 9, 2006

      I'm glad to see that many people aren't buying the "Democrats are in power- all is well!" facade. Instead they are organizing more pressure to really turn the tide, including massive demonstrations and actions to force "Impeachment" upon a reluctant Congress. See ImpeachforPeace.org. There will also be an Impeach Beach photo op this Saturday where they are trying to get 1000 people to spell Impeach Bush on the beach- to be photographed by a helicopter to send a message to the folks in DC and the world.

      There are also some very good criticisms about Gates and hopefully his confirmation as a replacement for Rumsfeld will be stopped. I passed on some research about Nancy Pelosi's links to organized crime to her green Congressional opponent, who never used them, and I wonder how much leeway Pelosi has to act. She is so crooked that she could go to jail, too- if she steps out of line, so I doubt if she will show much courage or be a champion of truth, peace, or justice.

      I really think we should have ousted all the incumbents, but at least the machines told us "that didn't happen." So we will have to mobilize more people to get more than cosmetic changes.

      I did enjoy, just taking a nice three mile walk this morning- a luxury that I've denied myself, because I have been so busy these past couple of months. I also had to pick up the remainder of issue #9 of our Deception Dollars from the printers, and ship a couple of cases. I had car trouble, and that interrupted my plans to get out a press release on the Conference this weekend. I hesitate to send it out without the approval of the organizers- my spin might not suit the tone they want to project for the conference. I'm looking forward to it, and glad that I didn't have to do any of the real work, pulling it together.

      Kevin Barrett sent out a "tongue in cheek" press release on their DC event this weekend entitled-

      War on Terror Over!
      Bush Concedes Defeat: “Terrorists Have Won!”
      “Enemy Combatant” Barrett Heads to DC to Celebrate

        MUJCA co-founder Kevin Barrett, the 9/11 truth activist deemed a potential “enemy combatant” and terror sympathizer by Fox News, is heading to Washington, DC to celebrate the victory of “The Terrorists” over Bush-Cheney’s Axis of Good. Barrett will be high-fiving with fellow Constitution-supporters...er, terrorists...including Webster Tarpley, Wayne Madsen, Daniel Abrahamson, and J. Michael Springmann at George Mason University, Arlington Campus, this Saturday, 11/11/06.

        DC Event Announcement: 911blogger.com/node/4220.
        Former CIA clandestine services officer and Tarpley fan Robert David Steele announces he’ll be there! 911blogger.com/taxonomy/term/1756

        Last week’s Washington Post article headlined “Bush Says 'America Loses' Under Democrats” begins: “President Bush said terrorists will win if Democrats win and impose their policies on Iraq...”
        http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/10/30/AR2006103000530.html

        In the 1960s we had a war on poverty—and poverty won. In the 1980s and 1990s we had a war on drugs—and drugs won. That’s why we ended up with an alcoholic cokehead in the White House.

        And now the War on Terror is over. The “terrorists”—i.e. the Democrats—those wimps who had better grow some gonads real fast—have won. The 9/11 “New Pearl Harbor”-triggered Iraq war has been soundly repudiated by the voters. Exit polls show a huge majority was voting against war and the fascism it has brought. Now it’s time to cash in our victory chips by impeaching the bastards, trying them for 9/11 high treason, and either (a) hanging them by the neck until dead, or (b) offering a truth-for-leniency deal along the lines of the South African truth-and-reconciliation act. It is time to let our elected representatives know that if they don’t work overtime to impeach and expose 9/11 high treason, THEY WILL ALSO FIND THEMSELVES IN THE DOCKET as collaborators in the ongoing treasonous coverup. Call or write your reps NOW and tell them to impeach or get ready for revolution.

    A shame Barrett couldn't have beaten Pelosi in the last election! Maybe he'll beat Hillary in '08. Change just doesn't happen that quickly (for the better), and we must keep working to get out the truth, and encourage and inspire people to create the future we all want to see.

    November 8, 2006

    Yesterday, I began catching up on normal life, and attended Tian's Election Night Party. I received (so far- not all absentee and provisional-paper ballots are in, yet- and those who voted on paper are more likely to vote Green) 3,662 votes (over 2%) in an election that drew less than half the registered voters. From an article posted on Indymedia:

      In a state of 27 million adults, almost 7 million voted. In San Francisco, with 600,000 adults, 170,000 voted. Those totals may go up to 8 million and 200,000 respectively when the provisional ballots are counted within the next 30 days. This means that not only did the usual 50% of adults not vote as they are not registered, mostly the workingclass, but many registered voters did not vote. A high voter turnout is 13 million in California and 300,000 in San Francisco. With that in mind, the totals for the Green Party and Peace and Freedom Party demonstrate that their anti-death penalty, anti-corporate and pro-peace message is being heard. Only a mass movement can increase the totals for these two parties.

    I think I did the best I could, considering my personal circumstances (my family being opposed to me winning- being reluctant to ask for any money, and just finding it easier to champion issues than push myself as a candidate). I am glad that I ran for Congress, and I did learn a lot and meet some wonderful people in the process. I do know that I need to organize myself better (I never did get out a letter to friends/family telling them that I was running or asking for money, support, endorsements, usually step one in a campaign).Yesterday, I posted a short article on Indymedia Vote for Impeachment, Vote for 9-11 Truth.

    Peter Dale Scott did say that I didn't have to win an election to have an effect, and I wonder how the 9-11 Truth Movement is having an impact on the press, the government, "the Powers that be." I was glad to hear that Rumsfeld is out and that Bush will probably go along with the Democrats (just to avoid getting impeached- I bet!!!), but I'm still concerned that there isn't going to be substantial policy changes and that the bogus war on "terrorism" and the war on Iraq will both continue.

    I think we still need to wake up more people and get them involved and offer a better solution than the Demo-publican Corporate War Party. I think if Bush is on the defensive now, we might have some breathing space to think more strategically and long-term.

    I received e-mails about protests at Pelosi's on Thursday and nation-wide civil disobedience on Friday, but can't find more on Indymedia, so wonder how well developed such plans are.

    Perhaps getting the right people to attend the conference in Berkeley on Saturday might be a more productive use of my time. I've been to busy to do anything for the event until now.

    It does feel like we need to get more of a presence on schools, and in the press. I did speak to a local reporter last night, at the party, who was quite interested in 9-11, but knew his editor would not let him touch it. I would like to educate a whole bunch of reporters, eventually the story should break.

    November 6, 2006, 7:24 pm

    For those of you also concerned about Brian (who disappeared yesterday)- he is back! His mom just called me. He was out putting up signs all over my district, and slept in his car last night, finishing the job today. I just wish he had phoned- so we wouldn't have worried so much about him.

    November 6, 2006

    Carol Wolman wrote an article about the Impeachment Rally at Feinstein's office: The Duty of Christians- expose Bush!, and ANG Newspapers will finally publish my "opinion" on the need for impeachment- this Thursday- after the election! San Jose Mercury News has endorsed Anna Eshoo and omitted mention of anyone else challenging her in the 14th District.

    Unfortunately, in the paradigm of fear versus the paradigm of love, hope, cooperation, I feel really at a loss today, as my key ally in my election campaign and the 9-11 truth work has disappeared. He's also my treasurer and chief sign maker, and was supposed to be working on signs with me yesterday and today. He never got home last night and his mom is worried sick and ready to call the police. I'm worried, too.

    This morning I bicycled to do the usual errands and put up another sign in a major transportation corridor on Page Mill Road, keeping an eye out for Brian, and any sign that he had been putting up signs (he had said that he wanted to target Central Expressway). I also received a really nice email from Dr. Steven Jones who wrote:

      " I spoke very highly of the Colorado 9/11 Visibility group and conferences at my visit to Sonoma State University last Friday-Saturday, and on the air with Jim Fetzer last Saturday. You are doing great work and are to be commended. I especially appreciate your efforts to put "caring" far above "scaring" (as I also support this critical distinction in the 9/11 Truth movement)."

    This is the paradox. Fear is what corrupts, silences, immobilizes people. It is love and courage which propel us to speak out, forge ahead and explore alternative possibilities, imagine a better world and try to help birth it into existence. What is it that gives me strength and energy and hope? It's the love of my husband, my kids, my friends, but more than that- it is my larger community- the network of activists that I have met over the years, all struggling towards the larger goals of peace, justice, a better world for all. Each time I think of each of the individuals who I have been pirvileged to meet, and know, and work with, it just gives me an internal burst of warmth, a wave of gratitude, joy,and the energy and strength to keep on with the work that I am doing. Conversely, there are events, like the death of Rachel Corrie, and more recently the death of Brad Will, and the launch of each war against so many countries that cause physical and emotional pain, as one's heart goes out to the good, the brave, the innocent victims.

    We often take people for granted, or are oblivious to their existence, until Death shocks us into realizing who has been lost and we mourn, not just for them, but for ourselves, our individual and collective loss.

    I was planning on putting up signs, banners, doing something with Brian, today, and I feel paralyzed by his sudden, mysterious absence. I just hope he is ok, and that we will hear from him, soon.

    November 5, 2006, Guy Fawkes Day, World Peace Week

    Late last night I posted Guy Fawkes Day- World Peace Week November 5th- November 11th on Indymedia.org. It was too late to do a press release and rustle up help for an action.

    I would have liked to don Guy Fawkes mask and done something dramatic, today, but I never was able to find a decent mask and the family wanted my attention. Jeremy, in particular, wanted me to make chicken curry for 20 people at lunchtime- for the dress rehearsal of Shakespeare in Hollywood, the production he is working on at Gunn High School. Between grocery shopping, delivering the food, washing dishes, picking up the pots after the meal, that ate up much of my time.

    It was such a beautiful day, I wanted to do something outside, so I finally got out the paintbrushes and made a few signs for my Congressional Campaign. (I know I should have made them ages ago, along with campaign literature, but between the failure of Blaine to finish the Conception Dollar, the loss of my list of volunteers [and 30,000 email adresses] and all my other activities- like trying to break 9/11 Truth into the press- I just never got around to really focusing on my campaign). I would have gone to Project Censored's Media Accountability Conference this weekend, had I not felt somewhat morally obliged to do some actual campaign work. I am better at promoting causes than "myself."

    I do enjoy making signs and banners, however, and for what it is worth- these signs are made out of reused materials. (Also the rain has stopped). Better that they are recycled, reusable, real...

    This one I put up on El Camino which gets lots of traffic:

    A couple volunteers are also working on signs. I'm just so mad at the San Jose Mercury News and the Palo Alto Daily for ignoring the 14th District Congressional Race in their election coverage. I did get a five minute statement on Channel 2 today, but I suspect that will only be seen by George Bush fans and not win me very many votes.

    I'm just glad that there hasn't been another 9/11 False flag operation, and that the US has not nuked Iran. It feels like we live under a cloud of fear. I hope that courage, truth, from the grassroots up will dispel it. I'd love to see most of the incumbents ousted from office come Wednesday.

    Just got this from Tim Boyle in Colorado:

      There have been two articles in the University of Denver press this week sparked by our Scholars for 9/11 Truth event last weekend. (I wonder if there were any articles in the CU press--was anyone in Boulder watching?)

      One of them was by Tess Cromer, a student and member of Amnesty International and one of the two students who helped us reserve Davis Auditorium. It appears on p. 9 of the 20-page current (October 2006) issue of "[dis]claimer", a student newspaper that appears in print only, no web version, and is published every two or three months I think. [dis]claimer consists of thoughtful student writing. The current issue has the theme "Identity: Veins of Existence" and has articles on personal identity, racial identity, discrimination, corporate greed, fair trade coffee, human rights, and a variety of local and global issues....and thanks to Tess, 9/11 Truth. Tess's article consists of seven long paragraphs and while there are a couple of minor factual errors (such as the fact that Kevin Ryan was not actually involved in the steel testing at UL), overall it is a great article. She starts by asking the reader to keep an open mind. She acknowledges Loose Change, and then goes into the appearance on campus of the scholars for 9/11 Truth and the scientific evidence they presented. She goes into detail on how there were three collapses and how they all showed characteristics of controlled demolition. She quotes both Steven Jones and Kevin Ryan from their essays in "9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out", refers to Barrie Zwicker and paraphrases from "Towers of Deception" on how the government appears to have known about the 9/11 attacks in advance, explains about PNAC and their statement about "a new Pearl Harbor", and also mentions Kevin Barrett. I'm getting it typed up by a volunteer (Nancy Hall) and I'll send it to you later this week in electronic format once that is done. Excellent article and it is so heartening to see this information getting into public view on a college campus.

      The other article appeared in the DU campus newspaper "The Clarion" which comes out weekly and is more your standard student newspaper, with sections on News, Arts and Entertainment, Sports, Editorial, etc. It appeared on page 2 of the 12-page print edition dated 10/31/2006. This article is not quite as detailed as Tess Cromer's but it gives great exposure to the issue and also helps to get this information into public view where it belongs. Since it is available online (at www.duclarion.com- WTC attacks questioned)... This article also mistakenly associates Kevin Ryan with the steel testing (he was manager of the UL water testing lab, not the fire testing lab) and says that Steven Jones developed cold fusion which was then questioned by others, which I believe is an incomplete and inaccurate characterization since while Dr. Jones did do scientific work on cold fusion, it was two other scientists Pons and Fleischmann who came in for strong criticism for their work.

      FYI If you want to learn more about Steven Jones's work with cold fusion, check out the entry on Steven E. Jones in Wikipedia. Here are two quotes from that entry (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_E._Jones):

      "His research includes nuclear fusion and solar energy. In the 1980s Jones popularized the term cold fusion, but his experimental work was significantly different from the more controversial cold fusion experiments of Pons and Fleischmann. "

      "A New York Times article says that while peer reviewers were quite critical of Pons and Fleishchmann's research they did not apply such criticism to Jones' much more modest, theoretically supported findings. Although critics insisted that his results likely stemmed from experimental error, most of the reviewing physicists indicated that he was a careful scientist. Other research and experiments confirmed his findings."

      (I guess that's a diplomatic way of saying that the criticism of Pons and Fleischmann was well deserved but the criticism of Jones was disproven when his findings were confirmed.)

      Tim

      If you look at the article by Philip Pauli, there are a number of errors in it. There is also a poll beside it asking students whether they believe the WTC towers were brought down by planes or controlled demolition (no mention of bldg #7)- Currently 82% are believing the official version.

      This reminds me of my experience as a child dealing with the press. They couldn't even get simple stuff right- like the facts about our local 4-H meetings. I guess it really is up to us to "become the media." If I hadn't agreed to run for Congress, I might have been able to work this year on a 9/11 documentary. I'm glad to see that there is actually a fair amount of competition to make better and better documentaries on the subject. We have such a wealth of information and analysis, it is a matter of making it understandable to the general public (and the journalists).

      November 4, 2006

      I worked at the computer all day yesterday, and wish I could do something more physical- like making banners or doing actions this weekend, but the weather is threatening. There was an awful hit piece on Dr. Jones and Project Censored in Santa Rosa's Press Democrat- There's that other theory on 9/11- SSU hosts discredited academic who says U.S. could have planned attack that appeared today. I think we will continue to be ignored and attacked, until we can exercise some control over the political system.

      I tried to just post messages on the forums of the local papers- to let the people know that I am a candidate and why I'm running for office and I have just received nasty attacks to my posts. The most shocking discovery was that the San Jose Mercury News has completely omitted even mention of the California 14th District Race in its Election coverage- ignoring the 650,000 people who might be wondering who is going to represent them in DC.

      A woman called me yesterday to inform me that "I had already been elected" - at least in spirit, by the Earth, and those who care about the future. Sometimes, I feel that "yes, I have already taken the burden of responsibility upon my shoulders," simply by becoming an activist, and doing what I can to solve, what strike me as, the most urgent problems. After all- the word "responsibility- means the ability to respond." People constantly come to me with information and problems, in hopes of getting me to help them with all sorts of issues. I often feel overwhelmed, or like the bottleneck of an hourglass, unable to process and deal with everything that comes my way. I received a phone call from a guy who told me about a scientist who had forewarning about 9-11. He's quite a scientist and has written a book called Project Day Lily (www.projectdaylily.com), exposing the illegal testing of Biological Weapons in Texas hospitals, nursing homes and prisons. It's chilling information. He wrote to me yesterday confirming this:

        "This is all that I can tell you. In August before 9/11 my wife and I were visiting Tunesia after speaking at an international conference in Malta on Bioterrorism and Biological Warfare Agents. While there we were secretely visited by a North African head-of-state who happened to be a former patient of ours (because of patient confidentiality, I cannot give his name).

        "We were told quite pointedly that there was going to be a terrorist attack on the Pentagon in the second week of September, and we were warned to stay away from Washington and New York during the second week of September. We were not told of the exact date or of the method of attack. This information was passed on to the Inspector General of the Dept. of Defense, the Asst. Undersec. of Defense for Policy, Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Joint Special Operations Unit (Delta 1) at Fort Bragg. There was no follow-up on this information to our knowledge."

      Foreknowledge of 9-11 is amply documented in Sander Hicks book The Big Wedding and Paul Thompson's work. It's not nearly as damning as the use of explosives to bring down the buildings, but it is another important bit of evidence.

      What also concerns me is the fact that so many top scientists who have been working on biological weapons, diseases, vaccines have died under mysterious circumstances. The scientist says of his book:

        Project Day Lily is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Fred Conrad (Colonel, USAF, retired) and five other academic colleagues who died under mysterious circumstances while investigating aspects of the alleged illegal testing of Biological Weapons in Texas hospitals, nursing homes and prisons. This book is also dedicated to the men and women of our Armed Services and their family members who were put in harm’s way and were never properly warned about the dangers of Biological Weapons, and to the Texas Department of Criminal Justice personnel and its prisoners and to the people of the Great State of Texas who were betrayed and lost their health and loved ones to a vicious agenda in the name of ‘National Security’.

      I wrote back to him:

        I will get a copy of your book, Project Day Lily, and do what I can to raise awareness about this issue. I can't help feeling that the 9-11 events are connected with the impending biological warfare that could be unleashed anytime against our country and others. I was horrified to read about Erik Pianka's standing ovation at a scientific conference in Austin where he advocated the elimination of 90 percent of Earth's population by airborne Ebola (March 2006 www.sas.org/tcs/weeklyIssues_2006/2006-04-07/feature1p/ ).

        I have tried to speak out and organize rallies and marches to draw attention to Model Emergency Health Powers Act and the undesirability of "testing dangerous vaccines" on the public, and the likelihood of the money being spent to "prevent bird flu," being used to create a life threatening disease. It's hard to tackle these issues and overcome the psychological resistance to grasping our dire political situation.

        I do have hope that there are good people with courage and integrity within the scientific community, and the government to blow the whistle on what is happening, and to put a stop to it...together we can strengthen the Truth Movement which I believe will triumph over those who seek power regardless of the human and environment cost.

      Locally I cringe when the mayor and my Congresswoman, and the press push the Bird Flu scare and they conduct experiments locally on developing new vaccines. It feels like I'm in the belly-button of the beast and people "want to trust the medical community to safeguard not threaten their health."

      I've been invited to speak on Webster Tarpley's radio show this afternoon, and should call him now.

      November 3, 2006

      Yesterday, I worked on an essay entitled "Crashing the Party" which I hope will get posted on websites beyond the choir.

      We had our regular Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance meeting with a few new faces, including a high tech newbie who posted my 3 minute candidate statement on the internet last night at 3 am:

      He also has created a website called- www.BelieveYourOwnEyes.com

      We're so lucky to have such talented people working with us!

      Ken Jenkins reported back on his successful trip to oregon where they showed his new film on David Ray Griffin: 9-11 the Myth and the Reality. Ken also had copies of the new DVD of the September 24th KPFA event- 9/11 and American Empire" (I don't know when C-Span will air it.)

      Ed Rippy gave us a new essay he wrote on the history of False Flag Operations. Hopefully, this information about State Sponsored terrorism throughout history will come out, in an uncconcenterted effort to wake people up. Alex Jones' new film "Terrorstorm" which is all about this is climbing in popularity on google.

      Another victory reported is that "9-11 Mysteries" has been accepted to the Sundance Film Festival.

      Janette was back from New York with gifts- their cool Investigate 9-11 T shirts (we had sent them a case of the new deception Dollars.

      Kent Knudson visited on his way to the Project Censored Media Accountability Conference where Dr. Jones will give the keynote speech tonight. His Arizona 911truthaz.org group is organizing a big national 9-11 Truth Conference in February- the 22nd-24th, though the details aren't posted anywhere, yet.

      Chuck passed around copies of his excellent powerpoint presentation which can be found online at www.truememes.org

      I reported on our 9-11 Press for Truth event and passed out copies of the Stanford Daily with our 9-11 cover story. (I forgot to mention the banner that we made, but I did post a photo of it on the wepage of the event). The group voted to cover the financial loss (I went over budget about $400) and to give honorariums to our speakers- Paul Thompson and Peter Dale Scott. We also voted $1000 for the upcoming Lifting The Fog Conference, November 11, 2006 which will feature Dr. Steven Jones. The Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance also agreed to abide by the tabling restrictions.

      November 1, 2006, 3:30 pm

      Today, as I was at the Listening Project, a friend of mine came by with a stack of the Stanford Daily's Halloween Edition, I was amazed to see that the article they did on 9-11 was the headline/cover story, complete with graphic. So, I scanned in the graphics and posted them on the webpage about the Palo Alto Premiere of 9/11 Press for Truth. It will take more than a couple of headline stories, I'm afraid, to wake the country up on this issue- before November 7th, but it is a hopeful sign.

      November 1, 2006

      Yesterday the Stanford Daily published

      911 call on 9/11 response
      Honest search for the truth or yet another conspiracy theory?

      It is a flawed article, with quite a few mistakes, but it did prompt quite a response, including one from me.

      Yesterday was the 5th anniversary of my weekly Listening Project, unfortunately, I don't have time for a press release, as I had my hands full yesterday with the Impeachment Rally in San Francisco, and Halloween. Since I lent my car to Brian to table in SF at the anti-war rally last weekend, it is a total mess and I need to sort things out for my demo today.

      We had so much press at the Impeachment rally yesterday in San Francisco, I just can't believe that I can't find any coverage online. I had a chance to speak, and also went in costume- black, with a Guy Fawkes mask and handed out 200 leaflets with the new Deception Dollars.

      This is the text of the 1/2 sheet leaflet:

        Unmask State Sponsored Terrorism!
        Impeach the Terrorists!
        No to War, No to the War Profiteers!

        2006 marks the 5th anniversary of 9/11 & the 401st anniversary of state-sponsored false-flag terrorism or synthetic terror in the English-speaking world: Guy Fawkes Day on November 5th. We hope to unmask these state sponsored terrorist attacks, devised by those wishing to terrifying populations into supporting wars which serve imperial agendas.

        Even now, few understand the original plot: Guy was a dupe ensnared by the chief minister himself in a madcap scheme to blow up King and Parliament. The real plot was royally successful: to invent a pretext for war with Spain. This fraud was the foundation of the British empire.

        In 1898, the American century was ushered in by a similar anti-Spanish hoax: the bombing of the USS Maine in Havana harbor. On 9/11/2001, plotters embedded in the US government, working on a Project for a New American Century, faked the pretext for a Clash of Civilizations - and a neo-fascist world order.

        Webster G. Tarpley uncovered the Bush family’s key role in launching Hitler, and the fascistic P2 lodge behind the false-flag Red Brigades terrorists.In his book- Synthetic Terror- Made in the USA, he wrote about the granddaddy of False Flag Operations…(abbreviated excerpt):

        THE classic case of strategic terrorism is the Gunpowder Plot of November 5, 1605. In 1605 James I Stuart, was considering a policy of accommodation with the Spanish Empire, the leading Catholic power. James was also considering some measures of toleration for Catholics in England, where the majority of the landed gentry in the north of the country was still loyal to Rome. An influential group in London, backed by Venetian intelligence from abroad, wanted to push James I into a confrontation with the Spanish Empire, from which they hoped among other things to extract great personal profit. They also thought it was politically vital to keep persecuting the Roman Catholics. Chief among the war party was the royal chancellor, Lord Robert Cecil. Cecil set out to sway James I to adopt his policy, by means of terrorism.

        Behind the scenes, Cecil cultivated some Catholics, one of them Lord Thomas Percy, and used them as cut-outs to direct the operations of a group of naïve Catholic fanatics and adventurers, among them a gullible man named Guy Fawkes. Thomas Percy was supposedly a Catholic fanatic, but in reality was a bigamist. This group of Catholic fanatics hatched the idea first of tunneling into the basement of the Houses of Parliament from a nearby house, and then renting the basement of the Houses of Parliament, in order to pack that basement with explosives for the purpose of blowing up King, Lords, and Commons when James I came to open the Parliament that November. Instead Guy Fawkes was caught going into the basement the night before the crime. Fawkes and the rest of the plotters were tortured and hanged, and several Catholic clergy were also scapegoated. James I put aside his plans for toleration of Catholics, and England set out on a century of wars against the Spanish and Portuguese Empires, from which the British Empire was born. Guy Fawkes Day became the festival of “no popery” and hatred of Spain.

        Concerning the Gunpowder Plot, Cecil either found means to instigate the conspirators to undertake their enterprise, or, at least, being, from an early stage of the undertaking, fully aware of what was going on, nursed the insane scheme till the time came to make capital out of it. The conspirators, or most of them, meant to strike a great blow and their guilt should not be excused, but they were unwittingly playing the game of plotters more astute than themselves

        The conspiracy was, and must have been, known to those in power, who, playing with their infatuated dupes, allowed them to go on with their mad scheme, till the moment came to strike with full effect.

        This can also be applied to 9/11.

        (James I does not seem to have been aware of the operation in advance. The plot was not directed against him; it rather intended to push him in a specific policy direction. After the event, James I does appear to have realized what Cecil’s role had been, at least to some extent. Thomas Percy, Cecil’s agent in the Gunpowder Plot, was called a “tame duck employed to catch the wild ones.” The fact that he was Cecil’s agent did not prevent Percy from being killed as part of the cover-up after November 5. At the risk of mixing metaphors, we can cite the opinion of a contemporary observer that Cecil, once he had secured the game birds he was seeking, hanged the spaniel who had actually caught them for him, “that its master’s art might not appear.” It is time to expose these schemes to the light of day.)

        Let us declare Global Peace Week from November 5th, Guy Fawkes Day to November 11th, Veterans Day which commemorates the end of WWI on 11/11/1917. To end these wars, we have to awaken people to both the knowledge of how the war party incites war, and to sympathy for the fallen.

      We passed them out to the choir and the Federal employees, who worked in the building, one of them said to me as she took a flyer that most of the employees agreed with us.

      October 31, 2006, Halloween 2006

      I'm trying to pull things together for the Impeachment Rally in SF at Pelosi's office today, but just got this from Tim Boyle on our media coverage from the Colorado events. My hats off to the local group in Colorado for their successes in breaking that mainstream barrier!!!!:

        Congratulations on outstanding appearances in Denver and Boulder last weekend. We are hearing great feedback from those in attendance and we have even gotten much better media coverage for 9/11 Truth than ever before from the corporate news outlets in this area. Thanks also to Carol who lent her articulate special magic to the occasion.

        The Denver Post, the largest paper in Denver, published an article on the front page on Monday, above the fold, left hand column: http://www.denverpost.com/newsheadlines/ci_4572518 I was flabbergasted to see this on the front page, not because these scholars don't deserve front-page coverage (they absolutely do) but I was assuming they would bury it in the back somewhere like corporate media usually do. It has a few flaws and we're posting a commentary on the article on our website (see below). But on the whole, positive.

        The Boulder Daily Camera, the largest paper in Boulder, published this: http://www.dailycamera.com/news/2006/oct/30/panelists-raise-doubts-over-911/. I am unsure what page it was on, as I found it online. We have no problems with this one, it is good although brief journalism.

        This kind of coverage, although some of it is imperfect, is the best we have seen from these particular newspapers and is a testament to the effectiveness of your presentation. I believe you had an effect on the reporters themselves and they could no longer fall back on old conspiracy dismissals.

        Below is some copy that we will probably put on our website today (Tuesday). Please let me know of any corrections or suggestions you may have regarding this.

        Tim

        -------------------

        Colorado 9/11 Visibility and www.911truth.org were pleased to host three Scholars for 9/11 Truth (Steven E. Jones, Kevin Ryan, and Kevin Barrett) at the University of Denver on Saturday Oct 28 and at the University of Colorado at Boulder on Sunday Oct 29. The highly successful events were attended by 300 in Denver and 250 in Boulder. The speakers focused on the research they have done into "Why the Official Story Can't Be True" regarding the collapses of the World Trade Center towers on 9/11.

        The event was videotaped and we hope to make a dvd recording of all the sessions available at a nominal cost in the near future.

        Media coverage

        Local newspaper coverage following the events was significant and we offer the thoughtful public the following comments and corrections on the coverage.

        Regarding the front-page article in the Denver Post on Monday, Oct 30

        Backers hail 9/11 theorist's speech:

          1) This article drew attention to the work of Dr. Jones but it failed to mention the other two speakers. It was particularly unfortunate that the article failed to report on Kevin Ryan's scientific challenges to the NIST report. An article seeking to inform the public about the claims and counterclaims of this vitally important topic should have acknowledged Kevin Ryan's contributions.

          2) The article quoted Brent Blanchard of Protec Documentation Services, a New Jersey firm that documents building demolitions. In his presentation, Kevin Ryan mentioned Brent Blanchard as a spokesman who often lacks substance but speaks with much "bluster", and these statements appear to fit that pattern. In the article, Blanchard gave two reasons why criticisms of the official story are "out-of-control allegations" that "could not be true".

          a) The first was that controlled demolitions are initiated at the base of a building, whereas these collapses were initiated at the point of the airplane impacts. He failed to mention that WTC Building 7, which was not hit by a plane, fit the model of a conventional demolition perfectly, imploding neatly and accompanied by the traditional series of visible detonations from bottom to top. Regarding the twin towers, he failed to acknowledge considerable witness testimony of explosions during the time the buildings stood burning, particularly in subfloor areas where victims were burned and extensive blast evidence was observed. Although the collapses (and the accompanying detonation sequence) did appear to progress in an uncharacteristic way, top to bottom, the previous basement explosions played a key role in the success of the demolition and it clearly merits further study.

          b) Blanchard's second point was that pre-planted explosives could not have survived the plane crashes and subsequent fires without detonating prematurely. While this may be true of some explosives, Dr. Jones has noted in his paper at journalof911studies.com that "It is important to note that initiating the thermite reaction requires temperatures well above those achieved by burning jet fuel or office materials -- which is an advantage of using thermite charges over conventional monomolecular explosives such as TNT, RDX and PETN." In his talks in Denver and Boulder, Dr. Jones stated that in his own experiments, he was unsuccessful at igniting thermite with a propane torch.

        Regarding the October 30 article in the Boulder Daily Camera-

        Panelists raise doubts over 9/11
        Speakers at CU say government deceiving citizens

        This was an accurate brief article and we commend the Camera on their coverage of this controversial topic.

        The speakers

        Kevin Barrett, PhD, instructor in Islamic Studies, gave historical context to the day with a discussion of "false-flag events", attacks executed deceptively and then blamed on a chosen enemy, which have been used for centuries as a technique of governments to gain popular support for war. The events of 9/11 appear to fit the pattern.

        Kevin Ryan, chemist and whistleblower, told the story of his firing from Underwriters Laboratories for questioning the "Bush science" used in the engineering report by NIST, the National Institute of Standards and Technology. He gave a detailed analysis of the changing "official story" of the WTC collapses over the last five years as it has evolved in four separate official investigations to date, culminating in the NIST study of 2005. The NIST study abandons previous explanations such as the "pancake theory" and appears to rely on questionable "tweaking" of parameters in a computer simulation after reconstructed floor assemblies did not fail in physical testing. The computer simulation is not available to the public. Among the many problems with all four studies are changing explanations, conflicts of interest, destruction of evidence, and the withholding of evidence from the public.

        Steven Jones, PhD, internationally renowned physicist, further explored problematic aspects of the official story. It is universally acknowledged that office fires aren't hot enough to melt steel, yet molten metal was found in the rubble pile and observed streaming from windows of the buildings during the collapses. Laws of physics such as the conservation of momentum tell us that the 47 core columns and 240 perimeter columns in each of the twin towers would have slowed down the collapses considerably from their observed near-freefall speed of collapse, or caused toppling to one side or another, unless all vertical supports for the building were simultaneously eliminated as in a controlled demolition. Building 7 of the World Trade Center also collapsed at near-freefall speed, although it was not hit by a plane and had only small fires. Other phenomena that were ignored by the official explanations but exhibit the characteristics of controlled demolition are the explosive phenomena visible in video of the collapses and the presence of demolition accelerators such as sulfur, zinc, and managanese in the dust that coated Manhattan and in steel residue obtained from 9/11 memorials. Dr. Jones is calling for other scientists to review the contributions being published at journalof911studies.com and to join in the research effort. The current membership of Scholars for 9/11 Truth stands at approximately four hundred and they hope to have papers extensively peer-reviewed and published in major scientific journals in the future.

        We encourage you to familiarize yourself with the writings of the Scholars for 9/11 Truth at Journalof911Studies.com and in their recent book, "9/11 and American Empire: Intellectuals Speak Out" (Olive Branch Press). (Colorado 9/11 Visibility has this book available for sale at their monthly meetings.) Please share this important work with your friends and colleagues. While the implications of this research are devastating to those of us who have trusted our government to protect us, we must have to courage to follow the truth wherever it leads. As Dr. David Ray Griffin said in a recent speech, together we can do this, because "we have the truth, and we have each other."

      Kevin Ryan wrote this to the organizers:

        "Those of you in CO may not remember, but a Boulder Weekly article in October 2004 was instrumental in “pushing me to the edge”, so to speak. It was the NIST draft of that same month, along with the courageous example provided by your group (and some nonsense from Hyman Brown), that inspired my letter to NIST. Bob McFarland was kind enough to save an original copy for me."

      Every action by every local group inspires others, and I think the Colorado group has done us all a tremendous service in helping to raise consciousness. I am so grateful to them, as well as to the speakers for their work... it sure was great to be there last weekend!

      October 30, 2006

      After pouring so much effort into the Friday premiere, I must say that I was a bit disappointed to realize that I had scheduled the event- during the football game betwen rival Palo Alto High School and Gunn- so we just didn't get any of those students. I learned that there was also a rare progressive law conference happening that weekend at Stanford, plus the UN Film Festival. Still we had a respectable audience- between two and three hundred who appreciated the film, and Peter and Paul's discussion afterwards. We also had a couple members in the audience who had been at the White House on the morning of 9-11 and one woman shared how they were told that Bush Sr.and Barbara were there, that W would be arriving via helicopter shortly, and basically "la te da" business as usual... They didn't realize what was going on that day until they were well clear of the White House. (She's in the online video).

      I just found an article that appeared online in the Paly Voice- a student online newspaper entitled New film raises questions about 9/11. Peter found a 31 minute video posted online with the Q & A Unfortunately (for me), I did exceed the budget that I received from the group, and we probably lost several hundred dollars on the event- just because the theater and insurance alone cost $1270 and we only took in $900 from the sale of tickets, $1000 from tabling, but the publicity was an additional